Winter 2004-5 - Karlu Photographic

B+W filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 

Body adaptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 

Canon filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 

Canon lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 

Canon lenshoods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 

Cokin filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5–7 

Cosina lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 

Filter storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 

Hoya filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3 

Kenko converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 

Lee filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8–9 

Lenshoods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 

Minolta filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 

Nikon filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 

Nikon lenshoods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 

Nikon lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 

Sigma lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 

Tamron lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 

Voigtlander lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 

Beattie screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 

Bean bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 

Bronica accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 

Cable and air releases . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 

Canon accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . .16–17 

Cleaning and maintenance . . . . . . . . . .23 

Flarebuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 

Lens and body caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 

Lens cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 

Mamiya accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 

Minolta accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 

Nikon accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . .18–19 

Op/tech straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 

Pentax accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 

Spirit levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 

Benbo tripods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 

Clamps, mini tripods . . . . . . . . . . . .24-25 

Cullmann tripod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 

Ergorest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 

FLM ballheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 

Giottos tripod and heads . . . . . . . . . . .35 

Gitzo tripods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40–41 

IFF studio stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 

Manfrotto . . . . . . . . . . . .32, 36–39 

Monopods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30–31 

Novoflex heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 

Quick releases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-29 

Slik tripods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 

Tiltall tripod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 

Tripod accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 

Velbon tripods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32–33 

Bellows units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 

Close-up lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 

Copy tables & stand . . . . . . . . . . . .44–45 

Extension tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 

Macro brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 

Macro flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 

Novoflex macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41–44 

Canon flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 

Flash accessories, general . . . . . . . . . .46 

Flash X-tender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 

Metz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47–49 

Minolta flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 

Nikon flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 

Pentax flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 

PocketWizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 

Quantum batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 

Vivitar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 

Sigma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 

Sto-fen Omnibounce . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 

Stroboframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-53 

Sunpak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 

Wein slaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 

Interfit tungsten . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58–59 

Interfit flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60–61 

Elinchrom flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61–63 

Elinchrom halogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 

Gossen meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70–71 

Interfit lighting accessories . . . . . .64/66 

Lastolite backgrounds . . . . . . . . . .68–69 

Light meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70–71 

Lastolite reflectors, umbrellas etc .63–65 

Lighting stands, accessories . . . . .66–67 

Minolta meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70–71 

Prolinca flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 

Sekonic meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70–71 

Billingham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 

Crumpler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76–77 

Domke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 78 

Kata . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75, 105 

Lowepro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73-80 

Peli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74–75 

Silvestri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 

Zing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 

Albums and mounts . . . . . . . . . . . .90-92 

Braun projectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 

Guillotines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 

Leica projectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 

Light boxes, viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 

Magnifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 

Photo holders etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 

Portfolios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 

Print finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 

Rollei projectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 

Slide copier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 

Slide and neg filing . . . . . . . . . . . .86–87 

Slide projection accessories . . . . . . . . .82 

Slide magazines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 

Slide mounters and storage . . . . . . . . .85 

Batteries and chargers . . . . . . . . . . . .98 

Enlargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 

Enlarging accessories . . . . . . . . . .93–94 

Film accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 

Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96–97 

Processing equipment . . . . . . . . . .94–95 

Card readers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 

CD storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 

Digital accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 

Inkjet materials . . . . . . . . . . . . .106-107 

Media storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 

Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . .104–105 

Scanners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 

Storage devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 

INDEX 

FILTERS / LENSES 

CAMERA ACCESSORIES 

CAMERA SUPPORTS 

CLOSE-UP & MACRO 

CAMERA FLASH 

STUDIO LIGHTING 

BAGS 

SLIDE / FILING 

DARKROOM ETC. 

BOOKS 

DIGITAL 

Speed Graphic 

1

Some tips on buying filters 

FILTERS 

Square v. round filters 

If you’re planning on just using a few filters, say UV, polarising, and the odd warm-up 

or b+w contrast filter, choose round glass filters. They’re durable and take up a small 

amount of space in a bag or pocket. If you have several lenses, you can use stepping 

rings (p10) to adapt different sizes. 

However, if you like the idea of using lots of filters, and in particular graduated 

types, a square filter system makes a lot of sense. They are mostly made from optical 

resin rather than glass - no difference in image quality, but more difficult to handle 

and rather more prone to scratches - but usually less expensive. 

General purpose filters 

UV and Skylight Essential protection, so buy one for each lens. The difference is small 

but significant. UV filters are colourless, improve contrast and reduce blue casts 

caused by excess UV light. Skylight filters have a slight warming tint, useful for colour 

slide photography where a blue cast can be caused by a dull day, electronic flash etc. 

Polarising Eliminates reflections off most surfaces, enriches colours, especially blue 

skies (when used at right angles to the prevailing light). The two types have exactly 

the same effect. 

LINEAR suits most manual focus cameras (except a few which use a beam splitter for 

the metering system); CIRCULAR is the correct type for all autofocus cameras. 

Polarisers lose up to 3 stops of light, depending on the position selected, so you might 

need a tripod with slow films. 

Neutral density Help when stuck with a fast film in bright light, or where you deliberately 

want a long exposure. Available in x2 (1 stop), x4 (2stops), and x8 (3 stops). 

Filters for colour photography 

Warm-up filters Available in varying strengths from 81A (the weakest), to 81EF. 

Reduce blue casts caused by mid-day light, and add a pleasing warmth to many 

subjects. Try an 81B as a start point. 

Interior photography As slide film is balanced for ‘middle of the day’ light (5500ºK), 

tungsten interior light will give an excessively orange look. This is corrected by the 

use of a deep blue 80A filter, or if using photoflood lamps, an 80B. Fluorescent lamps 

give a green cast: an FL-W corrects white tubes, FL-D daylight type tubes. 

85B for tungsten films used in daylight. All 85 series can be used to give a very warm 

effect where 81 types are not enough. 

82 series (also known as ‘morning and evening’) correct reddish tones when colour 

temperature falls at the beginning or end of the day. 

Black and white filters 

Yellow Essential to give any contrast between clouds and sky. 

Yellow-Green Theoretically perfect rendition of landscapes, correcting foliage and sky. 

Orange The recommended for UK skies. Cuts through haze and increases contrast. 

Subdues freckles on faces, but can render foliage too dark. 

Red Exaggerates cloudscapes. Dark blue skies become virtually black. Excellent for 

cutting haze in distant shots. Good for rendering detail in brickwork. Anything green, 

however, comes out very dark. 

Green Ideal for predominantly green landscapes. Adds a healthy tanned look to 

outdoor portraits. 

Light blue (82C or 38) Good for tungsten light 

portraits, and will also enhance any outdoor 

mist or haze. 

Infra-red b/w You will need at least a Red 25 (e.g. 

Hoya). Better still is the Red 29 from 

Heliopan. These still allow a lot of the 

visible light spectrum through, so to get the 

classic ‘soot and whitewash’ look with such 

films as Kodak HIE you will need something like 

Hoya’s IR72, a Lee 87 or Heliopan RG780, or the Cokin 007 

89B filter. 

2 Speed Graphic 

Hoya 

Hoya is the world’s largest optical glass 

manufacturer, supplying many leading 

camera and lens manufacturers with their 

raw glass. There are two good reasons for 

choosing Hoya (and why we do not sell 

‘anybrand’ filters like your local dealer): 

� Hoya filters are made only by Hoya, and 

there is strict batch to batch consistency – 

unlike other names, who may source from 

several manufacturers. 

� Apart from graduated and Softeners, 

which are acrylic, all Hoya filters are 

glass! Many cheaper brands use CR39 

optical resin which damages more easily. 

Pro-1 super-multicoated 

Twelve layers of coating on the UV and Skylight filters enables an average light transmission 

to 99.7%. The mounts are just 3mm thick, enabling use without vignetting with the 

widest of wide-angle lenses. Pro-1 Circular Polarisers have 7 layers of coating on the rear 

surfaces, are 5mm deep, and won’t vignette with an 18mm lens. 

Filter type Suffix 49 52 55 58 62 67 72 77 82 

UV UV 20.50 22.20 23.70 25.30 28.40 32.30 36.30 40.30 45.80 

Skylight 1B 1B 20.50 22.20 23.70 25.30 28.40 32.30 36.30 40.30 45.80 

Circular Polarising CPOL 53.60 56.00 60.80 62.40 71.00 78.00 99.95 115.00 153.95 

HMC multicoated 

Four layers of coating on both sides improves light transmission to 97%. 5mm mount. 

Filter type Suffix 46 49 52 55 58 62 67 72 77 

UV UV 11.20 12.30 13.20 14.80 17.80 19.00 24.20 29.40 36.00 

Skylight 1B 1B 11.20 12.30 13.20 14.80 17.80 19.00 24.20 29.40 36.00 

Yellow K2 Y 18.00 17.60 19.00 21.50 23.90 24.50 30.00 39.95 49.00 

Yellow-Green XO YG 17.60 19.00 21.50 23.90 24.50 30.00 39.95 49.00 

Orange G O 18.00 17.60 19.00 21.50 23.90 24.50 30.00 39.95 49.00 

Red 25A R 18.00 17.60 19.00 21.50 23.90 24.50 30.00 39.95 49.00 

Green X1 G 17.60 19.00 23.90 24.50 39.95 49.00 

81A 81A 18.00 17.60 19.00 21.50 23.90 24.50 30.00 39.95 49.00 

81B 81B 18.00 17.60 19.00 21.50 23.90 24.50 30.00 39.95 49.00 

81C 81C 17.60 19.00 21.50 23.90 24.50 30.00 39.95 49.00 

ND2 ND2 18.00 17.60 19.00 21.50 23.90 24.50 30.00 39.95 49.00 

ND4 ND4 18.00 19.00 21.50 23.90 24.50 30.00 39.95 49.00 

Video/digital 

series 

HMC coated (except 

circular polarising). 

Hoya Product Codes 

Standard: HY followed by size and suffix 

HMC: HYH followed by size and suffix 

Pro-1: HYP followed by size and suffix 

e.g. 52mm HMC red is ‘HYH52R’ 

OUR PRICES SAVE UP 

TO 25% ON RRP 

Filter type Suffix 27 28 30 37 43 

Clear C 16.20 16.20 16.20 

UV UV 16.20 16.20 16.20 

Skylight 1B 1B 16.20 16.20 16.20 

ND4 ND4 16.40 16.40 

ND8 ND8 16.40 18.00 

Circular Polarising CPOL 23.95 23.95 23.95 23.95 23.95 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Standard double-coated series 

Single coated on both sides to improve light transmission. Glass and mounts are of the same quality as the more expensive Hoya filters. 

Mount depth is 5mm, and 8mm on polarisers. 

Filter type Suffix 24 30.5 39 40.5 43 46 49 52 55 58 62 67 72 77 82 86 95 

UV UV 16.20 16.20 16.20 16.20 9.00 7.95 8.95 9.95 11.50 14.95 18.95 23.50 28.50 39.95 51.00 69.95 

Skylight 1B 1B 16.20 16.20 16.20 16.20 16.20 9.00 7.95 8.95 9.95 11.50 14.95 18.95 23.50 28.50 39.95 51.00 69.95 

Yellow K2 Y 16.40 16.40 16.40 16.40 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 48.70 

Yellow-Green XO YG 16.40 16.40 16.40 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

Orange G O 16.40 16.40 16.40 16.40 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 48.70 

Red 25A R 16.40 16.40 16.40 16.40 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 48.70 

Green X1 G 16.40 16.40 16.40 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 48.70 

80A 80A 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

80B 80B 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 48.70 

80C 80C 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

81A 81A 16.40 16.40 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 48.70 

81B 81B 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

81C 81C 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

82A 82A 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

82B 82B 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

82C 82C 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

85 85 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

85B 85B 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

85C 85C 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 23.50 28.50 34.90 

ND2 ND2 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

ND4 ND4 16.40 16.40 16.40 16.40 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 48.70 

ND8 ND8 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

Close-up +1 CU1 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

Close-up +2 CU2 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

Close-up +3 CU3 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

Close-up +4 CU4 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

Close-up Set CUSET 37.20 35.20 36.10 45.80 

Macro Close-up 10x CU10 37.20 35.20 36.10 

Diffuser DIFF 11.20 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 34.90 

FL-D FLD 19.00 18.00 20.30 22.60 24.80 30.50 40.50 

FL-W FLW 19.00 18.00 20.30 22.60 24.80 30.50 40.50 

Star 6 ST6 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 

Star 8 ST8 12.30 11.95 13.30 16.20 18.40 23.50 28.50 

Soft Spot Set SS 23.60 22.50 25.00 28.80 38.20 44.30 45.00 

Centre Spot CS 19.00 18.00 20.30 22.60 24.80 30.50 40.50 

Softener A SOFA 23.60 21.50 23.95 27.50 36.50 42.40 

Softener B SOFB 23.60 21.50 23.95 27.50 36.50 42.40 

Infrared IR72 IR 23.60 21.50 23.95 27.50 

Gradual Grey GG 19.00 18.00 20.30 22.60 

Gradual Blue GB 19.00 18.00 20.30 22.60 

Gradual Tobacco GT 19.00 18.00 20.30 22.60 

Linear Polarising POL 18.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 17.60 17.95 20.00 22.30 24.50 30.00 39.95 49.00 59.95 85.00 

Circular Polarising CPOL 23.95 23.95 22.00 22.20 24.70 28.50 37.70 43.70 44.50 54.30 71.60 85.00 

‘Moose’ Warmtone circular polarisers 

Made by Hoya for their subsidiary brand Kenko, to the 

specification of top American wildlife photographer 

‘Moose’ Peterson, this filter combines an 81A warm-up 

with a circular polariser in 8mm depth mount. As used by 

several of the UK’s leading nature photographers! 

KEM49 49mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.95 

KEM52 52mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.50 

KEM55 55mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.50 

KEM58 58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.95 

KEM62 62mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.50 

KEM67 67mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.95 

KEM72 72mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.95 

KEM77 77mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74.95 

KEM82 82mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.95 

FILTERS 

Wratten Filters 

Kodak filters are now manufactured and 

distributed by Tiffen – well known maker 

of filters for the motion picture industry. 

Initially there will be a limited range 

available, but this will grow in response to 

demand, so please be aware that there 

may be a lead time in supply. 

75mm (3”) square 

EK1495498 Yellow 8. . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1495514 Yellow-Green 11. . . . . 28.50 

EK1495522 Deep Yellow 12. . . . . . 28.50 

EK1495548 Deep Yellow 15. . . . . . 28.50 

EK1495571 Orange 22 . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1495605 Red Tricolor 25 . . . . . 28.50 

EK1495621 Red 29. . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1495787 Blue Tricolor 47 . . . . . 28.50 

EK1495860 Green Tricolor 58 . . . . 28.50 

EK1840867 Blue 80A . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1496041 Blue 80B . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1496066 81A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1496074 81B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1496082 81C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1496090 81D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1496108 81EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1496330 ND0.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.00 

EK1496363 ND0.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.00 

EK1496397 ND0.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.00 

EK1704105 CC025M . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1496645 CC05M . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1496652 CC10M . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.50 

EK1496256 87 Infra-red. . . . . . . . 68.40 

100mm (4”) square 

EK1496967 Yellow 8. . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1496983 Yellow-Green 11. . . . . 44.70 

EK1496991 Deep Yellow 12 . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497015 Deep Yellow 15 . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497049 Orange 22 . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497072 Red Tricolor 25 . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497098 Red 29. . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497205 Blue Tricolor 47 . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497395 Green Tricolor 58 . . . . 44.70 

EK1843663 Blue 80A . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497536 Blue 80B . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497569 81A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497577 81B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497585 81C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497593 81D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497601 81EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497320 ND0.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.50 

EK1497353 ND0.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.50 

EK1497387 ND0.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.50 

EK1704568 CC025M . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1498021 CC05M . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1498039 CC10M . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.70 

EK1497759 87 Infra-red . . . . . . . 107.60 

FAX: 01420 543 544 3 

Speed Graphic

FILTERS 

B+W 

A division of Jos. Schneider 

Optical Works, B+W manufactures 

filters to the highest optical and 

mechanical standards. 

Schott optical glasses are 

married to a black anodised brass 

mount. This has less of a 

tendency to bind on the lens than 

the more common aluminium 

type. The filter glass is held in 

place with a screw ring, rather 

than a spring circlip, for added 

security. 

Most filters are now supplied 

in the slim 4mm ‘F-Pro’ mount. 

Standard polarisers are 9mm, and 

slimline polarisers are available 

in the MRC series. These are 5mm 

deep, have no front thread, and 

are supplied with push-on cap. 

Käsemann polarisers have 

higher efficiency polarising foils, 

and are edge-sealed to protect 

against humidity. 

The tables on this page show only 

a selection of the vast range of 

B+W filters. We can order any 

filter, with delivery in around 3 

weeks if in stock at the factory. 

The Multi Resistant Coating used on MRC 

filters comprises 4 layers of antireflection 

coating, plus a 

final layer on either side 

which resists water 

and dust. This makes 

them easy to clean 

and resistant to 

scratches. Together with 

the Schott glass and black 

anodised brass mounts, they can lay claim 

to being the finest filters money can buy. 

Slimline MRC filters are 3mm thick 

(UV or Sky) or 5mm (circular polariser) 

and have no front thread. 


B+W Product Codes 

Standard Coated 

BW followed by size and suffix 

e.g. 62mm KR1.5 (1A) is 

BW621A 

MRC Multi-Coated 

BWM followed by size and 

suffix 

e.g. 62mm Med Yellow 022 is 

BWM62Y22 

FREE when you spend £50 or 

more on B+W filters 

A 68 page A4 B+W Filter Handbook. 

As well as detailing all the B+W product lines, 

this is full of useful extra information on filter 

use, transmission curves, factors etc. 

On the left, filter 

surface with 

conventional coating; 

on the right after 

MRC coating. 

Standard coated filters 

Filter type Suffix 39 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 67 72 77 82 

UV (010) UV 13.50 13.50 9.95 9.95 10.80 12.20 22.20 14.20 17.50 22.20 24.95 40.50 

KR1.5 Sky 1A 1A 13.50 13.50 9.95 9.95 10.80 12.20 22.20 14.20 17.50 22.20 24.95 40.50 

Med Yellow 022 Y22 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

Dark Yellow 023 Y23 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

Yellow-Orange 040 O40 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

Red-Orange 041 R41 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

Yellow-Green 060 YG60 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

Green 061 G61 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

Light Red 090 R90 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

Red 091 R91 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

KB1.5 (82A) KB1 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

KB12 (80B) KB12 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

KB15 (80A) KB15 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

KR3 (81C) KR3 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

KR6 (81EF) KR6 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

81A 81A 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

81B 81B 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

ND0.3 (101) ND3 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

ND0.6 (102) ND6 15.50 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 40.50 

ND0.9 (103) ND9 24.95 24.95 20.20 20.20 24.95 24.95 41.80 41.80 41.80 50.50 57.30 70.80 

Close-up +1 CU1 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 

Close-up +2 CU2 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 

Close-up +3 CU3 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 

Close-up +4 CU4 15.50 10.80 10.80 12.20 13.50 22.20 16.20 20.20 24.95 28.95 

Redhancer RED 20.90 20.90 25.60 25.60 41.80 41.80 41.80 49.95 58.00 

Infra-red 092 IR92 28.90 36.40 37.50 40.40 49.00 51.90 53.20 51.90 57.80 69.30 86.70 98.20 

Linear Polarising POL 24.90 20.20 20.20 20.20 22.90 24.95 26.95 36.70 40.50 57.30 

Circular Polarising CPOL 34.70 34.70 26.95 27.95 28.95 31.95 46.20 34.70 40.50 46.20 51.95 

Zeiss Softar I ZS1 86.70 86.70 98.20 98.20 98.20104.00104.00 115.60127.00 

Zeiss Softar II ZS2 86.70 86.70 98.20 98.20 98.20104.00104.00 115.60127.00 

MRC multi-coated filters 

Filter type Suffix 39 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 67 72 77 82 

UV 010 UV 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

KR1.5 Sky 1A 1A 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

KR1.5 (slimline) 1AS 57.30 49.90 53.90 59.90 64.00 69.90 

Med Yellow 022 Y22 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

Dark Yellow 023 Y23 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

Yellow-Orange 040 O40 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

Red-Orange 041 R41 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

Yellow-green 060 YG60 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

Green 061 G61 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

Light Red 090 R90 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

Red 091 R91 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

KR3 (81C) KR3 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

KR6 (81EF) KR6 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

81A 81A 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 

81B 81B 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 

ND0.3 (101) ND3 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

ND0.6 (102) ND6 23.60 23.60 15.50 16.80 18.20 20.20 33.70 24.30 30.30 37.00 43.80 59.95 

Linear Polarising POL 30.30 31.70 33.70 35.70 37.00 39.95 49.95 57.20 

Circular Polarising CPOL 43.80 47.20 50.50 53.90 60.70 57.30 67.40 79.95 89.95 

Circ Pol (slimline) CPOLS 44.80 49.00 52.00 56.20 60.70 74.20 94.40 109.95134.50 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

P Series 

Cokin 

Our most popular Cokin system, 84mm 

wide, and suitable for use with lenses of 

20–24mm focal length on 35mm format, 

or 50mm with most 120 SLRs. 

Adaptors are available from 49mm to 

82mm, plus Hasselblad and current 

Rollei bayonet fittings. 

P Series filters come in a protective plastic case. 

Cokin P Starter Kits 

Neutral Density 

Grad Kit 

Contains P121L, P121M 

and P121S (1, 2 and 3 

stop) graduates, plus a P 

series filter holder. 

CKPNDKIT £30.00 

Black and 

White Kit 

Contains P001 Yellow 

(for a general 

purpose sky 

enhancer), P003 Red (for 

dramatic skies) and P004 

Green (to lighten foliage), plus P series filter holder. 

CKPBWKIT £20.00 

Landscape Kit 1 

Contains P123S Blue Grad Soft, P037 81EF warm-up, and 

P197 Sunset 1, plus P series filter holder. 

CKLKIT1 £28.00 

Kits do not include adaptor rings. 

Please note that no further discounts apply 

to these kit prices, but extra filters or 

adaptors bought with them will attract a 

further 10% discount on listed prices. 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Cokin filters are square or oblong, and are made from CR39 

optical resin, which means they are strong and light. 

Unlike glass filters, Cokin filters slide into a filter holder 

which is then attached to the lens by means of an 

adaptor ring. 

As well as a generally lower price than the glass 

Z-Pro Series 

New 100mm wide filters, compatible with 

other 100mm filter systems, supplied in 

suede-style pouch with anti-static lining. 

There is no Cokin filter holder available 

for these filters, so we offer our 

customer a special introductory deal (see 

below) on the Lee holder. 

100mm size filters will be necessary if ultra wide-angle 

lenses of 17 or 18mm are to be used. 

Cokin Z-Pro ND Grad Kit 

Soft cut 100mm grads in 1, 2, and 3 stop density (Z121L, 

Z121M, and Z121S). Usual total price £106.80. 

CKZNDKIT 

£ 59 95 

Need a filter system capable of dealing with ultra-wides, 

but on a budget? Buy the Z-Pro ND Kit and we’ll sell you 

the Lee Foundation Kit holder for £43, saving £5. You’ll 

just need to add a Lee adaptor of your lens size. 

A Series 

At 67mm wide, with 35mm format SLRs the widest angle 

lens which can be used without vignetting (seeing the filter 

holder in the picture) is 35mm, so we would recommend ‘A’ 

filters just for digital, twin lens, or similar cameras with 

smaller lenses. We carry a small selection from stock, but 

can usually get anything from the importer within 3 days. 

X-Pro Series 

FILTERS 

equivalent, the Cokin system offers a wide variety of 

graduated filters, which can be adjusted vertically in 

the holder. Most useful of all are the Neutral Density 

types which can balance the exposure for, say, a 

bright overcast sky against a darker foreground. 

At 130mm wide, this is the largest 

filter system on the market, and 

has been tested with ultra-wide 

lenses in every format (e.g. 14mm 

on 35mm). Made to stringent 

standards, using newly developed 

4mm CR39 optical resin, which 

shows better optical transmission 

properties than similar thinner 

filters. 

Adaptors are available from 62mm to 112mm, plus a 

Hasselblad and Rollei bayonets. There is also a Universal 

Adaptor which attaches via 4 screws for lenses with 

damaged threads or without a front ring. Each X-Pro 

filter comes in a suede pouch with static-free lining. 

Cokin X-Pro Starter Kits 

Great value packages which give substantial savings on 

the separate item prices and which also include the X- 

Pro Filter Wallet. All you need is an adaptor ring. 

W950 Kit 

Filter holder, X121M 2-stop ND Grad, X160 Linear 

Polariser, and Filter Wallet. 

CKW950 £149.95 

W951 Kit 

Filter holder, X121M 2-stop ND Grad, X164 Circular 

Polariser, and Filter Wallet. 

CKW951 £219.95 

W960 Kit 

Filter holder, 

X121L, X121M and 

X121 (1, 2, and 3 

stop ND Grads), 

and Filter Wallet. 

CKW960 £132.95 

W961 Kit 

Filter holder, 

X121M 2-stop ND, 

X123L Blue 2 

Light, X125L 

Tobacco Light 

Grads and Filter 

Wallet. CKW961 

£132.95 

Speed Graphic 

5

FILTERS 

Cokin 

Cokin Product Codes 

Please insert ‘CK’ followed by the 

system type before the number shown 

after the description. So a P series 120 

grad would be CKP120 

10% DISCOUNT 

off your total Cokin order value 

when you buy 3 filters or more 

(includes hoods and Ilford filter) 

Filter holders 

P Series 

CKBP700 Standard P Holder . . . . . . 7.00 

CKBP800 Filter holder kit (inc expanded 

100pp catalogue and P252 cap . . . . . 8.50 

Wide Angle P Series holder 

Accepts one filter (can be a polariser) and 

allows use with super-wide lenses (19- 

20mm on 35mm). CKBPW700A £8.80 

X-Pro 

To allow use of a polariser with extreme 

wide angle lenses the X-Pro holder can be 

reversed and the filter inserted where the 

adaptor would usually go. This places the 

polariser virtually on the edge of the lens. 

CKB100 X-Pro Holder . . . . . . . . . 38.00 

A-P conversion kit 

P filter holder, expanded Cokin catalogue, 

and the P249 adaptor to enable A series 

filters to be used in the P holder at focal 

lengths over 35mm. Requires P series 

adaptor ring. CKB181 £10.50 

P Series accessories 

CKP249 A-P Adaptor . . . . . . . . . . . 9.00 

CKP252 Filter holder Cap. . . . . . . . 3.00 

CKP253 Adaptor Cap . . . . . . . . . . . 3.00 

CKP308 Coupling Ring + Holder. . 10.00 


Filters 

Description Number P type Z-Pro X-Pro 

Code Prefix CKP... CKZ... CKX... 

Yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .001 9.50 22.70 33.50 

Orange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .002 9.50 22.70 33.50 

Red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .003 9.50 22.70 33.50 

Green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .004 9.50 22.70 33.50 

Sepia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .005 9.50 23.80 33.50 

Yellow/Green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .006 9.50 22.70 33.50 

Infra Red 720 (89B) . . . . . . . . . . .007 23.50 49.00 85.00 

Blue 80A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .020 9.50 24.60 33.50 

Blue 80B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .021 9.50 24.60 33.50 

Blue 80C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .022 9.50 24.60 33.50 

Blue 82A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .023 9.50 24.60 33.50 

Blue 82B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .024 9.50 24.60 33.50 

Blue 82C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .025 9.50 24.60 33.50 

Warm 81A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .026 9.50 24.60 33.50 

Warm 81B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .027 9.50 24.60 33.50 

Warm 81C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .028 9.50 24.60 33.50 

85A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .029 9.50 24.60 33.50 

85B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .030 9.50 24.60 33.50 

85C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .031 9.50 24.60 33.50 

Warm 81D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .035 9.50 24.60 33.50 

FL-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .036 9.50 24.60 38.30 

Warm 81EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .037 9.50 24.60 33.50 

Sepialight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .045 11.70 24.60 33.50 

FL-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .046 11.70 24.60 38.30 

Gold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .047 11.70 n.a n.a 

Cyan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .050 11.70 n.a n.a 

Star 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .055 14.90 n.a n.a 

Star 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .056 14.90 n.a n.a 

Star 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .057 14.90 n.a n.a 

Star 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .058 14.90 n.a n.a 

Softstar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .059 14.90 n.a n.a 

Incolor 1 CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .060 11.30 n.a n.a 

Incolor 2 CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .061 11.30 n.a n.a 

Grey 1 CS/WA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .072 11.30 n.a n.a 

Grey 2 CS/WA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .073 11.30 n.a n.a 

Pastel 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .086 12.90 33.90 43.00 

Pastel 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .087 12.90 33.90 43.00 

Close-up +1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 18.20 n.a n.a 

Close-up +2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 18.20 n.a n.a 

Close-up +3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 18.20 n.a n.a 

Splitfield +1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 18.20 n.a n.a 



Neutral Density Graduated ND2 . .121L 12.90 36.80 41.20 

Neutral Density Graduated ND4 .121M 12.90 36.80 41.20 

Neutral Density Graduated ND8 .121S 12.90 36.80 41.20 

Neutral Density Grad Full ND8 . . .121F 12.90 36.80 41.20 

Blue 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 12.90 31.20 41.20 

Blue 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 12.90 31.20 41.20 

Blue 2 Graduated Light . . . . . . . .123L 12.90 31.20 41.20 

Blue 2 Graduated Soft . . . . . . . .123S 12.90 31.20 41.20 

Blue 2 Graduated Full . . . . . . . . .123F 12.90 31.20 41.20 

Tobacco 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . .124 12.90 33.60 41.20 

Tobacco 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . .125 12.90 33.60 41.20 



Tobacco 2 Graduated Light . . . . .125L 12.90 33.60 41.20 

Tobacco 2 Graduated Soft . . . . . .125S 12.90 33.60 41.20 

Tobacco 2 Graduated Full . . . . . .125F 12.90 33.60 41.20 

Mauve 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . .126 12.90 n.a n.a 

Mauve 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . .127 12.90 n.a n.a 

Pink 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 12.90 n.a n.a 

Pink 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 12.90 n.a n.a 

Emerald 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . .130 12.90 n.a n.a 

Emerald 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . .131 12.90 n.a n.a 

Yellow 1 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . .132 12.90 n.a n.a 

Yellow 2 Graduated . . . . . . . . . . .133 12.90 n.a n.a 

Gradual FL-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 12.90 33.60 41.20 

Gradual Fl-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 12.90 33.60 41.20 

Oval Centre Spot White . . . . . . . . .140 11.30 25.40 31.50 

Oval Centre Spot Black . . . . . . . . .141 11.30 25.40 33.50 

Net 1 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 10.20 20.60 33.50 

Net 1 Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 10.20 20.60 33.50 

Net 2 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 10.20 20.60 33.50 

Net 2 Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 10.20 20.60 33.50 

Wedding 1 White . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 10.20 20.60 n.a 

Wedding 1 Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 10.20 20.60 n.a 

Fog 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 12.90 n.a n.a 

Fog 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 12.90 n.a n.a 

Neutral Density ND2 . . . . . . . . . . .152 9.50 27.00 46.80 

Neutral Density ND4 . . . . . . . . . . .153 9.50 27.00 46.80 

Neutral Density ND8 . . . . . . . . . . .154 9.50 27.00 n.a 

Linear Polarising . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 30.00 n.a 124.20 

Circular Polarising . . . . . . . . . . . .164 53.00 n.a 189.95 

Polariser Redhancer . . . . . . . . . . .165 53.00 n.a n.a 

Radial Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 13.40 n.a n.a 

Rainspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 13.40 n.a n.a 

Softspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 13.40 n.a n.a 

Sunspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 13.40 n.a n.a 

Gelatin Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194 8.70 n.a n.a 

Rainbow 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195 17.20 n.a n.a 

Rainbow 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196 17.20 n.a n.a 

Sunset 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197 22.40 37.20 43.00 

Sunset 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198 22.40 37.20 43.00 

Multi-Image 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201 31.80 n.a n.a 

Multi-Image 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 31.80 n.a n.a 

Multi-Image 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203 31.80 n.a n.a 

Multi-Image 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204 31.80 n.a n.a 

Parallel Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209 31.80 n.a n.a 

Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216 24.50 n.a n.a 

Super Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217 31.80 n.a n.a 

Skylight 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 9.50 20.00 28.70 

UV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231 9.50 20.00 28.70 

Skylight 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232 9.50 20.00 28.70 

Double Exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . .249 7.00 n.a n.a 

Creative Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 24.50 n.a n.a 

Yellow 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . .660 13.90 n.a n.a 

Yellow 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . .661 13.90 n.a n.a 

Orange 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . .662 13.90 n.a n.a 

Orange 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . .663 13.90 n.a n.a 

Red 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664 13.90 n.a n.a 

Red 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 13.90 n.a n.a 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30



Blue 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 13.90 n.a n.a 

Blue 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 13.90 n.a n.a 

Mauve 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . .668 13.90 n.a n.a 

Mauve 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . .669 13.90 n.a n.a 

Pink 1 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . .670 13.90 n.a n.a 

Pink 2 Fluo-Grad . . . . . . . . . . . . .671 13.90 n.a n.a 

Sunsoft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694 11.70 34.50 43.00 

Champagne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .695 11.70 n.a n.a 

Softwarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .696 11.70 34.50 43.00 

Colour compensation Cyan 05 . . . .700 13.90 35.80 n.a 





Colour compensation Magenta 05 .710 13.90 35.80 n.a 





Colour compensation Yellow 05 . .720 13.90 35.80 n.a 

Colour compensation Yellow 10 . . .721 13.90 35.80 n.a 



Colour compensation Yellow 40 . . .727 13.90 35.80 n.a 

Diffuser Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .820 11.70 34.50 43.00 

Diffuser 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .830 11.70 34.50 43.00 

Diffuser 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .840 11.70 34.50 43.00 

Diffuser 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .850 11.70 34.50 43.00 

Adaptors 

49mm CKP449 . . . 6.50 

52mm CKP452 . . . 6.50 

55mm CKP455 . . . 6.50 

58mm CKP458 . . . 6.50 

62mm CKP462 . . . 6.50 CKX462. . . 29.00 

67mm CKP467 . . . 6.50 CKX467. . . 29.00 

72mm CKP472 . . . 6.50 CKX472. . . 29.00 

77mm CKP477 . . . 6.50 CKX477. . . 29.00 

82mm CKP482 . . . 6.50 CKX482. . . 29.00 

Hasselblad adaptors 

Series 50 CKP401 . . 15.00 

Series 60 CKP402 . . 18.00 CKX484. . . 33.50 

Series 70 CKP403 . . 18.00 CKX487. . . 33.50 

Rollei 6000 CKP404 . . 18.00 CKX485. . . 33.50 

Universal CKP499 . . 15.00 CKX499. . . 33.50 

Larger X-Pro adaptors 

86mm (thread pitch 0.75mm) CKX486A. . 29.00 

86mm (thread pitch 1.00mm) CKX486B . 29.00 

95mm (thread pitch 1.00mm) CKX495B . 29.00 

105mm (thread pitch 0.75mm) CKX405. . . 29.00 

112mm (thread pitch 0.75mm) CKX412A. . 29.00 

112mm (thread pitch 1.00mm) CKX412B. . 29.00 

112mm (thread pitch 1.5mm) CKX412C . . 29.00 

Lens hoods Storage 

Cokin Modular Hood 

Fits to the front of the filter holder without 

taking up any of the filter slots. Two or 

three can be fixed together to make a 

longer hood for telephoto lenses. 

P Series CKP255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £9.50 

Speed Graphic P Series Bellows Hood 

A high quality self-supporting hood, made in England, which allows 

precise shading of the lens. The hood fits directly on the front of the 

P series filter holder and can be used with 24mm lenses on 35mm 

cameras, or 50mm lenses on 120 format cameras. 

CB84WA £34.95 

Cokin Modular 

Bellows Hoods 

The Cokin bellows hood is larger, and has a wider flare than our 

own, and will accommodate super-wide angle lenses. With a 

distinctive red outer finish, the hood comes complete with a nondetachable 

integral holder. 

CKA350 for A Series . . . . . . . . . . . £89.95 

CKP350 for P Series . . . . . . . . . . £107.95 

CKX350 for X-Pro Series . . . . . . . £179.95 

10% discount off these prices when hood purchased with 3 or more 

Cokin filters 

FILTERS 

A and P type Filter Wallet 

Takes 7 filters plus adaptor rings. 

CKA306 A Wallet £13.00 

CKP306 P Wallet £15.00 

X-Pro Filter Wallet 

Room for 8 filters 

or rings and filter 

holder. 

CKXFW £27.00 

Ilford P Series 

infra-red filter 

Designed for use with 

Ilford’s SFX film, but 

equally useful for other 

types of black and white 

IR film, this consists of a P194 gel holder 

with ready-mounted filter. As it’s therefore 

75mm in diameter, use with wideangle 

lenses is restricted. ILSFXFIL £11.95 

NEW Cokin Infra-red filters 

A Wratten 89B filter which is darker than 

the Ilford offering. It filters out light 

below approximately 720nm, so gives an 

excellent infra-red result with films like 

Kodak HIE whilst making best use of their 

relative low sensitivity. Available in all 

four Cokin sizes: 

CKA007 A series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.00 

CKP007 P series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.50 

CKZ007 Z-Pro series . . . . . . . . . . 49.00 

CKX007 X-Pro series . . . . . . . . . . 85.00 

FAX: 01420 543 544 7 

Speed Graphic

FILTERS 

Filter Holders 

LEFK Foundation Kit . . . . . . . . 48.00 

LEPK Professional Kit . . . . . . . 92.50 

Professional Kit shown above 

LEUK Upgrade Kit . . . . . . . . . . 61.00 

LETA Tandem Adaptor . . . . . . . 17.50 

LEPUH 100mm Push-on holder. . 94.20 

Special versions of the push-on holder with 

reducing ‘doughnuts’ can be ordered. 

Adaptor Rings 

Sturdy, and long-lasting, with aluminium 

screw thread. Wide-angle adaptors have a 

recessed thread, and should be used when 

the standard adaptor causes vignetting 

with a wide-angle lens. 

LE49 49mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00 

LE52 52mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00 

LE55 55mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00 

LE58 58mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00 

LE62 62mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00 

LE67 67mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00 

LE72 72mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00 

LE77 77mm standard . . . . . . . 16.00 

LE82 82mm standard . . . . . . . 34.30 

LE86 86mm standard . . . . . . . 34.30 

LE93 93mm standard . . . . . . . 49.70 

LE95 95mm standard . . . . . . . 49.70 

LE105 105mm standard . . . . . . 49.85 

LE50H Hasselblad Series 50 . . . 34.30 



LER6 Rollei 6000 . . . . . . . . . . 34.30 

LE49W 49mm wide-angle. . . . . . 31.50 






LE72W 72mm wide-angle . . . . . . 31.50 




Lee 100mm Filter System 

Lee are one of the world’s leading manufacturers of filters for cinema and professional 

use. Their 100mm size camera system enables use of wider angle lenses. Graduated 

filters are 150 x 100mm, which gives a larger range of adjustment. All resin filters are 

hand made from the finest polymeric resin with stringent quality control procedures 

guaranteeing batch to batch consistency. The filter holder is adjustable for 2mm or 

4mm filters, and can take Cokin P or Hitech types with optional adaptors. Lee bellows 

hoods are self-supporting, and do not require the use of bulky and heavy rails. 

5% DISCOUNT 

off these prices when you spend more than £150 on any Lee 100mm 

filter system products. Prices include VAT. 

Bellows Lens Hoods 

Standard Hood 

Fits on holder or 

direct to 

adaptor ring. 

LEBLH £73.30 

Single Slot 

Hood 

The same as 

above, but with the 

addition of one filter slot at 

the rear. LEBLHS £80.50 

Double Slot Hood 

With two 

filter slots, 

this can be a 

good alternative 

to using a 

filter holder 

for those who 

plan to use just 

a warm-up and grad. 

LEBLHD £80.50 

Accessories 

Adapt Cokin filters to the Lee holder, 

increase the size of the holder with extra 

guides, and keep filters pristine with a 

high quality filter cleaning cloth and 

cleaning solution. 

LECPMTG Cokin P mounts x 3 (grad) 6.20 

LECPMTS Cokin P mounts x 3 (sq) . . 6.20 

LEPMT Polyester filter mts x 10 . 12.40 

LEFCS Filter cleaning solution . . 3.20 

LECC Cleaning cloth . . . . . . . . . 4.20 

LEG1 1mm filter guides. . . . . . . 2.20 



LESS1 No.1 screw set (4 x 1/2”) . 1.00 

NEW Universal 

Hood 

175x145mm size 

allows use of 

wider angle 

lenses without 

the bulk of the 

Wide Angle Hood. 

Comes with two filter 

slots which can be detached. 

LEUH £99.95 

Wide Angle Hood 

Largest 210x160mm hood gives optimum 

shading on ultra wide lenses. 

LEBLHW Std Wide Angle Hood . . 149.95 

LEBLHW1 As above with filter slot 149.95 




Gel Snap Kit 

A simple polyester 

or gelatin 100mm 

filter holder which 

fits any lens up to 

83mm diameter 

without needing 

an adaptor, and 

includes four 

useful filters. 

LESNAP £29.70 

Glass Filters 

The round 105mm polariser shown here 

reduces vignetting problems and attaches to 

the holder via an adaptor ring. 

LEPOL Square Linear Polariser. . 95.00 

LECPOL Square Circular Polariser107.70 

LE105LP 105mm Linear Polariser 120.00 

LE105CP 105mm Circular Polariser190.00 

LEPLRING 105mm Adaptor Ring . . . 28.50 

LEENH Red Enhancer . . . . . . . . 146.50 

Glass Soft Focus Filter 

Gives a very gentle and flattering result 

which does not overpower the image and 

has minimal effect on contrast. Changes 

in aperture or focal length do not affect 

the result. 2mm thick, it’s good for landscapes 

as well as portraits. LEGSF £125.00 

Filter 

Pouches 

Leather filter 

pouch 

Easy access design 

for 6 filters. Fits in 

large pocket or 

clips to a belt. 

Luxury black 

leather. LEFPL £68.50 

Multi-filter 

pouch 

Holds up to 10 filters in 

anti-static sleeves. 

LEFP £28.50 

Other Lee products 

These pages do not show all of the filters 

and accessories available. We can get 

any Lee item – usual delivery is 3–4 

weeks from placing your order. 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Resin Filters 

Tough, easy to handle and clean, and 

made to the finest standards. Many are 

available in kits, saving on separate 

prices, in a handy ‘pop-up’ pack design. 

Graduated types are available in soft 

(slow) transition, or hard (fast). For 

general purpose work the soft type is 

most useful. Below is a selection: please 

ask for anything not shown. 

Neutral density filter sets 

ND0.3 (1 stop) ND0.6 (2stop) ND0.9 (3 stop) 

ND Kits contain the above densities in 

either soft or hard graduation. 

LESNDSET Soft ND Grad Set. . . . . . 119.00 

LEHNDSET Hard ND Grad Set . . . . . 119.00 

Single neutral density graduates 

LENDG3S ND0.3 Grad Soft . . . . . . . 47.90 

LENDG45SND0.45 Grad Soft . . . . . . 47.90 


LENDG75S ND0.75 Grad Soft . . . . . . 47.90 


LENDG3H ND0.3 Grad Hard . . . . . . 47.90 

LENDG45HND0.45 Grad Hard . . . . . 47.90 


LENDG75HND0.75 Grad Hard. . . . . . 47.90 


Solid neutral density resin filters 

LERND3 ND0.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.20 

LERND45 ND0.45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.20 

LERND6 ND0.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.20 

LERND75 ND0.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.20 

LERND9 ND0.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.20 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Resin filter sets 

LEATSET Autumn Tint Set . . . . . . . 79.40 

LECGSET Colour Grad Set . . . . . . . 79.40 

LECOSET Coral Set . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.40 

LELANSET Landscape Set . . . . . . . . 79.40 

LEMSET Mist Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.40 

LENETSET Net Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.70 

LEPTSET Pale Tint Set. . . . . . . . . . 79.40 

LEPGSET Pop Grad Set . . . . . . . . . 79.40 

LESSSET Selective Star Set . . . . . . 79.40 

LESKBSET Sky Blue Set . . . . . . . . . . 79.40 

LESKSET Sky Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.40 

LESSET Stripe Set. . . . . . . . . . . . 79.40 

LESRSET Sunrise Set . . . . . . . . . . 79.40 

LESUNSET Sunset Set . . . . . . . . . . . 79.40 

LETWSET Twilight Set . . . . . . . . . . 79.40 

Resin sets are 

supplied in a 

‘pop-up’ cardboard 

pack. 

Single resins 

come in a 

padded pouch. 

Resin colour filters 

LER81A 81A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

LER81B 81B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

LER81C 81C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

LER81D 81D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

LER81EF 81EF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

LER80A 80A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

LER80B 80B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

LER82A 82A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

LER82B 82B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

LER82C 82C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

Resin graduates 

Available to order in hard or soft cut 

(please specifiy when ordering): 

Sky Blue 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

Real Blue 1, 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

Straw 1, 2, or 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

Mahogany 1, 2 or 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90 

Coral 1–14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

Twilight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90 

Chocolate 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 . . . . . . . . . 44.90 

Sepia 1, 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90 

Tobacco 1, 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90 

Antique Swede 1, 2, 3 or 4 . . . . . . . 44.90 

Sunset graduates 

LERSUN1 Sunset 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90 

LERSUN2 Sunset 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90 

LERSUN3 Sunset 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.90 

Stripe filters 

Yellow, Pink, Cyan, Magenta, Coral, Blue, 

Pale Coral and Straw. . . . . . . . . . . . 52.90 

Resin b/w filters 

LERY8 Yellow 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.90 

LERYG11 Yellow Green 11 . . . . . . . 52.90 

LERY12 Deep Yellow 12 . . . . . . . 52.90 

LERY16 Yellow Orange 16 . . . . . . 52.90 

LERO21 Orange 21 . . . . . . . . . . . 52.90 

LERR23 Light Red 23A. . . . . . . . . 52.90 

LERR25 Tricolour Red 25 . . . . . . . 52.90 

UV filters 

1A, 1B, 2B or 2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.30 

Colour compensating (CC) . . . . . . . 36.30 

Polyester Filters 

100x100mm. Also available to order in 

75x75mm. Can easily be cut to any special 

size. Single filters supplied unmounted. 

LEP81A 81A polyester . . . . . . . . . 11.00 

LEP81B 81B polyester . . . . . . . . . 11.00 

LEP81C 81C polyester . . . . . . . . . 11.00 

All other CC types are . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00 

LEPIR 87 infra-red . . . . . . . . . . 14.50 

LEPY8 Yellow 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00 

LEPYG11 Yellow-Green 11 . . . . . . . 11.00 

LEPY12 Deep Yellow 12 . . . . . . . . 11.00 

LEPY16 Yellow Orange 16 . . . . . . 11.00 

LEPO21 Orange 21 . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00 

LEPR23 Light Red 23. . . . . . . . . . 11.00 

LEPR25 Tricolour Red 25 . . . . . . . 14.50 

LEPND3 Neutral Density 0.3. . . . . 19.30 



Polyester sets 

LEPBW Black and White Set . . . . 29.40 

LEPCT Colour Temperature Set . 29.40 

LEPFCT Fine CT Set . . . . . . . . . . . 29.40 

LEPND Neutral Density Set. . . . . 29.40 

LEPSF Soft Focus Set . . . . . . . . 29.40 

LEPWU Warm Up Set . . . . . . . . . 29.40 

Lee polyester filters are made 

from a high quality polyester 

base that is tough, impervious 

to water, and 

easy to clean. Filters 

supplied in sets are 

ready mounted as 

shown here. 

Mounts can be 

purchased in 

packs of 10 for 

£12.00 

FILTERS 

Lee Colour Magic 

An inexpensive way to experiment with 

colour filtration. Each set contains six 

to twelve 10 x 12” polyester filters and 

cutting tool. They can be used over any 

light source. Some sets, like the 

Original Pack, are designed for experimenting 

- this can create 50 different 

colours from 12 filters. Others give fine 

control over studio light sources. 

A leaflet is available. 

All packs priced at £13.20 

LECMST Studio Pack 

Technical filters for basic light control: 

201 Full CTB, 281 3/4 CTB, 204 Full CTO, 

285 3/4 CTO, 298 0.15ND, 209 0.3ND, 

210 O.6ND, 211 0.9ND. 

CTB filters convert tungsten to daylight; 

CTO filters convert daylight to tungsten. 

LECMCOM Complementary Pack 

Explore the basics of colour addition 

and subtraction: 

164 Flame Red, 124 Dark Green, 119 Dark 

Blue, 176 Loving Amber, 174 Dark Steel 

Blue, 138 Pale Green, 101 Yellow, 115 

Peacock Blue, 128 Bright Pink, 007 Pale 

Yellow, 117 Steel Blue, 035 Light Pink. 

LECMO Original Pack 

Creates 50 colours from 12: 

101 Yellow, 116 Med. Blue Green, 118 

Light Blue, 122 Fern Green, 126 Mauve, 

128 Bright Pink, 129 Heavy Frost, 144 

No Colour Blue, 179 Chrome Orange, 

180 Dark Lavender, 192 Flesh Pink, 228 

Brushed Silk. 

Other Colour Magic Packs 

LECMARC Arc Correction 

LECMLT Light Tint 

LECMSAT Saturates 

LECMSTP Studio Plus 

LECMT Tints 

Speed Graphic 

9

FILTERS & ACCESSORIES 

Canon filters 

CAF52UV 52mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.00 

CAF52SKY 52mm Skylight . . . . . . . . 21.00 

CAF52PLC 52mm Circular Polarising 76.95 

CAF58UV 58mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 


CAF58S1 58mm Softmat 1. . . . . . . 65.00 

CAF58S2 58mm Softmat 2. . . . . . . 65.00 

CAF58PLC 58mm Circular Polarising 84.95 

CAF72UV 72mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.00 


CAF72PLC 72mm Circular Polarising118.95 

Minolta filters 

MN49UV 49mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.00 

MN49SKY 49mm Skylight . . . . . . . . 21.00 

MN49CP 49mm Circular Polarising 59.95 

MN55UV 55mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.00 


MN55CP 55mm Circular Polarising 59.95 

MN62UV 62mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.00 

MN62SKY 62mm Circular Polarising103.50 

MN72UV 72mm UV . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.95 


MN72CP 72mm Circular Polarising137.00 

Nikon filters 

NK52L37C 52mm L37C UV . . . . . . . . 27.20 

NK52L1BC52mm L1BC Skylight. . . . 29.95 

NK52Y48 52mm Y48 Yellow . . . . . . 27.20 

NK52O56 52mm O56 Orange . . . . . 27.20 

NK52R60 52mm R60 Red . . . . . . . . 27.20 

NK52A2 52mm A2 Light Amber . . 27.20 

NK52CPOL 52mm Circular Polarising 69.95 

NK62L37C 62mm L37C UV . . . . . . . . 41.00 

NK62L1BC62mm L1BC Skylight. . . . 46.00 

NK62Y48 62mm Y48 Yellow . . . . . . 41.00 

NK62O56 62mm O56 Orange . . . . . 41.00 

NK62R60 62mm R60 Red . . . . . . . . 41.00 


NK62CPOL 62mm Circular Polarising 99.70 

NK72L37C 72mm L37C UV . . . . . . . . 69.95 

NK72L1BC 72mm L1BC Skylight . . . . 75.95 

NK72Y48 72mm Y48 Yellow . . . . . . 55.00 

NK72O56 72mm O56 Orange . . . . . 55.00 

NK72R60 72mm R60 Red . . . . . . . . 55.00 


NK72CPOL 72mm Circular Polarising172.80 

NK77L37C 77mm L37C UV . . . . . . . . 75.95 

NK77Y48 77mm Y48 . . . . . . . . . . . 68.40 

NK77O56 77mm O56 Orange . . . . . 68.40 

NK77R60 77mm R60 Red . . . . . . . . 68.40 


NK77CPOL 77mm Circular Polarising182.90 


Stepping Rings 

Buying a full set of filters for each lens 

size can be a costly business. 

Occasionally-used filters can be adapted 

by means of one of these rings. Stepping 

down by about 4mm on standard or tele 

focal lengths is usually OK, but definitely 

not for wide-angles. It’s best therefore to 

standardise on your largest lens size and 

step up to this from smaller sizes. 

All sizes listed below each £3.95 

Step-up 

KD2737 27–37 

KD2746 27–46 

KD2749 27–49 

KD2837 28–37 

KD3037 30–37 

KD3046 30–46 

KD3049 30–49 

KD30546 30.5–46 

KD30549 30.5–49 

KD35549 35.5–49 

KD3746 37–46 

KD3749 37–49 

KD3752 37–52 

KD3755 37–55 

KD37546 37.5–46 

KD40543 40.5–43 

KD40546 40.5–46 

KD40549 40.5–49 

KD4346 43–46 

KD4349 43–49 

KD4352 43–52 

KD4649 46–49 

KD4652 46–52 

KD4655 46–55 

KD4658 46–58 

KD4952 49–52 

KD4955 49–55 

KD4958 49–58 

KD4962 49–62 

KD5255 52–55 

KD5258 52–58 

KD5262 52–62 

KD5267 52–67 

KD5558 55–58 

KD5562 55–62 

KD5567 55–67 

KD5862 58–62 

KD5867 58–67 

KD5872 58–72 

KD6267 62–67 

KD6272 62–72 

KD6277 62–77 

KD6772 67–72 

KD6777 67–77 

KD6782 67–82 

KD7277 72–77 

KD7282 72–82 

KD7286 72–86 

KD7782 77–82 

KD7786 77–86 

Step down 

KD4946 49–46 

KD5249 52–49 

KD5549 55–49 

KD5552 55–52 

KD5849 58–49 

KD5852 58–52 

KD5855 58–55 

KD6252 62–52 

KD6255 62–55 

KD6258 62–58 

KD6762 67–62 

KD7262 72–62 

KD7267 72–67 

KD7762 77-62 

KD7772 77-72 

KD8272 82–72 

KD8277 82–77 

Make your own coupling ring 

Allows a lens to be reversed on to 

another to create a high power macro 

lens. At present we do not have a reliable 

supply, but customer Ian Parsons 

wrote to suggest an alternative: use a 

small quantity of Araldite to cement 

two Cokin P adaptors back to back, 

with a bit of black paint to touch up! 

Body adaptors 

Allow a lens of a different mount to be 

attached to a body, and still maintain 

focus to infinity. Note that any metering 

connections will be lost. 

First mount is the body; second mount is 

the lens to be attached 

Canon EOS – M42 screw 

KDBACAFM42 £21.50 

Canon EOS – Canon FD 

KDBACAFFD £39.95 

Minolta Dynax – M42 screw 

KDBAMAFM42 £21.50 

Minolta Dynax – Minolta MD 

KDBAMAFMD £49.95 

Nikon – M42 screw 

KDBANM42 £12.00 

Pentax K – M42 screw 

KDBPKM42 £12.00 

Novoflex body adaptors 

Precision-engineered, retaining infinity 

focus. No functions are transmitted 

between body and lens. 

First mount is the body; second mount is 

the lens to be attached 

Canon EOS–Leica R (NVEOS/LER). . 109.00 

Canon EOS–Nikon (NVEOS/NIK) . . 109.00 

Leica M–M42 (NVLEM/CO) . . . . . . . 109.00 

Leica M–Leica R (NVLEM/LER) . . . . 109.00 

Leica M–Nikon (NVLEM/NIK) . . . . . 109.00 

Leica M–Olympus OM (NVLEM/OM) 109.00 

Nikon–Leica 39mm (NVNIKLEIK) . . . 59.00 

Many other available, including 35mm to 

medium format and Canon video to 35mm 

Hasselblad & Rollei adaptors 

KDB5052 Bayonet 50–52mm . . . . . . 9.95 

KDB5055 Bayonet 50–55mm . . . . . . 9.95 

KDB5067 Bayonet 50–67mm . . . . . . 9.95 

KDB6062 Bayonet 60–62mm . . . . . . 9.95 

KDB6067 Bayonet 60–67mm . . . . . . 9.95 

HYBAY1 Rollei Bayonet 1–46mm . . 9.95 

Series VII adaptors 

To mount Series VII thread accessories on 

standard filter threads. All sizes £3.95 

KD46S7 46mm 

KD49S7 49mm 

KD52S7 52mm 

KD55S7 55mm 

KD58S7 58mm 

KD62S7 62mm 

Filter storage 

Op/tech Filter Pack 

A secure way of carrying or protecting two 

filters (up to 77mm). This neoprene case 

contains two pockets and 

protects 

against 

dust, moisture 

and impact. It can 

be attached to clothing or 

equipment via a snap hook. 

OPFP £8.95 

Lowepro Filter Pocket 

A compact padded pouch with vinylcovered 

mesh pockets for 6 filters up to 

82mm. Tab closure.21x11.5 x2.5cm folded 

LPSFFP £15.00 

Filter wrenches 

Unjamb filters which have become stuck 

on a lens, or together. Supplied as a pair. 

Two sizes available: 

KDWRS Wrenches 48-58mm . . . . . 2.95 

KDWRL Wrenches 62-77mm . . . . . 3.95 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

B+W Single Filter Cases 

As supplied with B+W filters, translucent 

impact resistant plastic with foam rubber 

insert. Three sizes: 

BWFC52 Filters >52mm . . . . . . . . . 1.75 

BWFC77 Filters >77m. . . . . . . . . . . 1.95 

BWFC105 Filters >105mm . . . . . . . . 2.50 

B+W Filter 

Cassette 

Same construction as the single filter 

boxes above, but with space for 4 filters, 

sizes 49–58mm. BWFC4 £3.95 

B+W Filter Pouches 

Made from durable water and abrasion 

resistant nylon fabric. Lined with foam 

material, with Velcro closing and clear 

plastic window for identification tag. 

BWFPE1 11.5x11.5cm >77mm . . . . 3.95 

BWFPE2 14,5x14.5cm >105mm . . . 5.95 

BWFPE3 20x20cm larger filters . . . 7.95 

Canon 

A popular zoom in 

the Canon range is 

the 90–300/f4- 

5.6USM. Gaining 

1/2 stop on the 

75–300USM at the 

portrait end it also 

comes in at under 

£190. A ideal 

complement to a 

28–90 standard. 

Fixed focus 

14/f2.8L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525.00 

15/f2.8 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499.95 

20/f2.8 USM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357.00 

24/f1.4 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985.00 

24/f2.8 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345.00 

28/f1.8 USM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338.00 

28/f2.8 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149.95 

35/f1.4 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985.00 

35/f2 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204.95 

50/f1.4 USM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267.00 

50/f1.8 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.95 

85/f1.2 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299.95 

85/f1.8 USM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289.95 

100/f2 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331.50 

135/f2 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765.00 

135/f2.8 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239.90 

200/f2.8 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561.00 

300/f4L IS USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977.00 

400/f5.6 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935.00 

Zoom 

16-35/f2.8 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119.95 

17-40/f4 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578.00 

20-35/f3.5 USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315.00 

24-70/f2.8 L USM. . . . . . . . . . . . . 968.50 

24-85/f3.5-4.5 USM . . . . . . . . . . . 267.00 

28-90/f4-5.6 USM/2. . . . . . . . . . . 139.95 

28-105/f3.5-4.5 USM/2 . . . . . . . . 197.00 

28-105/f4-5.6 USM . . . . . . . . . . . 164.95 

28-135/f3.5-5.6 IS USM . . . . . . . . 355.00 

28-200/f3.5-5.6 USM . . . . . . . . . . 373.95 

28–300/f3.5-5.6 L IS USM . . . . . 1699.95 

35-80/f4-5.6/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109.95 

35-350/f3.5 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . 1274.00 

70-200/f2.8 L IS USM. . . . . . . . . 1439.95 

70-200/f4 L USM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518.00 

75-300/f4-5.6 USM/3. . . . . . . . . . 203.95 

75-300/f4-5.6 IS USM . . . . . . . . . 374.00 

80-200/f4-5.6/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.95 

90-300/f4-5.6 USM . . . . . . . . . . . 189.95 

100-300/f4.5 USM . . . . . . . . . . . . 239.95 

100-400/f4.5-5.6 L IS USM. . . . . 1198.00 

Special purpose 

50/f2.5 EF Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203.95 

Life size converter for 50 Macro . . 179.95 

MPE-65mm Macro. . . . . . . . . . . . . 935.00 

100/f2.8 EF Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . 405.00 

180/f3.5 L USM Macro . . . . . . . . 1075.00 

Extender EF 1.4x /2 . . . . . . . . . . . 245.00 

Extender EF 2x /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245.00 

The high performance 1.4x and 2x extenders 

can only be used with a select number 

of L series lenses, and not with standard EF 

types. 

LENSES 

Cosina 

19–35/f3.5-4.5 

all fittings 

£ 129 95 

100/f3.5 Macro has focusing is from infinity 

to 1:2 (half life size on the negative). 

With the addition of the supplied attachment 

lens this increases to 1:1 (lifesize). 

19-35/f3.5-4.5 Canon .................129.95 

19-35/f3.5-4.5 Nik/Min/Pen...........129.95 

28-80/f3.5-5.6 Canon...................89.95 

28-80/f3.5-5.6 Nik/Min/Pen ............81.00 

28-105/f2.8-3.8 Canon ...............159.95 

28-105/f2.8-3.8 Nik/Min .............149.95 

28-210/f3.5-5.6 Canon................127.00 

28-210/f3.5-5.6 Nik/Min .............117.00 

28-210/f4.2-6.5 Canon................144.00 

28-210/f4.2-6.5 Nik/Min/Pn...........135.00 

28-300/f4-6.3 Canon ..................177.00 

28-300/f4-6.3 Nik/Min................168.00 

70-210/f4.5-5.6 Canon................109.00 

70-210/f4.5-5.6 Nik/Min...............98.30 

70-210/f2.8-4 Canon ..................204.95 

70-210/f2.8-4 Nik/Min ................196.50 

70-300/f4.5-5.6 Canon ...............144.00 

70-300/f4.5-5.6 Nik/Min .............135.00 

100-300/f5.6-6.7 Canon..............109.95 

100-300/f5.6-6.7 Nik/Min/Pen .......102.95 

100-400/f4.5-6.7 Canon..............204.95 

100-400/f4.5-6.7 Nik/Min ...........196.50 

100/f3.5 Macro Canon.................129.95 

100/f3.5 Macro Nik/Min/Pen ........129.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 11 

Speed Graphic

LENSES 

Nikon Sigma 

The 70-200/f2.8 AF-S 

VR IF-ED, to give its 

full title, is the latest 

in a long line of 

advanced fast professional 

telephoto 

zooms from Nikon. It 

replaces, and is 

smaller than, the 80- 

200 IF-ED, and adds 

Vibration Reduction. 

Fixed focus 

10.5/f2.8 AF-G ED ......................525.00 

14/f2.8 AF-D ............................1141.50 

16/f2.8 AF-D fisheye ...................575.00 

18/f2.8 AF-D............................1158.50 

20/f2.8 AF-D .............................515.80 

24/f2.8 AF-D .............................355.20 

28/f1.4 AF-D............................1479.90 

28/f2.8 AF-D .............................196.50 

35/f2 AF-D................................228.50 

50/f1.4 AF-D .............................219.90 

50/f1.8 AF-D...............................99.95 

85/f1.4 AF-D .............................803.50 

85/f1.8 AF-D .............................338.20 

105/f2 AF DC .............................735.70 

135/f2 AF-D DC ..........................929.90 

180/f2.8 AF-D IF ED ....................575.00 

300/f4 AFS IF ED........................887.00 

Nikon continues to expand its DX range of 

lenses specifically designed for digital SLRs. 

The image circle of a DX lens is designed to 

cover just the sensor (so it won’t work with 

film cameras). The 10.5mm/f2.8 is a 180º 

fisheye, and it’s joined by a compact 

17–55/f2.8 zoom. 


Zoom 

12-24/f4 AFS-G DX IF ED ..............785.00 

17-35/f2.8 AFS-D IF ..................1225.00 

17-55/f2.8 AF-G IF-ED ...............1029.95 

18-35/f3.5-4.5 AF-D IF ED ............387.95 

24-50/f3.3-4.5 AF-D ...................338.20 

24-85/f2.8-4 AF-D......................465.00 

24-85/f3.5-4.5 AFS-G .................338.00 

24-120/f3.5-5.6 AF-G VR IF ED .....449.70 

28-70/f2.8 AFS-D IF ..................1225.00 

28-100/f3.5-5.6 AF-G .................158.95 

28-105/f3.5-4.5 AF.....................312.90 

28-200/f3.5-5.6 AF-G IF ED..........255.00 

35-70/f2.8 AF-D.........................507.00 

70-200/f2.8 AF-S VR IF ED .........1288.00 

70-300/f4.5-5.6 AF-D ED .............279.95 

70-300/f4-5.6 AF-G ....................159.95 

80-200/f2.8 AF-D ED...................845.00 

80-400/f4.5-5.6 AF-D VR............1073.90 

Special purpose 

60/f2.8 AF-D Micro .....................372.00 

105/f2.8 AF-D Micro ...................659.60 

200/f4 AF-D Micro ....................1099.00 

70-180/f4.5-5.6 AF-D Mic ............845.00 

TC14E/2 AFS converter ................338.00 

TC20E/2 AFS converter ................279.95 

Every lens manfacturer has two or three 

different quality levels in its range – that’s 

why there’s a £1000 difference between the 

‘amateur’ and ‘professional’ standard 

zoom. Mind you, stopped down to f11 the 

difference is often tricky to spot, but in the 

middle there are frequently lenses delivering 

excellent performance and the 70- 

300/f4-5.6 APO Macro Super is one such. 

‘Apo’ means apochromatic, which 

means the lens corrects the tendency of 

colours to focus at different points, especially 

apparent in a long focus lens, resulting 

in colour fringing and loss of perceived 

sharpness. Three low dispersion glass 

elements do the job here, and currently the 

lens is coming with a FREE achromatic AML 

close-up lens. 

Standard series 

600/f8 mirror man focus..............357.60 

24–70/f3.5-5.6 HF .......................99.95 

24-135/f2.8-4 Asph IF.................249.95 

28–70/f2.8-4 HSZ Asph.................95.50 

28-80/f3.5-5.6 Asph RF.................75.00 

28-105/f2.8-4 Asph ....................158.95 

28-105/f3.8-5.6 Asph IF ...............99.95 

28-135/f3.8-5.6 Asph IF..............104.95 

28-200/f3.5-5.6 Asph DL .............144.95 

28-300/f3.5-6.3 Asph DL .............189.95 

70-300/f4-5.6 Apo Mac ...............169.00 

70-300/f4-5.6 DL Mac...................99.95 

135-400/f4.5-5.6 Apo IF..............479.00 

170-500/f5.6-6.3 Apo IF..............467.00 

EX Series lenses offer the highest performance 

at affordable levels, with exemplary 

build quality. The EX finish 

matches the look of many high end 

marque lenses, especially those from 

Nikon. We can usually get any Sigma lens 

not in stock by the following day, which 

means delivery to you within 2-3 days of 

placing the order. 

EX Series 

8/f4 fisheye ..............................529.95 

14/f2.8 HSM C, N, S ....................579.95 

14/f2.8 M, P ..............................579.95 

15/f2.8 full frame fisheye ............324.95 

20/f1.8 DG................................265.00 

24/f1.8 DG ................................229.95 

28/f1.8 DG ................................179.95 

50/f2.8 DG Macro .......................234.95 

105/f2.8 DG Macro .....................295.00 

150/f2.8 EX DG HSM Macro ..........449.95 

180/f3.5 APO Macro....................459.95 

12–24/f4.5-5.6 DG .....................469.95 

15–30/f3.5-4.5 DG .....................434.95 

17–35/f2.8-4 HSM DG .................329.95 

20–40/f2.8 DG...........................399.95 

24–60/f2.8 DG...........................309.95 

28–70/f2.8 EX DG.......................229.95 

28–135/f2.8-4 Asph IF ................249.95 

50–500/f4-6.3 APO HSM..............699.00 

70–200/f2.8 APO HSM.................589.95 

80–400/f4.5-5.6 APO OS..............847.00 

100–300/f4 IF**........................699.00 

120–300/f2.8 IF APO HSM **......1689.00 

300–800/f5.6 IF APO HSM ..........4199.00 

1.4x Apo converter .....................145.00 

2x Apo converter........................179.00 

** Includes FREE 2x EX converter while 

stocks last. 

New EX lenses 

150/f2.8 EX 

DG HSM Macro 

Compact 

(67mm filter 

size) 

28–70/f2.8 

EX DG 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Converters 

Teleconverters and autofocusing 

Customers are sometimes perplexed to find that their converter won’t autofocus with a 

particular lens. The reason is an optical one: they lose light - 1 stop for the 1.4x, and 2 

stops for the 2x. Camera manufacturers design their autofocus sensors to work with 

lenses of f8 or faster, and so when a 2x converter is attached to a 70-300mm zoom with 

an aperture range of f4-5.6, this becomes f8-f11, and at the 300mm end, autofocusing 

stops. It’s only really a problem however, if you’re photographing moving subjects. 

Kenko 7-element 

2x autofocus converters 

Double the power of your lens. Fitting 

between the lens and the body, they retain 

all metering functions, and are ideally 

suited to focal lengths above 50mm. The 

7-element design and multicoating keep 

performance loss to a minimum. Please 

note the restrictions regarding autofocusing 

in the panel above. £88.95 

KE2X7C Kenko 2x MC-7E Canon AF 

KE2X7M Kenko 2x MC-7E Minolta AF 

KE2X7N Kenko 2x MC-7E Nikon AF 

KE2X7P Kenko 2x MC-7E Pentax AF 

Voigtländer 

Manual focus lenses 

Traditionally-made metal and glass lenses 

of a very high optical and mechanical 

standard, featuring fast maximum apertures, 

bayonet fit metal lenshoods 

(extra), and available in these fittings: 

Canon FD, Minolta MD, Olympus OM, Nikon 

AIS (with F prong), Pentax PK/AB, Contax 

and M42 screw. 

Please state mount when ordering 

VLSL40 40/f2.0 aspherical . . . . 269.90 

VLSL75 75/f2.5 Color Heliar . . . 269.90 

VLSL90 90/f3.5 Close Focus . . . 269.90 

VLSL125 125/f2.5 Apo Lanthar . . 499.90 

VLSL180 180/f4 Apo Lanthar . . . 269.90 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Kenko Pro-300 converters 

High grade multicoated converters 

designed for lenses 100mm or longer, and 

using low dispersion Hoya glass. The 1.4x 

has 5 elements and autofocuses with lenses 

f5.6 or faster. The 2x has 7 elements, autofocuses 

with lenses f4.5 or faster. 

Canon and Nikon now digital compatible 

KEP14C Pro-300 1.4x Canon AF . 138.50 

KEP14M Pro-300 1.4x Minolta AF 129.95 

KEP14N Pro-300 1.4x Nikon AF . 138.50 

KEP2C Pro-300 2x Canon AF . . 152.50 

KEP2M Pro-300 2x Minolta AF . 148.00 

KEP2N Pro-300 2x Nikon AF . . . 152.50 

40/f2.0 

75/f2.5 

Tamron 

New Di lenses 

The 28–75/f2.8 is a compact zoom with fixed 

aperture, and the 180/f3.5 Macro a high performance 

telephoto with 1:1 subject repro. This 

year they are joined by a 17–35/f2.8-4 and soon 

a 70–200/f2.8. All these lenses have a ‘Di’ 

suffix. They still cover a 35mm negative, but the 

light exit path has been optimised to minimise 

colour aberrations on digital cameras. 

Autofocus lenses 

Mount availability: 

� Canon, Minolta, Nikon, Pentax 

� Canon, Minolta, Nikon 

14/f2.8 Asph SP IF � ..................855.00 

90/f2.8 Macro SP Di � ................299.90 

180/f3.5 Macro Di �...................529.00 

300/f2.8 � .............................2299.00 

17–35/f2.8-4 Di � .....................349.00 

19–35/f3.5-4.5 � ......................179.90 

24-135/f3.5-5.6 Asph IF � ..........329.90 

28-75/f2.8 Di �.........................269.00 

28-80/f3.5-5.6 Asph �.................69.95 

28-105/f4-5.6 IF �.....................119.90 

28-105/f2.8 Asph SP IF �............599.00 

125/f2.5 Apo Lanthar 

Lenshoods 

VLSL40HD40mm Hood Type D. . . . . 38.00 

VLSL40HS 40mm Hood Type S . . . . . 38.00 

VLSL75HS 75mm Straight Hood . . . 38.00 

VLSL75H 75mm/90mm Hood. . . . . 57.00 

VLSL125H 125mm Hood . . . . . . . . . 57.00 

17–35/f2.8-4 

LENSES 

28-200/f3.8-5.6 Asph XR � .........159.90 

28-300/f3.5-6.3 Asph XR � .........249.90 

70-300/f4-5.6 Macro � ...............109.90 

80-210/f4-5.6 � .........................85.90 

Adaptall mounts 

Lenses have been discontinued, but 

these mounts are still available: 

Canon FD, Contax/Yashica (not MM), 

Konica, Minolta AF, Minolta MD, 

Nikon F/AI, Olympus OM, Pentax ES, 

Pentax KA, Pentax M42. 

Each £41.95 

35/f1.2 Nokton M 

The fastest coupled rangefinder lens ever 

made, for Leica/Voigtlander M mount 

cameras. 10 elements in 7 groups, 12 

blade iris, 52mm 

filter thread, 

minimum 

focus 0.7m, 

weight 490g. 

VL35MN 

£699.00 

VL35MNH 

Vented style 

hood 

75.00 

Speed Graphic 

13

LENS ACCESSORIES 

Canon EOS lens hoods 

A vital accessory to ensure optimum 

performance from your Canon lens. Most 

types bayonet on to the front of the lens 

leaving the filter thread free and are made 

from impact-resistant plastic. 

Our product code is the hood designation 

with ‘CA’ in front e.g. ET60 is ‘CAET60’. 

Hood Fits Price 

ES62AD 50/f1.8 Mk2 . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95 

ES71/2 50/f1.4USM . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 

ET54 80-200/f4.5-5.6USM, 

55-200USM . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95 

ET60 75-300/f4.5-5.6 Mk2/3, 

90-300/F4.5-5.6 . . . . . . . . 17.95 

ET62/2 100-300/f5.6L . . . . . . . . . 17.95 

ET64/2 75-300/f4-5.6 USM IS. . . . 27.50 

ET65/3 85/f1.8USM, 100/f2USM, 

100-300/f4.5USM, 70-210/ 

f3.5-4.5USM, 75-300/f4-5.6 

non-USM, 135/f2.8SF . . . . 17.95 

ET67 100/f2.8 Macro USM . . . . . 24.95 

ET74 70-200/f4 L USM . . . . . . . 32.95 

EW54/2 35/f4-5.6USM all types . . . 17.95 

EW60/2 24/f2.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 

EW60B 28-105/4-5.6 . . . . . . . . . . 17.95 

EW60C 28-80/f3.5-4.5USM all types 

28-90/f3.5-4.5 all types 

18-35/f3.5-5.6, 18-55EF-S 17.95 

EW62 35-80/f4-5.6 non-USM . . . 17.95 

EW63/2 28-105/f3.5-4.5USM 

28/f1.8USM . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95 

EW65/2 28/f2.8. 35/f2, 50/f1.8Mk1 17.95 

EW68A 28-80/f3.5-5.6USM Mk 1 . 22.95 

EW68B 35-105/f4.5-5.6 non-USM. 22.95 

EW73/2 24-85/f3.5-4.5USM. . . . . . 18.95 

EW73B 17–85/f4-5.6 IS USM . . . . 19.95 

EW75/2 20/f2.8USM, 20-35/f2.8L . 42.95 

EW78B/2 28-135/f3.5-5.6USM IS. . . 19.95 

EW78D 28-200/f3.5-5.6 . . . . . . . . 17.95 

EW83/2 20-35/f3.5-4.5USM. . . . . . 19.95 

EW83B/2 28-70/f2.8. . . . . . . . . . . . 32.95 

EW83E 16–35L, 17–40L , 10-22EF-S 29.95 

not a complete listing: we can supply and 

hood not shown here. 


Nikon lens hoods 

Some Nikon lenses are being supplied 

complete with a hood, but you may need a 

spare, or you have one of the many lenses 

where a hood is a desirable extra. Our 

product code is the hood designation with 

‘NK’ in front e.g. HB3 is ‘NKHB3’. 

Hood Fits Price 

HB1 35-70/f2.8AF-D, 28-85AF 

35-135AF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 

HB2 35-105AF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 

HB3 24-50AF-D . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 

HB4 20/f2.8AF-D . . . . . . . . . . . 11.95 

HB8 20-35/f2.8AF-D . . . . . . . . 23.95 

HB11 24-120/f3.5-5.6AF-D. . . . . 10.95 

HB15 70-300AF-D ED . . . . . . . . . 10.95 

HB17 80-200AFS-D. . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 

HB18 28-105/f3.5-4.5AF-D . . . . 10.95 

HB19 28-70/f2.8 AF-D IF . . . . . . 10.95 

HB20 28-80/f3.5-5.6AF-G . . . . . 10.95 

HB23 17-35/f2.8, 18-35AF-D, 

12-24AF-G DX . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 

HB24 80-400AF-D VR . . . . . . . . . 13.95 

HB25 24-85AF-D, 24-120AF-G . . 23.95 

HB26 70-300 AF-G . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 

HB27 28-200 AF-G . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 

HB28 24-85AF-S G . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 

HB29 70-200/f2.8AF-G VR . . . . . 29.95 

HB31 17-55AF-G DX . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 

HB32 18-70 G AF-S . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 

HN1 24/f2.8AF/MF, 35/f2.8PC . 23.95 

HN2 28/f2.8AF/MF, 35-70AF, 

35-80AF-D . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.95 

HN3 35/f1.4, 35/f2, 35/f2.8AF/MF 

55/f2.8 Micro . . . . . . . . . . 22.95 

HN22 60/f2.8 AF Micro . . . . . . . 27.95 

HN23 80-200/f4, 85/f1.8AF . . . . 32.95 

HN24 70-210AF, 75-300AF . . . . . 30.95 

HN28 80-200/f2.8AF ED . . . . . . . 23.95 

HN30 200/f4 AF-D Micro. . . . . . . 35.95 

HN31 85/f1.4AF-D . . . . . . . . . . . 35.95 

HR1 80-200/f4.5-5.6D . . . . . . . 23.95 

HR2 50/f1.8AF, 50/f1.4AF . . . . 23.95 

HS7 105/f2.8 AF Micro. . . . . . . 37.95 

B+W metal lens hoods 

Black anodised aluminium hoods with 

internal anti-reflection ribs. 

Type 950 

For 50mm focal lengths 

BWH9546 46mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 

BWH9549 49mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 

BWH9552 52mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 

BWH9555 55mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.50 

BWH9558 58mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95 

BWH9562 62mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.50 

Type 970 

For 28/35mm lenses 

BWH9749 49mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95 

BWH9752 52mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 

BWH9755 55mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.50 

BWH9758 58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.50 

BWH9762 62mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.95 

BWH9767 67mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.50 

BWH9772 72mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.95 

BWH9777 77mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 

BWH9782 82mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.95 

Hoya Multihood 

A high quality rubber hood which adapts 

to wide-angle (28mm), normal and telephoto 

positions by pushing it into one of 

three pre-set positions. 

HY49HOOD 49mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95 

HY52HOOD 52mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 

HY55HOOD 55mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.50 

HY58HOOD 58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.25 

HY62HOOD 62mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 

HY67HOOD 67mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.70 

HY72HOOD 72mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.30 

HY77HOOD 77mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.95 

Type 960 

For telephoto lenses 

BWH9649 49mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95 

BWH9652 52mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 

BWH9655 55mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.50 

BWH9658 58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.50 

BWH9662 62mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95 

BWH9667 67mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 

BWH9672 72mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.00 

BWH9677 77mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.95 

BWH9682 82mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 

B+W collapsible rubber hood 

High-grade rubber for standard/tele lenses 

BWH9039 39mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.50 

BWH9040 40.5mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50 

BWH9043 43mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50 

BWH9046 46mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50 

BWH9049 49mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50 

BWH9052 52mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50 

BWH9055 55mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95 

BWH9058 58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95 

Hama capkeepers 

Lens caps will drop off, so if you can put 

up with a dangling cap, these could be 

just the ticket. 5898 (pictured) fits round 

the lens barrel and stays with each lens. 

HA5898 £1.95 

5899 attaches to the strap lug on the 

camera. HA5899 £1.95 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Canon 

CA52LC EOS 52mm . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.40 

CA58LC EOS 58mm . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.40 

CA67LC EOS 67mm . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50 

CA72LC EOS 72mm . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20 

CA77LC EOS 77mm . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20 

CARCEF EOS Rear Lens Cap EF . . . . 2.65 

CABC EOS Body Cap RF3. . . . . . . 3.20 

Nikon 

NK52LC 52mm Lens Cap . . . . . . . . 5.95 





NKLF1 LF-1 Rear Lens Cap . . . . . . 5.95 

NKBF1A BF-1A Body Cap . . . . . . . . 5.95 

Minolta 

MN49LC LF1249 49mm Lens Cap . . 5.00 



MN72LC LF1272 72mm Lens Cap. . . 5.00 

MNLR1 Rear Lens Cap AF . . . . . . . 3.00 

MNBC1 Body Cap AF . . . . . . . . . . . 3.00 

Pentax 

PX49LC 49mm Lens Cap . . . . . . . . 4.50 






Non-branded caps 

Good quality plastic. Each £2.95 

Clip-on lens caps 

KD46LC 46mm 

KD49LC 49mm 

KD52LC 52mm 

KD55LC 55mm 

KD58LC 58mm 

KD62LC 62mm 

KD67LC 67mm 

KD72LC 72mm 

KD77LC 77mm 

KD82LC 82mm 

Lens and 

body caps 

Camera manufacturers’ 

caps 

with logos - 

just like the 

one that fell 

off. 

Rear lens caps 

KDRCFD Canon FD 

KDRCM42 M42 screw 

KDRCMD Minolta MD 

KDRCN Nikon 

KDRCO Olympus 

KDRCPK Pentax K 

Body caps 

KDBCFD Canon FD 

KDBCM42 M42 screw 

KDBCMD Minolta MD 

KDBCN Nikon 

KDBCO Olympus 

KDBCPK Pentax K 

Zing lens pouches 

Neoprene pouches with drawstring 

closure, suitable for lenses, flashguns, 

camera bodies and many other items of 

equipment. 

ACCESSORIES 

Beattie Screens Plain Gridded 

Gain more light through the viewfinder 

with a Beattie Intenscreen. Approx 

increase: 35mm 2 stops; medium format 3 

stops; large format 4-5 stops. 

Benefits include: 

� Better viewfinder clarity 

� Improved ease and accuracy of focusing 

� Easier composition 

Intenscreens are produced using a 

special surface coating and high quality 

corrective element which produces a 

tighter cone of light. The effect is a much 

brighter and clearer image, especially in 

low light levels. They are an ideal choice if 

you usually use long lenses, or for macro 

photography. 

All screens are available in plain or 

gridded versions without rangefinder; most 

have a choice of split-image, which can be 

combined with either type. Screens for AF 

cameras do not have focusing marks. 

Fitting is a simple process (check 

camera manufacturer’s instructions). 

PLEASE STATE CAMERA TYPE AND SCREEN 

COMBINATION WHEN ORDERING. 

Nikon FM3, FM2, FE2, FE, FA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 86.00 

F801, 8008 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ 86.00 

F90, F90X, N90 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ 90.00 

F100, D1/X/H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 90.00 

F, F2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ 119.30 

F3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ 119.30 

F4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ 131.00 

F5, Kodak 620 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 131.00 

Canon EOS 5, A2 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ 86.00 

EOS 1/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ 96.00 

Olympus OM1, OM2, OM3, OM4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 86.00 

Pentax Z-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ 86.00 

LX, MX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ 86.00 

Leica R4, R5, R6, R7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ 86.00 

Contax RTS III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ 86.00 

Hasselblad 500CM, ELM, 503 etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 189.90 

Bronica ETR, ETR-S, ETR-Si . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 195.80 

SQ, SQ-A, SQ-Ai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 166.40 

GS-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 166.40 

Mamiya 645, 1000S etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 160.50 

645 Super, Pro etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 195.80 

C220 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 160.50 

C330, C330f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 160.50 

C330S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 160.50 

RB67 etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 219.20 

RZ67 etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 219.20 

Rollei TLR (most 68.6 x 64mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 160.50 

TLR (most 63 x 56mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 160.50 

SLX, 66, 6006, 6008, 2.8GX etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 160.50 

Pentax 645 (not AF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 160.50 

6x7 (not Mk2) technician install . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 166.40 

Yashicamat 124G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 160.50 

4 x 5” view cameras (state make and model) . . . ✔ ✔ 236.90 

Please phone for details of other medium and large format types. 

Small 10cm long x 8.5cm dia. £10.00 

ZLPSB Small lens pouch black hem 

ZLPSBL Small lens pouch blue hem 

ZLPSP Small lens pouch purple hem 

Medium 15cm long x 9cm dia. £11.00 

ZLPMB Medium lens pouch black hem 

ZLPMBL Medium lens pouch blue hem 

ZLPMP Medium lens pouch purple hem 

Large 19cm long x 9cm dia. £12.00 

ZLPLB Large lens pouch black hem 

ZLPLBL Large lens pouch blue hem 

ZLPLP Large lens pouch purple hem 

FAX: 01420 543 544 15 

Speed Graphic 

45º split 

image 

90º split 

image 

Drawstring padded pouches 

Low cost protection for lenses in or out of 

a bag. Drawstring top with identity tag. 

KDLPS Lens pouch S 75x90mm . . 2.95 

KDLPM Lens pouch M 75x110mm . 3.25 

KDLPM+ Lens pouch M+ 90x140mm 3.50 

KDLPL Lens pouch L 90x170mm . 3.75 

KDLPXL Lens pouch XL 90x200mm 3.95


Canon 

Remote controls and cords 

Timer Remote Controller 80N3 

For EOS3/1V/1D/10D/20D. Self-timer, 

interval timer and long exposure timer, 

with a range of 1 second to 100 hours. 

Exposure count setting. CART80N3 £98.00 

Remote Switch 80N3 

For EOS3/1V/1D/10D/20D. Basic 80cm 

wired remote which activates metering as 

well as releasing shutter. CARS80N3 £39.50 

Extension Cord 1000N3 

10m extension cord for the Timer Remote 

Controller or Remote Switch 80N3. 

CAEN3 £49.30 

Remote Switch Adaptor N3 

Enable T3 type remote releases to be used 

with EOS1V/3/1D etc. CAADN3 £39.50 

Remote Switch 60E3 

For EOS30/50/50E/500/500N/300/300D. 

Triggers TTL metering and fires shutter. 

60cm long. CARS60E3 £23.80 

No extension cord available for this release. 

RC-1 Infra-red Controller 

For EOS10/100/30/33/50/50E/IX/300D. 

Fires the shutter from up to 5m distance. 

Immediate release or 2 second delay. 

CARC1 £17.80 


Remote Switch 60T3 

For EOS 1/1n/5/600/620/650/RT. A 60cm 

cord controlling TTL metering as well as 

shutter release. CARS60T3 £36.20 

Extension Cord 1000T3 

10m extension cord for the Remote Switch 

60T3. CAET3 £39.95 

Remote Switch Adaptor T3 

Converts 2.5mm jack accessories to EOS T3 

style socket. CAADT3 £22.30 

Cable Release Adaptor T3 

Allows the use of a 

conventional 

threaded cable 

release on EOS 

cameras using the 

T3 type remote 

switch socket. 

CACADT3 £24.20 

LC3/LC4 Wireless Controller 

LC3 For EOS 1/1n/5/600/620/650/RT. 

LC4 For EOS3/1V/1D/10D/20D 

Fires camera shutter from up to 100m 

away, with three selectable channels. Four 

release modes: single shot, continuous, 

test mode, and 3.5 sec delay release. LC3 

transmitter will take the Remote Switch 

60T3; LC4 the Remote Switch 80N3. The 

receiver unit of both types can be used as 

a slave unit to fire a flash. 

CALC3 or CALC4. Both types cost £309.95 

Grips and packs 

GR80TP 

(shown above) For EOS500/500N/3000 

A grip extender with hand strap which 

also features a fold-out mini tripod. 

CAGR80TP £47.70 

GR100TP Similar design for the EOS300. 

CAGR100TP £59.00 

BP8 Battery pack 

For EOS500/500N/3000/5000. 

Takes 4 x AA alkaline or NiCad batteries to 

extend shooting time, and doubles as a 

vertical grip extension. CABP8 £21.70 

BP200 Battery Pack 

For EOS300. Holds 4 x AA size alkaline or 

NiCad batteries (not lithium), has shutter 

button for vertical operation. 

CABP200 £49.50 


For EOS300V. Holds 4 x AA size alkaline or 

NiCad batteries (not lithium), has shutter 

button for vertical operation. 

CABP220 £39.50 


For EOS 33/30 

Takes 4 x AA size alkaline or 2 x 2CR123A 

lithium, and duplicates shutter button and 

AE lock for vertical operation. 

CABP300 £66.95 

BG-E1 Battery Grip 

For EOS 300D 

Large capacity battery grip which uses two 

BP-511/512 packs to double the shooting 

capacity of the EOS300D. Duplicates 

shutter button, main dial, AF/AE lock, AF 

point selection and AV+/- buttons for use 

when camera is held vertically. 

CABGE1 £143.40 

BG-E2 Battery Grip 

For EOS 20D 

Holds two BP-511A batteries or six NiMH 

or alkaline AA batteries. Can also use DC 

Coupler. Duplicates shutter button, main 

dial, AF/AE lock and AF point selection for 

use when camera is held vertically. 

CABGE2 £143.40 

BG-ED3 Battery Grip 

For EOS 10D, D30, D60 

Holds two BP-511 (not BP-512) batteries 

or the DC coupler DR400. Also has 

secondary shutter release, mode dial, 

exposure lock and focus point selection 

buttons. CABGED3 £143.40 

EOS digital SLR power 

For EOS300D, 10D, 20D, D30, D60 

CABP511 Lithium Ion battery . . . . 54.95 

CABP511A Lithium Ion battery . . . . 54.95 

CACB5L BP511/A charger (1 batt) 39.95 

CAPS400 BP511 charger (2 batts) . 89.00 

CAACKE2 ACK-E2 AC adaptor . . . . . 59.00 

For EOS 1D, 1Ds 

CANPE3 NP-E3 NiMH battery . . . . 95.00 

CANCE2 NC-E2 Ni-MH charger . . 241.50 

CADCKE1 DC Coupler Kit . . . . . . . . 76.00 

EOS 1v, EOS 3 packs 

for EOS1v/1n/1/3 

CABPE1 Dual battery pack BPE-1 135.80 

CABMPE Spare pack for BPE-1 . . . 26.70 

CAGRE2 Std grip for EOS1v . . . . . 40.50 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Eyecups 

With a very soft 

rubber surround, EOS 

eyecups won’t 

scratch spectacles. 

Type EB 

For EOS 10/100/1000 (all versions)/300/ 

3000/500/500N/5000/600/620/650/RT/ 

700/750/850/D30/D60/10D/20D 

CAEB Eyecup EB . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25 

CAEC2 Eyecup EC/2 for EOS 1 (all) 9.70 

CAED Eyecup ED EOS 3/30/5/50 7.90 

CAEF Eyecup EF EOS300V/300D . 6.90 

Type ED-E 

95mm across, it 

improves the 

accuracy of the 

eyefocus 

feature. Fits 

EOS5/50/50E and 

EOS 3. CAEDE £8.95 

Anti-fog eyepieces 

Have a water-absorbent polymer coating 

to prevent fogging. 

CAECFOG For EOS 1 models . . . . . . 24.95 

CAEDFOG For EOS 3/30/33/5/50 . . 24.95 

Correction lenses EB 

To mount these on the viewfinder the 

supplied eyecup is first removed. A separate 

Rubber Frame is required, into which 

the correction lens fits. For all EOS models 

taking EB, EC and EF eyecups. 

CAEBRUB Rubber Frame EB . . . . . . . 5.95 

CAECRUB Rubber Frame EC . . . . . . . 7.60 

CAEFRUB Rubber Frame EF. . . . . . . . 6.90 

Lenses are available in -4, -3, -2,-0.5, 0, 

+0.5, +1,+1.5, +2, +3 strengths (-1 is the 

viewfinder standard) 

Code example CAEB+0.5. Each . . . . . 8.60 

Correction lenses ED 

These are a one piece item, and have the 

correction lens integrated with the frame. 

Fit EOS 3/30/33/5/50 

Available in -4, -3, -2, -0.5, 0, +0.5, 

+1,+1.5, +2, +3 strengths. 

Code example CAED+0.5. Each . . . . 17.95 

Eyepiece extender EP-EX15 

For all EOS models except 

1/3/5/30/33/50/50E/IX/IX7 

Extends the 

viewfinder 15mm 

nearer to your eye, 

and can improve 

viewing comfort. 

CAEX15 £17.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Anglefinder C 

Gives a correctly oriented image and is 

useful for low angle, copying or macro 

work. Offers switchable magnification 

from 1.25x (full size) to 2.5x (centre of 

image). Includes adaptors for all EOS 

eyepiece sizes. CAANGC £148.50 

Adaptor ED/2 converts older Anglefinder 

B and Magnifier S to the larger EOS 5 

eyepiece. CAADED2 £14.95 

Focusing screens 

For EOS 1, EOS 3 (EC) 

CAECA Type A Microprism . . . . . 25.90 

CAECB Type B New Split Image . 25.90 

CAECC Type C All Matte . . . . . . . 25.90 

CAECD Type D Matte + Grid . . . . 25.90 

CAECH Type H Matte + Scale . . . 25.90 

CAECI Type I Double Cross Hair . 25.90 

CAECK Type K New Laser Matte . 59.70 

CAECL Type L Cross Split Image . 25.90 

CAECN Type N New Laser Matte . 25.90 

Type EC screens 

For EOS 5 (ED) 

CAEDC Type C All Matte . . . . . . . 23.70 

CAEDD Type D Matte + Grid . . . . 23.70 

CAEDH Type H Matte + Scale . . . 23.70 

CAEDNE Type NE Standard Matte . 23.70 

CAEDO Type O Matte + Focus Pts. 23.70 

Canon flash accessories are on p50. Canon 

filters and hoods on pages 10, 14. 


Digital camera 

accessories 

Powershot accessories 

Powershot G1/G2/G3/G5 

CATDC58N Tele conversion lens 58. . 79.00 

CAWDC58NWide conversion lens 58 109.00 

CALDC58 Lens adaptor (G1/G2). . . 15.00 

CALDC58BLens adaptor (G3/G5). . . 15.00 

CACR560 Car battery charger. . . . . 89.95 

CABP511 Lithium Ion battery . . . . 54.95 

WP-DC300 Waterproof case 

for Powershot S30/S40/S45/S50. Housing 

allows use of these cameras to a maximum 

30m depth. CAWPDC300 £149.00 

WP-DC700 for A70. CAWPDC700 £149.00 

WP-DC800 for Digital Ixus 400. 

CAWPDC800 £149.000 

WP-DC900 for A80. CAWPDC900 £149.00 

WP-DC10 for Digital Ixus II. 

CAWPDC10 £149.00 

AW-DC10 for Digital Ixus I. £149.00 

Powershot S Series 

CANB2L NiMH battery . . . . . . . . . 45.00 

CAACK700 AC adaptor kit . . . . . . . . 45.00 

CAPS900 Black velvet soft case . . . 18.00 

Powershot A Series 

CANB4H NB4H-100 battery . . . . . 15.00 


CATDC52 Tele conversion lens 52. . 79.00 

CAWDC52 Wide conversion lens 52 . 79.00 

CALDC52 Lens adaptor (A30/A40) . 15.00 

CAPS600 Case for all A series . . . . 18.00 

Digital Ixus 

CANB3L NiMH battery . . . . . . . . . 29.00 


CADCC30 Leather case for D Ixus . . 25.00 

Minolta 

Remote control cords 

Suitable for all Dynax models equipped 

with remote control socket. 

RC1000S 

MNRCS 50cm long release . . . . . 40.00 

RC1000L 

MNRCL 5m long release . . . . . . . 50.00 

Wireless controller IR1n Set 

Up to 3 separate cameras can be operated 

to a distance of 60m, with a choice of 

single frame or continuous. Requires 

FS1100 adaptor. 

MNIRN £299 

Grips and battery packs 

As well as providing a second shutter 

release and a comfortable grip, the grips 

for the 600si and 700/800si also provide a 

PC flash sync socket. 

MNVC600 VC600 grip 600si . . . . . 124.50 

MNVC700 VC700 grip 700si/800si 133.70 

MNVC7 VC7 grip Dynax 7 . . . . . 142.50 

MNBP100 BP100 AA battery pack . . 86.95 

MNBP200 BP200 AA battery pack . . 49.95 

Viewfinder accessories 

Angle finder Vn shown right fits all 

Minolta cameras, has 

1x or 2x magnification 

and can be rotated for 

viewing at any angle. 

MNAFVN £165.00 

Magnifier Vn is 

hinged and gives a 

fixed 2.3x magnification 

for critical copy 

or macro work. 

MNMVN £68.00 

MNEC1 EC-1000 eyecup . . . . . . . . 8.00 

MNEC7 EC-7xi eyecup. . . . . . . . . . 8.00 

MNEH7 EH-7 eyecup (X-series) . . . 6.00 

Eyepiece correction lenses for Dynax 

cameras available in -4, -3, -2, -1, +0.5, 

+1, +1.5, +2, +3 dioptres. £10.00 

Speed Graphic 

17


Nikon 

Remote controls and cords 

Ten pin types for F5, F100, F90/90X, D1, 

D2H, D100 

MC20 

Can be used as a straight 

release like the MC30, 

or timed exposures 

up to 10 hours. 

80cm long. 

NKMC20 

£91.50 

MC30 

80cm release which duplicates the functions 

of the camera shutter release. 

NKMC30 

£52.95 

MC21 

3 metre 

extension cord 

for MC20 and MC30 releases. 

NKMC21 £59.60 

MC22 1 metre banana plug cord. 

NKMC22 £54.90 

MC25 20cm cord which adapts 2-pin 

releases to 10-pin socket. NKMC25 £59.60 

MC26 20cm cord to adapt 10-pin releases 

to 2-pin sockets. NKMC26 £54.90 

ML-L3 

Remote for F65, F75, D70. NKMLL3 £14.95 

ML3 infrared remote set 

The Modulite ML3 allows single, continuous, 

and 3-second delay shutter firing up 

to a distance of 8 metres. The receiver 

unit is powered by the camera batteries, 

and rotates 360º, and can be set up for 

auto triggering when the IR beam is split. 

For all 10-pin cameras (can be adapted for 

others by means of the MC25 cord). 

NKML3 £167.50 


Two pin types for F4S/F4E, F801/S, F70, 

F501, F301, MD4, MD12, MD15 

MC12B 

80cm remote release activating viewfinder 

display and metering before firing 

shutter. NKMC12B £52.50 

MC10 3 metre remote release for MD4, 

MD11 and MD12 drives. NKMC10 £54.90 

MR3 terminal release 

Adapts 2-pin electronic sockets to create 

an extra shutter release point, with the 

added advantage of a threaded cable 

release socket. NKMR3 £32.95 

Conventional threaded releases for FM2/F3 

and older models 

AR3 30cm cable release. NKAR3 £17.95 

AR7 double cable release. NKAR7 £67.00 

AR10 double cable release for F801, 501, 

301. NKAR10 £74.00 

AR9 soft shutter release 

Allows better recognition 

of the pressure 

release point. For all 

makes of camera with 

a standard threaded 

release. NKAR9 £5.95 

ML2 IR set 

For 2-pin cameras. Three separate channels 

enabling operation of motor-driven 

cameras up to 100 metres away. Single, 

continuous and 

3-sec delay 

shooting modes. 

Wireless slave 

flash operation 

is also possible. 

NKML2 £317.50 


Eyecups 

Circular Nikon eyecups are 

fixed to the viewfinder 

by the screw-in 

eyepiece provided 

with the camera; rectangular 

ones slide on 

the fixed eyepiece. 

DK2 F5, F4, F3HP, D2H 

NKDK2 £5.95 

DK3 FM/FE, FM2/FE2, FA 

NKDK3 £8.95 

DK4 F3 (std version) NKDK4 £5.65 

DK6 F90/X, F100, F801, D1 NKDK6 £8.95 

DK9 F50, F60, F70 NKDK9 £3.95 

DK10 F80 £3.95 

DK16 F65, F75, D100, D70 £3.95 

FE12 F501, F601. NKFE12 £5.95 

Eyepiece covers 

Block extraneous light from the 

viewfinder to avoid exposure errors. 

NKDK5 DK5 (F50,60,70,80, D100) 3.95 

NKDK8 DK8 (F100, 90, 801, D1) . . 3.95 

Replacement eyepieces 

NKEPF3 F3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 

NKEPF3HPF3HP/T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 

NKEPF4 F4, F5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95 

NKEPF90 F100/F90/F801/D1. . . . . 10.95 

NKEPFM FM/2, FE/2, FA . . . . . . . . 14.95 

Anti-fog eyepieces 

NKDK14 DK14 F5, F3, D1 . . . . . . . 14.95 

NKDK15 DK15 F100, F90X. . . . . . . 14.95 

NKDK17A DK17A D2H. . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 

Eyepiece adaptors 

FE10 adapts ‘traditional’ size circular 

eyepiece (as used on DG2) to square 

eyepieces (F70, F80 etc) NKFE10 £3.95 

DK7 adapts this size to the larger circular 

screw size of F100, F90 etc NKDK7 £5.95 

DR5/6 Anglefinder 

Ideal for copying or macro 

photography, providing an 

upright, unreversed image. 

Built-in dioptric eyesight 

adjustment. The DR5 fits all 

round eyepiece Nikon SLRs; 

the DR6 is for 

rectangular eyepiece 

models like the D70. 

NKDR5/NKDR6 

Both types each £177.70 


The standard screen for manual focus cameras is the Type K. AF 

cameras have a Type B all matte. Most popular alternative screen 

is the Type E, which has grid pattern, ideal for architectural 

photography. The F5 EC–B and EC–E screens feature an 

Electrochromic device which shows the focusing area selected. 

Please ask about screens not shown. 

F90/F90X screens 

NKF90B B type 

NKF90E E type 

£26.30 

F100/D1 screens 

NKF100B B type 

NKF100E E type 

£18.95 

FM3A screens 

NKFMB3 B type 

NKFME3 E type 

£19.95 

DG2 Eyepiece magnifier 

Provides 2x magnification of the central 

portion of the 

finder image 

which is helpful 

for critical 

focusing in 

close-up 

photography. -5 

to +1 dioptre 

adjustment built in. For all but FM/FE/FA 

cameras an adaptor FE10 or DK7 will be 

required. NKDG2 £71.00 

Correction lenses 

Order code example: –2 for F5 would be 

NKF5–2. 

F5, F4, F3HP, D1 type (NKF5. . .) £14.95 

–3, –2, 0, +1, +2 

FM/2, FE/2, FA type (NKFM. . .) £14.95 

–5, –4, –3, –2, 0, +0.5, +1, +2, +3 

F3 type (NKF3. . .) £14.95 

–5, –4, –3, –2, 0, +0.5, +1, +2, +3 

F90/X, F100 (NKF90. . .) £12.95 

–5, –4, –3, –2, 0, +0.5, +1, +2, +3 

F50–80, D100, D70 (NKF80. . .) £12.95 

–5, –4, –3, –2, 0, +0.5, +1, +2, +3 

D2H type (NKDK17. . .) £12.95 

F5 screens 

NKF5ECB EC-B type 

£83.50 

NKF5ECE EC-E type 

£75.00 

Std screens £43.50 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

SLR power packs 

Despite the high cost, Nikon’s NiMH packs 

and chargers offer a high capacity/rapid 

recharge option for the intensive user 

which will quickly offset the expenditure 

when measured against the cost of 

alkaline batteries. F100/F90X users have 

an in-between option of lithium battery 

holders which will help lengthen time 

between refills. 

For F5 

NKMS30 MS30 AA battery holder . 18.95 

NKMN30 MN30 NiMH battery pack145.00 

NKMH30 MH30 NiMH charger . . . 289.95 

For F100 

NKMB15 MB15 High Speed Grip . 136.50 

NKMS15 MS15 AA battery holder . 14.50 

NKMS13 MS13 lithium batt holder 23.70 

NKMN15 MN15 NiMH battery pack 81.50 

NKMH15 MH15 NiMH charger . . . 179.95 

For F90X 

NKMB10 MB10 Battery Grip . . . . 135.00 

NKMS10 MS10 battery hldr MB10 . 16.50 

NKMS8 MS8 AA battery holder . . 14.50 

NKMS11 MS11 lithium batt holder 19.95 

For F80 

NKMS16 MS16 AA battery holder . . 9.95 

NKMB16 MB16 AA battery pack. . . 79.95 

For F55/75 

NKMB18 MB18 AA battery pack . . 69.95 

For D1 

NKEN4 EN4 NiMH battery pack. . 81.90 

NKEH4 EH4 AC adaptor . . . . . . . 68.50 

NKMH17 MH17 in-car charger . . . 136.50 

NKMH18 MH18 quick charger . . . 209.00 

For D100, D70* 

NKMBD100 MBD100 battery pack. . 227.50 

NKMSD100 MSD100 AA battery hldr . 19.95 

NKENEL3*ENEL3 NiMH battery pack 45.50 

NKEH5* EH5 AC adaptor . . . . . . . 68.50 

Data backs 

NKMF25 MF25 Data back F90/X . . 96.50 

NKMF26 MF26 Multi-control F90/X 214.80 

NKMF29 MF29 Data back F100 . . . 88.50 

NKMF27 MF27 Data back F5 . . . . 149.95 

NKMF28 MF28 Multi-control F5. . 487.00 

MHF22 MF22 Data back F4 . . . . 142.50 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Digital camera accessories 

Nikon straps 

(left to right) AN4Y 25mm wide 

black/yellow nylon NKAN4Y £19.95 

AN4B 25mm wide all black woven nylon 

NKAN4B £19.95 


n.b. other digital SLR accessories are shown in the relevant sections on the left. 

WT-1 Wireless Transmitter 

Attaches to the D2H base and USB2.0 

port to transmit images up to 30m to 

any compatible access 

point 

attached to 

a computer 

set up as an 

FTP server. 

Extended 

range 

antenna WA- 

E1 shown 

increases range to 150m. 

NKWT1 £359.00 WA-E1 £TBA 

LCD Monitor covers 

Extra protection for this important item. 

NKBM1 BM-1 D1 series . . . . . . . . . 5.95 

NKBM2 BM-2 D100 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95 

NKBM3 BM-3 D2H . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95 

Nikon Capture 4 

Optional software 

package 

which works in 

conjunction 

with Nikon View 

to add extra 

functionality. 

Correct curves, colour balance, size/resolution, 

and unsharp masking of RAW data 

whilst still in NEF format, Dodge and Burn 

to optimise highlight/shadow info. Image 

Dust Off maps sensor dust to automatically 

correct NEF images. Vignette control and 

Fisheye-to-Rectilinear image conversion, 

and more. NKC4 £112.00 

Hoods 

NKHRE5700 Lens hood for E5700 . . 19.95 

NKHNE5000 Lens hood for E5000 . . 19.95 

NKHNCP10 Lens hood for E5400 . . . 19.95 

NKHLE5000 LCD hood for E5000 . . . 19.95 

Digital converters 

NKWC24 WC-E24 0.66x wide . . . . 66.50 

NKWCE63 WC-E63 0.63x wide . . . . . 92.70 

NKWCE68 WC-E68 0.68x wide . . . . 122.50 

NKWCE80 WC-E80 0.68x wide 5700 131.30 

NKFCE8 FC-E8 0.21x fisheye . . . 192.50 

NKFCE9 FC-E9 fisheye 5700 . . . . 218.70 

NKTCE15 TC-E15ED 1.5x tele . . . . 142.50 

NKTCE2 TC-E2 2x tele . . . . . . . . . 92.70 

NKTCE3 TC-E3ED 3x tele . . . . . . 192.50 

NKURE3 UR-E3 step ring 775 . . . . . 9.95 

NKURE4 UR-E4 step ring 885 . . . . . 9.95 

NKURE5 UR-E5 step ring 5000 . . . . 9.95 


NKURE7 UR-E7 step ring 775/885 . 9.95 


Slide copier ES-E28 

Allows digital copying of slide or negative 

films when attached to the 28mm thread 

of many Nikon digital cameras. Includes 

carriers for mounted slides and 

unmounted negatives. 52mm front filter 

thread. NKESE28 £58.00 

AN1 10mm wide black leather with shoulder 

pad (for cameras with D rings). 

NKAN1 £19.95 

AN7 12mm woven nylon (standard type as 

supplied with camera) NKAN7 £14.50 

Hand strap AH4 

Extra support when using big lenses. For 

F5/F4/ F100/F90X/ 

F70/ F60. NKAH4 

£55.00 

Nikon flash accessories are on page 51 

Nikon filters and hoods are on p10/14 

Pentax 

Cable Switch F 

Suitable for MZ-5, MZ-10, MZ series and 

645 as detailed below (not Z1-P). 1.1m 

long, has lock to keep shutter open on 

bulb setting. PXCSF £28.00 

Other remote releases 

PXCSFDP C/Switch Fdp for Z1-P . . . . 28.00 

PXCS105 C/Switch CS-105 MZ-S. . . . 40.00 

PXCS205 C/Switch CS-205 MZ-6,*ist 25.00 

PXCS130 C/Switch CS-130 MZ-S . . . 50.00 

PXTS110 Timer Switch TS-110 MZ-S 109.00 

PXCA10 Cable Switch Adaptor . . . . 39.00 

Battery Packs & Grips 

PXBPFG Battery Pack Fg . . . . . . . 89.95 

PXBG10 BG-10 Grip MZ-S . . . . . . 117.00 

PXBG20 BG-20 Grip *ist . . . . . . . 89.95 


PXMFB 

Eyecups 

Magnifier Fb 2x . . . . . . . 44.00 

PXECFD Eyecup Fd Z-1P, Z-1. . . . . 14.00 

PXECFF Eyecup Ff Z-70 . . . . . . . . 14.00 

PXECFG Eyecup Fg MZ-5, MZ-3 . . . 14.00 

PXECFH Eyecup Fh MZ-50, MZ-M . 14.00 

PXECFK Eyecup Fk MZ-7. . . . . . . . 14.00 

PXECFL Eyecup Fl MZ-S . . . . . . . . 14.00 

PXFM Eyecup Fm *ist . . . . . . . . 14.00 

PXVC Viewfinder cap (all models) 3.30 

Data backs 

Data Back Fg for MZ-5, MZ-7 and MZ-10. 

Records date, month and year, and time in 

hours and minutes. PXDBFG £40.00 

PXDBFJ Data Back Fj MZ-6, MZ-30, 

MZ50, MZ-M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00 

Other accessories 

PXRSC Release socket cap F . . . . . 3.30 

PXRSCL Release socket cap MZ-S . . 3.30 

MZ-S focusing screens 

PXGF60 GF-60 Matte . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 

PXGG60 GG-60 Matte + Grid. . . . . 25.00 

Z Series focusing screens 

are still available, each. . . . . . . . . . 25.00 

Speed Graphic 

19


Bronica 

ETR-Si system 

Viewfinders 

BR6004 Prism Viewfinder . . . . . 268.20 

BR6005 Rotary Finder E. . . . . . . 336.30 

BR6008 AE-III Prism Finder E . . 535.80 

Film Backs etc 

BR6034 120 Ei Back. . . . . . . . . . 178.00 

BR6037 220 Ei Back . . . . . . . . . 222.70 

BR6032 35mm Ei Back N . . . . . . 312.20 

BR6033 35mm Ei back W . . . . . . 312.20 

BR6038 Polaroid Back E. . . . . . . 267.50 

BR6041 Darkslide E Pol back . . . . 16.20 

BR6043 Darkslide E 120/220 back 16.20 

Grips/Drives 

BR6050 Motor winder Ei II. . . . . 357.00 

BR6052 Speed Grip E. . . . . . . . . 169.95 

Focusing screens Ei 

BR6053 Microprism/Horiz. Split . 49.80 

BR6054 Matte Ei (standard) . . . . 49.80 

BR6055 Grid Lines . . . . . . . . . . . 49.80 

BR6056 Microprism. . . . . . . . . . . 49.80 

BR6057 Split Image . . . . . . . . . . 49.80 

BR6058 Microprism/Split 135 . . . 49.80 

BR6064 Matte 135 . . . . . . . . . . . 49.80 

BR6065 Microprism/Diag. Split . . 49.80 


BR6066 AE-II/Plain Prism +1.5 . . 35.90 

BR6067 AE-II/Plain Prism +0.5 . . 35.90 

BR6068 AE-II/Plain Prism -0.5 . . 35.90 





BR6074 Waist Level Finder +1.5. . 35.90 


BR6075 Waist Level Finder +0.5. . 35.90 

BR6076 Waist Level Finder -0.5 . . 35.90 





BR6082 Rotary Finder +1.5 . . . . . 35.90 

BR6083 Rotary Finder +0.5 . . . . . 35.90 

BR6084 Rotary Finder -0.5 . . . . . 35.90 





BR6091 AE-III Finder Std +0.5:-2 35.90 

BR6092 AE-III Finder Minus -2:-5 35.90 

BR6093 AE-III Finder Plus +3:0 . . 35.90 

Lens hoods 

BR6094 Lens Hood 40 & 50mm . . 35.40 

BR6095 Lens Hood 60 & 75mm . . 35.40 

BR6097 Lens Hood 105-200mm. . 35.40 

Close-up accessories 

BR6117 62mm CU No 1 lens. . . . . 55.40 

BR6118 62mm CU No 2 lens . . . . 55.40 

Other ETR-S accessories 

BR6049 SCA386 TTL flash adap . 145.00 

BR6127 Cable release ETR/SQ . . . 33.20 

BR6149 Neck strap ETR/SQ/GS . . 38.70 

BR6128 Front Body Cap E . . . . . . 11.20 

BR6129 Top Body Cover E . . . . . . 13.30 

BR6142 Finder Bottom Cover E . . 11.20 

BR6148 Rear Body Cover E. . . . . . 11.20 

BR6481 Battery Chamber Cover E. 11.20 

BR6132 Rapid Focusing Lever E . . 24.40 

BR6133 Winding Crank E . . . . . . . 16.60 

BR6135 Eyecup AE-II/Prism Fndr. 11.20 

BR6137 Eyecup Rotary Finder E . . 11.20 

BR6488 Eyecup AE-III (small). . . 11.20 

BR6489 Eyecup AE-III (large) . . . 11.20 

Bronica Supply 

Although production has now ceased, 

ETR-S and, with some exceptions, SQ-A 

accessories will continue to be available 

for several months. 

Mamiya 

645 Pro TL system 

Viewfinders 

MM02032 Prism Finder FP401. . . . 287.40 

MM02040 AE Prism Finder FE401 . 799.40 

MM04064 Magnifier FD401. . . . . . . 99.95 

MM04066 Angle Finder N/case . . . 138.00 

MM04071 Eyecup Prism Finders . . . 17.00 

Film backs and inserts 

MM03000 120 Back HA401 . . . . . . 228.00 

MM03012 220 Back HB401 . . . . . . 228.00 

MM03015 135 Back HC401 . . . . . . 274.00 

MM03020 Polaroid Back HP401 . . 238.60 

MM04146 Dark Slide 120/220. . . . . 10.00 

MM04148 Dark Slide Polaroid Back. . 8.50 

MM03030 120 Insert c/w case . . . . 77.40 

MM03035 220 Insert c/w case . . . . 77.40 

MM03040 135 Insert N c/w case . . 109.90 

Grips/Drives 

MM04023 Power Drive WG401. . . . 281.30 

MM04106 Left Hand Grip GL402 . . 139.95 

MM04107 Terminal Adaptor RA402 . 21.00 


MM04033 Type A Matte. . . . . . . . . . 27.00 

MM04034 Type A4 Grid . . . . . . . . . . 27.00 

MM04035 Type B Rangefinder spot. 27.00 

MM04036 Type C Microprism . . . . . 27.00 

MM04037 Type E R/F–Microprism . . 27.00 

MM04038 Type E 135/Panoramic . . 27.00 


MM04039 Waist Level Finder +2 . . . 14.00 

MM04040 Waist Level Finder +1 . . . 14.00 

MM04041 Waist Level Finder 0 . . . . 14.00 

MM04042 Waist Level Finder -1.5 . . 14.00 

MM04043 Waist Level Finder -2 . . . 14.00 

MM04044 Waist Level Finder -3 . . . 14.00 

MM04051 Prism/AE Finders 401 +3 15.00 



MM04054 Prism/AE Finders 401 -1 . 15.00 



Lens hoods 

MM04215 Hood 45mm . . . . . . . . . . 22.00 

MM04217 Hood 55mm . . . . . . . . . . 22.00 

MM04221 Hood 80/f2.8/110mm. . . 22.00 

MM04223 Hood 80/f1.9 . . . . . . . . . 22.00 

MM04224 Hood 55–110mm . . . . . . 32.00 

Close-up accessories 

MM04076 Auto Tube No1 (12mm) . 109.95 



Other 645 Pro-TL accessories 

MM04094 Bellows Lens Hood . . . . 179.95 

MM04090 Conn Ring RT58 . . . . . . . 35.00 

MM04092 Conn Ring RT67 . . . . . . . 35.00 

MM04115 Remote Control Set RS401 275.00 

MM04116 Electro Release A 1m . . . 60.00 

MM04117 Electro Release B 4m . . . 67.00 

MM04114 Cable Release Adaptor 2 . 27.00 

MM04119 Quickshoe AQ701 . . . . . 139.00 

MM04130 Front Body Cap. . . . . . . . . 8.00 

MM04134 Rear Body Cap N . . . . . . . . 8.00 

MM04136 Upper Body Cover N . . . . . 8.00 

MM04200 58mm Lens Cap . . . . . . . 10.00 

MM04202 67mm Lens Cap . . . . . . . 10.00 

MM04208 Rear Lens Cap . . . . . . . . . 10.00 

MM04005 SCA396 Flash Adaptor. . 120.00 

MZ3952 SCA3952 (645AF) . . . . . . 89.00 

MM04007 Strobe Bracket AD401. . . 99.95 

Please ask for prices on Mamiya 645AF, 

645E, RZ67 Pro II and RB67 Pro SD 

accessories. 

Mamiya 7 system 

MM32000 135 Panoramic Kit AD701 139.95 

MM32001 Polarising Filter . . . . . . 159.95 

MM32002 Adaptor Ring for above. . 38.00 

MM32005 Rear Cap 80/150mm . . . . . 6.20 

MM32010 Rear Cap 43/65mm. . . . . . 6.20 

MM32015 Body Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 

MM32020 Hood 80mm . . . . . . . . . . 32.00 

MM32025 Hood 43mm . . . . . . . . . . 32.00 

MM32030 Hood 65mm . . . . . . . . . . 32.00 

MM32035 Hood 150mm . . . . . . . . . 32.00 

MM32037 Hood 210mm . . . . . . . . . 34.00 

MM32040 Close-up Adaptor Kit. . . 285.00 

MM32057 Quick Shoe AQ702 . . . . 144.00 

MM32060 Soft Lens Case Type A . . . 21.00 

Mamiya 7 eyepiece correction lenses are the 

same as those for the 645 Prism/AE Finders 

401 listed to the left. 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Op/tech straps 

These soft and durable neoprene straps help reduce the apparent weight of equipment by 

up to 50%, and increase carrying comfort. First in the field over a decade ago, Op/Tech 

straps, unlike others, offer a lifetime guarantee against material or manufacturing 

defects. Two benefits of the thoughtful design: 

� You can quickly detach the main strap and join the two ends remaining attached to the 

camera to form a useful hand strap. 

� Buying extra connects to suit various pieces of equipment enables you to use just one 

strap for all of them. 

Classic Strap 

Half way between the Fashion and Pro 

straps in width, and with an edge binding 

for a more ‘tailored’ look, this gives all the 

benefits of Op/tech weight reduction with 

less bulk. Supplied with 3/8” webbing 

connects. £15.95 

OPCSB black 

OPCSG green 

Pro Strap 

Our best-selling strap, and best bet for 

those who carry heavy cameras or use 

long lenses. Non-slip backing and quick 

connecting system. Supplied with 3/8” 

webbing connects which are adjustable in 

length. £16.95 

OPPSB black 

OPPSG green 

OPPSN navy blue 

OPPSB bright red 

Super Pro Strap 

As Pro Strap, but complete with the 

connects type A or B shown on the right. 

OPSPA Super Pro Strap ‘A’ . . . . . 18.95 

OPSPB Super Pro Strap ‘B’ . . . . . 18.95 

Fashion Strap 

A narrower 35mm strap suitable for 

lighter cameras or binoculars. Supplied 

with Adjustable Connects. £14.95 

OPFSB black 

OPFSG green 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Op/tech connects 

Numbers reference different types as 

shown right, dimensions indicate the 

range of adjustment, and prices are 

quoted per pair: 

OPRC 1 Regular 4.5” (fixed) . . . 6.95 

OPAC 2 Adjustable 7.5-10” . . . . 7.95 

OPELC Extra long 12” . . . . . . . . . 7.95 

OPWC 3 3/8” webbing 3-13” . . . 7.95 

OPPLC 4 Pro loop (1/4”) 9-12” . . 8.95 

Medium format connectors 

As 3/8” webbing style, but with lug ends 

to fit post type strap connects. 

OPSPAC 5 Pro Connects ‘A’ 

Bronica (ETR, not ETR-S), Hasselblad, 

Pentax LX, Kiev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 

OPSPBC 6 Pro Connects ‘B’ 

Mamiya (not 645 Super/Pro), Pentax 

67/645, Rollei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 


Gotcha Strap 

A comfortable neoprene wrist strap for 

cameras, camcorders and binoculars. 

Velcro wrist attachment with adjustable 

strap and quick disconnect. Ideal as a 

security measure. 

OPGSB Gotcha Strap black £9.95 

Stabilizer Strap 

Solves the 

problem of 

neck-hung 

camera 

crashing 

around 

when on 

the move. 

A stretchy 

panel with a 

hole for the 

camera lens 

is attached 

around your body with a quick-release 

strap. 19-55” adjustment. 

OPSS £14.95 Camera strap not included 

The Op/tech connection system allows 

you to use one strap across a variety of 

cameras. Each camera can have a set of 

suitable connects, and the ends of 

these can be joined together to form a 

handstrap when the strap is detached. 

More Op/tech products. See page 36 for the Op/tech Tripod Strap. Page 72 for D-Series digital 

camera protection. 

Grip Strap 

Attach the metal base to the tripod 

socket, and the other end to the normal 

strap socket and you have a snug and 

secure way of carrying a camera. 

OPGS £29.95 

Bag straps etc 

Op/tech S.O.S. Strap 

Stands for ‘Saves On Shoulders’, and suits 

cameras bags, briefcases and luggage. 

Pad on the strap is a dark grey. 

OPSOS £19.95 

Op/tech Bag Strap 

Similar in style to the Pro Strap. Easy to 

attach to any bag with rings via swivel 

hooks. Adjusts from 29–52”. Black. 

OPBS £18.95 

Op/tech Retrieve-It 

A secure system for carrying a variety of 

small items – 

a nylon 

coated stainless 

steel 

cable extends 

up to 76cm. It 

fully retracts 

an item 

weighing 170g and will support one 

weighing up to 4kg. OPRT £7.95 

Speed Graphic 

21


Cable releases 

Hama 

Standard type Simple black fabric covered 

type with knurled time lock screw. 

HA5321 Hama std 25cm release. . . 4.25 

HA5331 Hama std 50cm release. . . 4.95 

Heavy Duty 

Black PVC 

covered, 30cm 

length, with 

disc time lock. 

HA5300 £11.95 

Silvestri releases 

Professional quality 50cm releases with a 

plastic casing to resist kinking, smooth 

action, and a disc time lock collar. £15.30 

SVCR50BL Blue 

SVCR50R Pink 

Heavy Duty Release Bomb-proof version 

of the above. 50cm, black cover. 

SVCR50HD £24.70 

Mechanical 

self-timer 

Nicely made clockwork 

1960’s 

Japanese relic. Fits a 

standard threaded 

release socket. 

Maximum delay 

about 15secs. 

KDST £19.95 


Air releases 

6m air release 

Get yourself in the picture without the 

uncertainty of a self-timer. Can be 

unwound to any length from the reel for 

use. Rubber, not plastic bulb. 6m/20ft 

long. HA5361 £8.95 

Kaiser 10m air release 

Can be divided into two lengths of 5m. 

Detachable 15cm cable release gives more 

flexibility. With cover. KA6144 £33.40 

Hama right-angled release adaptor 

Some cameras have rather inaccessible 

release sockets. This will cure the 

problem. HA5128 £7.95 

Hama viewfinder cover 

Useful when 

photographing 

with the eye away 

from the 

viewfinder, for 

example on a 

tripod, where 

extraneous light 

could fool the 

metering system. Fits cameras with a 

conventional accessory shoe. The cover 

may be hinged up to allow focusing. Not 

suitable for Minolta or AF SLRs with a 

deep pentaprism (Nikon F801/F90; Canon 

EOS5 etc). HA4550 £5.75 

2-bubble spirit level 

Mounts on a 

standard 

accessory shoe 

(not Minolta), 

to provide a 

level check in 

two planes. 

KD2BL £7.95 

Kaiser self-adhesive level 

For permanent attachment to cameras, 

tripods, flash bars 

etc. Can also be 

screwed in place. 

26mm diameter. 

KA6386 £9.50 

Soft release and spirit level 

Screws into a 

standard cable 

release socket 

and provides a 

larger pressure 

pad and a 

handy level. 

KDSRL £3.50 

Kaiser autofocus SLR adaptor 

The traditional threaded release socket 

having disappeared from all but a few top-end 

SLR models, this handy device easily velcroes 

in place to resolve the problem and allow the 

use of non-electronic release accessories. 

(cable release not included) KA6154 £7.95 

Flare Buster 

Lens hoods for ultra wides, even if they are 

of the ‘ideal’ petal style, have little effect 

because of the necessary wide flare to avoid 

vignetting. The Flarebuster effectively 

shields any lens, and can be positioned well 

out of shot. The arm is 15 ins (38cms) long, 

and there are two versions; one for a standard 

camera accessory shoe, and one with a 

bulldog clip at either end. With shade, two 

vignettes and two reflectors. 

FBAS Flarebuster Accy Shoe. . . 23.50 

FBDC Flarebuster Double Clip. . 23.50 

Grippa beanbag 

Cars make good mobile hides for 

photographing animals, and many nature 

photographers support their telephoto 

lenses on the car door. Conventional 

beanbags have a tendency to slip off the 

window glass. The Grippa’s unique ‘H’ 

design allows the bag to grip the door 

instead of sagging, but can equally be 

used on a flat surface. Measuring 22cm, 

and constructed of tough grey/green 

cloth, the Grippa can be filled with dried 

beans, polystyrene pellets (not supplied). 

MLG £12.95 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Hama Large Blower Brush 

This has a larger than average 60mm bulb 

to give a decent amount of air, very soft 

high quality hair in the brush, and a 

retractable telescopic ferrule to keep the 

brush clean when not in use. 

HA5609 £6.95 

Hama Dust-Ex 

A natural alternative to CFC-aerosols, the 

Dust-Ex gives a healthy blast of air to the 

most inaccessible corner, thanks to a 

double-valve system. HA5610 £7.50 

Hama Cleaning Kit 

Basic lens 

care. A blower 

brush, 

silicon-free 

lens cleaning 

fluid, and a 

pack of lens 

tissues. 

HA5932 £4.95 

Lens Tissues 

As above. Pack of 5. HA5915 £5.50 

Lens Cleaning Fluid Won’t damage 

multicoatings, 

and doesn’t 

leave messy 

traces. Pumpaction 

spray 

head; includes 

one pack of 30 

lens tissues. 

n.b. do not use on plastic, or camera 

mirrors. HA5902 £5.25 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

CLEANING & MAINTENANCE 

Hama Lens Pen 

An ‘all-in-one’ solution to lens care. First remove grit 

and dust with the brush at one end, then reverse the 

pen to reveal a velvet pad with non-toxic cleaner which 

can be wiped around the glass to remove smudges and 

other greasy contaminants. Replacing the cap 

recharges for the next use. HA5604 £8.95 

Prophot wipes 

Market-leading ‘wetwipe’ 

as used by 

leading airlines to 

keep forward visibility 

AOK (well Air 

France especially, as 

this is a French 

product). Cleans, 

degreases and applies antistatic coating 

to lenses. 

NPPP 12 sachet pack . . . . . . . . . 2.50 

NPPP5 5 packs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00 

Kodak Cleaning Kit 

A specified by US Government agencies. 

37ml fluid dispenser and 50 sheets of soft, 

lintless paper. KKCKIT £6.25 

KKLC Lens Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . 4.75 

KKLCP Lens Cleaning Papers . . . 1.95 

Opticlean Opticlean is an advanced 

polymer which is applied to 

the lens surface with a 

brush, allowed to cure for 

2-5 minutes, and peeled 

off with a sticky tab, 

leaving the lens surface in 

pristine, factory-fresh 

condition. Not for everyday 

use, but ideal for an annual 

service, or for that newlyacquired 

secondhand 

bargain, and as many 

awards have testified, the 

best there is. 

OCPP Pro Pack 14.95 

Silica Gel 

50mm square 

sachets, as supplied 

in your camera box, 

these will help keep 

moisture at bay in 

steamy climes. Pack 

of 3. HA5900 £3.75 

Gepe Air Duster 

Large capacity can with 

reusuable valve and 

extension tube option. 

CFC-free propellant. 

GPADK 600ml Can with Valve . . . 11.95 

GP3880 600ml refill . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20 

GP3804 5ft extension tube . . . . . . 9.40 

Hama Contact Cleaner 

Clean battery terminals and maintain 

equipment performance with this pen. A 

retractable bundle of glass fibres, 2.5cm 

in length, removes any layer of oxidation 

on battery terminals. HA5629 £3.95 

Peca LCD Cleaning Kit 

Contains cleaning fluid designed especially 

for LCD screens, Soft-Tek microfibre 

cleaning cloth, 

both contained 

in a pocket 

sized plastic 

case. 

KRPEC010 

£9.95 

Kenair Master 

A 360ml professional 

size 

aerosol 

containing a 

high-pressure 

CFC-free gas. 

Ideal for removing 

grit and 

dust from negs 

and slides as 

well as photo 

and other 

equipment. The 

valve in the kit 

can be re-used. 

Master Kit KRKENR01 . . . . . . . . . . 13.50 

Refill single KRKENR02 . . . . . . . . . . 6.95 

Refill 3-pack KR02KIT . . . . . . . . . . 18.90 

Mini Kenair 

A handy-sized 85ml version, 

ideal for an equipment bag. 

Includes an extension hose 

for inaccessible places. 

KRKENR010 £4.95 

Cleaning 

cloths 

Ilford Antistaticum 

is a 32cm square 

cloth used to 

eliminate static 

on negatives, 

slides, lenses etc. 

ILSTAT £4.95 

Kauser 30cm high tech cloth 

The softest microfibre cloth we have 

found. Absorbs moisture and grease particles. 

Keeps its quality when washed. 

KUCLOTH £4.95 

Hama 20cm microfibre cloth 

A smaller and thinner version of the 

above. HA5916 £2.95 

Speed Graphic 

23

CLAMPS & SUPPORTS 

Ultrapod 2 

Made from fibreglass reinforced plastic, to 

give strength with light weight. Unfolded 

it’s a tripod, with a 

decent leg spread 

for stability; with 

the legs folded, it 

can be attached to 

a pole or branch 

with the integral 

velcro strap. 

Weight 150g. 

UP2 £21.95 

Manfrotto 293 Lens Support 

With the trend towards compact but ever 

higher magnification zoom lenses, with 

no tripod collar option, some extra 

support is often required. This device 

adjusts from 18—28cm in length, has 

several tripod sockets for optimum 

balance and is equipped with a 234RC tilt 

head. MA293 £48.50 

Hama pocket clamp/tripod 

One of the longest running items in the Hama 

catalogue, and a very handy item to have in 

your bag or pocket. It’s just 13cm high with a 

clamping diameter of 3.5cm. The legs unscrew 

and are stored inside the centre part. Strong 

enough to support compacts and lighter 

35mm SLRs. Weight 145g. HA4001 £13.50 

Novoflex Micropod 

Weighing next to nothing (50g) but 

capable of supporting a heavy SLR, the 

Micropod can be slotted into the pocket of 

a camera bag. Attach a small ball and 

socket head, you are ready for any eventuality. 

Can also be used as a small hand 

grip. LOWER PRICE NVMRP £10.00 

Novoflex MicroStativ 

Consists of the Micropod with a Ball 19 

ballhead. Although small (56mm high) 

and light (92g), the Ball 19 

will support most SLR 

type cameras. 

NVSTATIV £23.00 

Ball 19 by itself 

NVB19 £19.00 

Ball 19P 

Version of the Ball 19 

with rotating base. 

NVB19P £21.00 

These two heads also 

available with flash shoe 

fitting – see page 46 

Novoflex Forked Joint 

The GAKO joint is a rapid way of achieving extra 

support for long lenses or scopes, but maintaining 

freedom of movement. The fork revolves 360º, 

allowing moving subjects to be followed without 

sacfricing rigidity. Height 110mm; fork width 

125mm; weight 210g. NVGAKO £39.95 

Novoflex Minipod 

An amazingly flexible support, ideal for 

ground level photography of plants etc. 

Each 25cm leg is connected to a ball and 

socket joint, which can be independently 

swivelled and tilted. It will support up to 

10kg. Legs are detachable. NVMP £65.00 

15cm extension rod set 

NVMPS £20.00 

Cullmann Suction Pod 

Attaches to any smooth surface, like glass, marble, metal 

or plastic, and will take loads up to 3kg. Built-in ball and 

socket head has 1/4” fixing. CU1003 £22.95 

Novoflex Clamp 

Mounts 

Flexible accessories which offer the possibility 

of stable support in difficult situations. 

They can be fixed to boards, pipes or 

other irregular objects, so are useful in the 

studio or outside. Each clamp is equipped 

with two support platforms at right angles 

to each other, with 1/4” threads. Three 

sizes; the smaller two being especially 

suited to round tube mounting. 

Novoflex Chestpod 

Carefully designed to achieve a symmetric 

3-point support geometry for maximum 

comfort even with heavy equipment. Strap 

and support are fully adjustable. Weight 

450g. NVCP £68.00 

Large (UNIKLEM) 10.5Hx6.5Wx7.5D cm. 

Weight 534g. Jaw size 62mm. 

NVUK £62.00 

Medium (UNIKLEM 42) 7.4Hx3Wx4.4D cm 


NVUK42 £25.00 

Small (UNIKLEM 26) 5.8Hx3Wx4D cm. 


NVUK26 £22.00 

24 Speed Graphic PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Novoflex BasicBall 

The BasicBall is essentially a 

hemisphere with nine holes 

drilled in it to allow the attachment 

of various length legs at 

differing angles, or rods or bendy 

arms for flashguns, creating a 

lightweight and versatile support 

system with the addition of other 

accessories. The BasicBall (in 

silver or blue) comes supplied 

with three 20cm legs. 

NVBB BasicBall blue . . . . . . . . 42.50 

NVBBS BasicBall silver . . . . . . . . 42.50 

NVMPS 15cm extension rod set . 20.00 

NVBBG Handgrip for BasicBall . . 34.00 

Convert to a macro bracket . . . 

Manfrotto Table 

Top Tripod 

709B Digi Table Tripod is an 

all-aluminium, sturdy and 

lightweight support for all kinds of 

cameras. Complete with ball head. 

Supports 2kg. MA709B £24.95 

Manfrotto Table Top Kit 

The 345 Table Top Kit comprises a 709 

tripod, 482 Mini Ball head, 259B 

Extension (15.6–25cm) and leather pouch 

case. MA345 £61.70 

MA259B Extension rod only . . . . . 14.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

. . . or hand grip . . . or a 

tripod! 

(see p31 

for info on 

the 

monopod). 

NVBBST Telescopic leg (each) . . . 35.00 

Rods, arms and flash shoes are described in 

more detail in the close-up and macro 

section. 

Manfrotto 

035 Super 

Clamp 

A universal 

clamp which 

mounts on any tube from 13–55mm. 5/8” 

hex socket attachment. MA035 £16.45 

MA037 1/4” 3/8” converter . . . . . 5.00 

MA208 3/8” head platform . . . . 12.95 

Manfrotto 

244RC Arm 

An articulated arm with variable 

friction, complete with ball head 

and 200PL quick release. Fits 

035 clamp and takes 4kg load. 

MA244RC £95.00 

155RC Double Ball 

Tilt Head fits into 

the 035 clamp to 

provide a camera 

support with quick 

release. 

MA155RC £47.50 

CLAMPS & SUPPORTS 

Ergorest MultiTripod 

Made in Finland, this is a heavy duty multipurpose 

support which can be used as a table 

or ground level tripod, chest support, car 

support, and with a suitable clamp to a table 

top, as a repro stand. 

The metal frame is covered with a thick 

layer of rubberised plastic, which won’t 

damage expensive lenses if knocked, without 

compromising rigidity. 

With a suitable head attached, the 

MultiTripod is capable of carrying large scopes 

or 600mm lenses. The screw is reversible 1/4” 

and 3/8” thread. The locking lever position can 

be adjusted for optimal ease of tightening, and 

can also be replaced on the other side for lefthanded 

use. 

Weight 750g. 

223 x 180 x 

75/170mm 

ERMT £59.95 

Manfrotto 359 Long Lens 

Support 

Complete 

with 035 

Super Clamp 

and 482 Mini 

Ball Head, 

the support 

rod adjusts 

from 

40–60cm. 

Weighs 690g. 

MA359 

£42.95 

Manfrotto 241FB Pump Cup 

A suction cup with 60mm flat base and 

3/8” screw for mounting suitable ball 

head, and capable of carrying a 

lightweight photo or video camera. 

MA241FB £61.75 

Versions also available for car window 

mounting and 5/8” spigot accessories. 

Manfrotto 349 Column Clamp 

Designed to work with removeable tripod 

columns between 25 to 28mm diameter, 

such as those of the Manfrotto 190 and 

055 series. Can be securely fixed to bars 

of up to 55mm width. With a suitable 

head, this is an ideal accessory for nature 

photography/observation. MA349 £42.95 

Version to take the triangulated 

centre column of the 440, 441, 443 and 

444 carbon fibre tripods. MA349C £47.50 

Speed Graphic 

25

BALL HEADS 

FLM GmbH is a small manufacturer of 

precision-engineered products, based in 

Emmendingen in the heart of Germany’s 

Black Forest. 

This new series of ball heads have 

several unique features, and because we 

buy direct and cut out the usual middleman 

profit margin, they also offer exceptional 

value for money compared to 

similar heads. 

The ball, which is the heart of the 

head, is produced on a CNC machine, 

ensuring absolute precision and is coated 

to give silk-smooth operation. 

The model number indicates the ball 

diameter in mm. All FLM heads from the 

CB24 upwards have all parts machined 

from high quality aluminium alloy, giving 

great strength with light weight. 

Operating controls are all of different 

sizes to reduce the chance of operator 

error, and are secured so that they won’t 

fall out. 

shown with CB 38FT 

Power Release 

Compact but strong, the Mini Plate which 

attaches to the camera is just 4g, and the 

base section 60g. Twist the knurled grip 

about one and half turns and slide the 

plate out to the side. Heavy camera? No 

problem. You can make the connection as 

tight as you like. Base connection 3/8”. 

FLPRK Release with one plate . . 24.00 

FLMP Mini Plate 1/4”. . . . . . . . . 6.00 

One of the smallest 

quick release 

plates around! 

CB 18 

A small ball head with star-shape knob 

controlling both ball lock and the revolving 

base (unique at this price!). Max load 

about 2kg. 1/4” tripod connection. 1/4” 

camera connection. Weight 85g. Base 

diameter 30mm. FLCB18 £12.50 

CB 24 

Although small, the CB24 has a big weight 

capacity. Large and precise knob. Max 

load about 5kg. 3/8” tripod connection. 

1/4” camera connection. Weight 140g. 

Base diameter 35mm. FLCB24 £22.00 

Heads with a choice of quick release platform 

The CB32F, CB38FT and CB58FT can be ordered with either the Basis or Power Release, or as 

ball only in order for an alternative manufacturer’s quick release to be fitted (e.g. Arca, 

Manfrotto, Gitzo). A 3/8” socket is required, plus a suitable retaining compound. 

CB 32F 

Offers a 7.5kg carrying capacity at about 

two thirds the weight of comparable ball 

heads. Friction control. 3/8” tripod 

connection. Weight with Power Release 

Plate 295g. Base diameter 43mm. 

Complete with Power Release and one Mini 

Camera Plate. FLCB32PK £66.00 

Complete with Basis Quick Release 

(camera plate extra). FLCB32BK £95.00 

Head w/o platform FLCB32F £45.00 

Basis Quick Release 

Has secondary locking pin which quickly 

secures the FLM plate on insertion. Side 

lever tightens securely, and by pulling out 

the pin on the end, can be parked neatly 

down the side of the base unit. 3/8” base 

connection. Weight 130g. FLBQR £55.00 

FLUP Large Uni Plate (with one 3/8” and 

two 1/4” camera screws) £22.00 

FLSP Short Camera Plate 1/4” £12.00 

nb does not accept Arca-Swiss plates 

CB 38FT 

At just 460g complete with the Power 

Release, the CB 38FT is almost one quarter 

of the weight of some heads with a similar 

carrying capacity. As well as a friction 

control, it has FLM’s unique tilt function 

(see panel right), and panorama base. 

Max load about 10kg. 3/8” tripod connection. 

Base diameter 55mm. 




(camera plate extra). FLCB38BK £142.00 

Head w/o platform FLCB38FT £92.00 

Short Camera Plate 

Uni Plate 

shown on 

Basis QR 

CB 24F 

Based on the CB24, but with addition of a 

friction control, unusual on a head of this 

size. Max load about 5kg. 3/8” tripod 

connection. 1/4” camera connection. 

Weight 160g. FLCB24F £36.00 

FT Heads have an 

extra knob controlling 

a unique feature. A 

quick twist locks the 

ball into one plane of 

movement, at the 

angle you have 

selected. 

CB 58FT 

The largest FLM head has a hollow ball to 

save weight, friction control, tilt function 

and panorama base. Max load about 15kg. 

3/8” tripod connection. Weight with the 

large Basis Quick Release 880g. Base 

diameter 77mm. 




(camera plate extra). 

FLCB58BK £175.00 

Head w/o platform FLCB58FT £125.00 

CB 58FT shown with 

Basis Quick 

Release 


Novoflex ClassicBall 5 

A heavy duty ball head with a design 

incorporating two major improvements 

over similar products. 

� Three vertical 90º openings for the ball 

neck allow 180º movements. 

� Friction control is by click stops allowing 

precise repeatable settings for different 

equipment. 

In addition, there is absolutely no 

change in the ball position when locking, 

a major benefit for macro work. Pan and 

ball locks have been refined to minimise 

bulk, and there is a very short throw on 

the ball lock to enable quick an easy use, 

even with gloves. Camera screw is 

reversible 1/4” or 3/8”. 69mm dia base 

has 3/8” socket. Height 113mm; weight 

870g; max load 12kg. NVCB5 £249.00 

Now available with fixed quick release: 

ClassicBall 5 with MiniConnect . . . 295.00 

ClassicBall 5 with Q-Base . . . . . . . 325.00 

see p29 for details of these releases 

Novoflex Panorama Plate 

Fits under camera or head to provide spirit 

level and 360° markings. Base connection 

3/8” or 1/4”. Bushing provided converts 

top 1/4” to 3/8”. 90x60mm; weight 170g. 

LOWER PRICE NVPP £56.00 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

BALL HEADS & ACCESSORIES 

Novoflex Magic Ball 

This is a fundamental rethink of the ball and socket head. The patented design allows no 

limitation of movements, with a single locking knob, and an extra tension control on the 

Universal and Large models. The advanced materials used include Delrin (blue) for the ball 

which gives excellent absorption of vibrations, without the mass usually required for a 

professional head. 

Mini Magic Ball (75mm high, 330g, base dia max load 5kg) NVMINI £117.00 

Universal MB50 Magic Ball (90mm high, 610g, max load 7kg) NVMB50 £157.00 

Large Magic Ball (105mm high, 920g, max load 10kg) LOWER PRICE NVMB £172.00 

Stroboframe Vertaflip PHD 

An innovative tripod attachment that 

makes switching between horizontal and 

vertical compositions quick and convenient. 

As well as speed, the unique advantage 

of the Vertaflip is that the lens 

remains centred on the subject. Tiresome 

re-framing of the subject is eliminated. 

This is a high quality item, made from 

black anodised aluminium and with a 

double set of Rotary-Links for rigidity 

with heavy cameras. 

Accepts Stroboframe camera antitwist 

plates (see page 53 for list) which 

lock the camera firmly to the platform. We 

recommend their use where available. 

STPHD £49.95 

Manfrotto 340 elbow bracket 

Like the Vertaflip shown left, this is 

designed to enable a camera to be quickly 

changed from the horizontal to vertical 

without moving the tripod head. It can be 

used with any head or platform featuring 

the Manfrotto hexagonal quick-release 

system. Non-Manfrotto tripods can be 

adapted by means of the 625 platform on 

page 28. MA340 £38.00 

Pan Handle for Universal and Large 

Magic Balls 

A 100mm long extension grip to 

improve handling with long focus 

lenses or large video cameras. 

NVMBG £29.00 

Manfrotto 341 junior elbow 

bracket 

An alternative 

version 

of the 340 

which uses 

the smaller 

rectangular 

200PL 

connection. 

Non- 

Manfrotto 

heads will 

need the 323 

adaptor platform. 

MA341 £38.00 

Manfrotto 357 Sliding Plate 

Helps with heavy lens/camera combinations, or with video cameras to 

improve the point of balance on a tripod head. Supplied with 1/4” and 3/8” 

fixing screws, and removeable pin. 1/4” and 3/8” base sockets. MA357 £33.50 

Speed Graphic 

27

TRIPOD ADAPTORS 

Quick release adaptors 

If your tripod head lacks a quick release camera platform, we have a wide range of 

adaptors from £15 which will convert it. Most have 1/4” and 3/8” sockets in the base and 

come supplied with one plate with a standard 1/4” camera screw. 

Cullmann 0070 

Uses the German DIN type of square platform, 

so is compatible with many other 

German-made products. Simple spring 

loaded lever (no safety catch) allows 

speedy detaching of camera. Retractable 

video pin. Base attaches to 1/4” thread. 

CU0070 0070 QR Platform . . . . . . 14.95 

CU0081 Spare plate 1/4” (no pin) . 5.95 

CU0083 Anti-twist version 1/4”. . . 6.95 

CU3012 Large bed version 1/4”. . . 9.95 

Manfrotto 323 

Our best-seller. All-metal construction 

gives super rigidity, and it has a compact 

50mm square footprint, so suits most 

small to medium size heads. Camera plate 

is used on many other Manfrotto heads, 

and suits all 35mm and smaller medium 

format cameras. 1/4” or 3/8” base socket. 

MA323 £19.95 

MA200PL14 Spare 1/4” plate . . . . . . 9.95 

MA200PL38 Spare 3/8” plate . . . . . . 9.95 

MA200ARCHPL14 Anti-twist plate 1/4”12.95 


Manfrotto 394 

This is an excellent choice for medium or 

larger format photographers looking for a 

slimline platform with a camera plate with 

flat bottom. Dimensions 85mm x 65mm. 

with two built-in spirit levels. 1/4” or 

3/8” base socket. MA394 £28.50 

MA410PL Spare plate 1/4”+3/8” . . . . 9.95 

Manfrotto 625 

For heavy duty use. Uses the hexagonal 

style plate found on larger Manfrotto 

heads. Like all the Manfrotto platforms, 

has spring-loaded instant attachment, 

plus secondary safety lock. Includes two 

built-in spirit levels. 1/4” or 3/8” base 

socket. MA625 £31.50 

MA03014 Spare plate 1/4”. . . . . . . 12.95 

MA03038 Spare plate 3/8”. . . . . . . 12.95 

ARCH plates also available. See list on p39. 

Make your own custom FLM head! We reckon FLM ball heads are tops for value and 

quality (see page 26). Most of the releases shown here can be fitted to the CB32, 

CB38FT and CB58FT models. Use a screw retaining compound to stop it untwisting. If 

you would like us to do this for you, just ask at the time of purchase. 

Gitzo G2285MB / G1385 

New compact 

G2285MB 

Convert any head to the Gitzo plate 

system as used on their quick release 

heads. The G2285MB is the 50 x 45mm 

size; the G1385 65 x 60mm size. The lever 

lock has a catch to prevent accidental 

unlocking. 1/4” or 3/8” base socket. 

G1285 Dimensions 85mm x 50mm. 

GZ2285MB £49.95 

GZ1173/14 Standard plate 1/4” . . . 18.20 


GZ1174/14 Long plate 1/4” . . . . . . 23.50 

GZ1174/38 Long plate 3/8” . . . . . . 23.50 

G1385 Dimensions 110mm x 60mm. 

GZ1385 £63.50 



GZ1374/14 Long plate 1/4” . . . . . . 23.50 

GZ1374/38 Long plate 3/8” . . . . . . 23.50 

Foba quick releases 

Swiss-made clamp releases taking Foba, 

Arca, Graf, Kirk and similar plates. They 

include a safety end-stop, which can be slid 

out of the way if not required. Base fixing is 

3/8” socket (can be adapted to 1/4”). 

With the exception of the BALSU, they are 

supplied without a plate (see right). 

BALSI 60mm long, as supplied with the 

Mini Superball. FABALSI £41.20 

BALSO 82mm long version, as supplied 

with Superball. FABALSO £50.50 

BALSU the same base as the BALSI, but 

complete with cork-topped 35mm camera 

plate. FABALSU £50.50 

Tripod and other 

screw adaptors 

2 

3 

1 HA5120 Bushing to reduce a 3/8” 

socket to 1/4”1.00 

2 MA088 Manfrotto 088 does the 

same job as above . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95 

3 HA5121 Allows a small diameter 

1/4” socket head to be mounted on a 

3/8” screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95 

4 MA120 Manfrotto 120 has 6cm 

platform better for bigger heads . 9.95 

5 HA5134 Hama camera case screw; 

also useful to fix items to brackets1.50 

6 HA5131 Hama 15mm extra long 

version, suits Metz brackets etc . . 1.95 

Foba quick release plates 

BALPA 

Short plate for 

35mm cameras, 

1/4” screw. 

FABALPA £25.85 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30 

1 

BALPI 

Üniversal plate , 

1/4” screw. 

FABALPI 

£25.85 

BALPU 

as above, 3/8” screw. 

FABALPU £25.85 

BALMA 

Plate for Mamiya 

cameras, 1/4” 

screw. 

FABALMA £35.25 

BALTE 

Hasselblad plate , 1/4” screw. 

FABALTE £25.85 

BALPE 

as above, 3/8” screw. FABALPE £25.85 

4 

6 

5

Stroboframe Camera Auto Quick Release 

For speed of attachment and detachment, 

this has most other systems licked. 

� Locks instantly with a single push – no 

secondary tightening action required. 

� Camera plate is released with one push 

on the side release lever. 

� Ultra low profile: saves weight, and the 

The Q-top 

Q-top manufacture ceases 

Unfortunately, ideesign, the Q-top 

maker, has gone out of business. As a 

result we are offering remaining stock 

at 25% off our previous price. Please 

note however, that we have no extra 

camera plates available. This is your last 

chance to own a fantastic piece of 

German engineering! 

Speed of attachment 

The rectangular or hexagonal shapes used 

by other manufacturers can slow the 

process of attachment by forcing the user 

to carefully align the plate. The circular Qtop 

plate can be attached anywhere – by 

feel alone if necessary. 

No levers 

Levers are quick, but can snag – and they 

do stick out. Q-top uses a spring-loaded 

push button. It can be operated by either 

hand, won’t snag and is difficult to 

damage. 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

flat bottom of the camera plate is stable 

when putting a camera down. 

� Camera-specific anti-twist plates can be 

used, making a rock-solid connection with 

the plate. 

� Compatible with several Stroboframe 

flash brackets allowing them to be 

instantly attached to a tripod. 

� Simplicity of design makes it ideal for 

copy stands, spotting scopes, and even 

skydivers’ helmets, where simplicity of use 

is essential. 

Maximum weight capacity 3kg 

Camera Auto Quick Release QRC with 

camera plate and cork pad. STQRC £62.50 

STBASE QRC base unit only . . . . . 50.00 

STPLT Spare camera plate. . . . . 14.00 

Camera anti-twist plates are listed on 

page 53 and cost each . . . . . . . . . . . 9.00 

Extra security 

Another small lever is the usual method of 

preventing accidental detachment of the 

plate. The 

Q-top uses an elegant and fool-proof solution. 

A second small indented button is 

located on the opposite side to the main 

push button, so that the safety latch is 

automatically released when this is 

depressed. 

Panoramas a cinch 

Inside the camera shoe are indentations 

at 30º intervals. By slight depression of 

the release button, the camera can be 

rotated to allow composite panoramic 

photography. There’s a bulls-eye spirit 

level built in to the base as well. 

Quality and size 

Precision machined from solid pieces of 

high strength aluminium alloys and stainless 

steel. Only 45mm diameter and 20mm 

high. Max load approx 5kg. 

QTOP Release Set (base and shoe) 

Was £89.95 £65.00 

QTADAP Strap adaptor (allows Q-top to be 

hung from neck) £9.00 

TRIPOD ADAPTORS 

Novoflex MiniConnect 

The beauty of the MiniConnect system is 

the discreet 25mm diameter camera piece, 

which is so small that it can stay on the 

camera all the time. 

Attachment is virtually instantaneous 

– insert the piece and it is secure, with 

only a quick pull on the side lever to lock 

tight. There is a secondary thumb lock on 

the long side to prevent accidental disengagement. 

A neck strap can be attached. 

Base size is 80x60x18mm. Weight 140g. 

MiniConnect inc one 1/4” coupling piece. 

LOWER PRICE NVMC £49.95 

MiniConnect Profiset inc three 1/4” 

coupling pieces and Carry Strap. 

LOWER PRICE NVMCP £62.50 

NVCP1 1/4” Coupling Piece . . . . 11.00 

NVCP3 3/8” Coupling Piece . . . . 11.00 

NVMCS MiniConnect Strap . . . . . 12.50 

Novoflex MiniConnect MR 

A simple base 

unit designed for 

use with tabletop 

tripods and 

other places 

where 

lightweight 

equipment is being used. A simple springloaded 

lever secures the coupling piece, 

and because of this it should not be used 

when absolute security is needed. 53mm 

diameter. Weight 100g. NVMCMR £35.00 

MiniConnect quick bracket 

Allows a camera to be switched from horizontal 

to vertical position. Adjustable slot 

allows the lens to be correctly positioned 

even with a deep body camera. Weight 

330g. NVMCV £55.00 

NEW Novoflex Q=Mount 

TAKES ARCA PLATES 

A neat, lightweight quick release for 

smaller Novoflex Q-plates and Arca, Foba 

(and compatible) plates, with screw lock. 

Weighs only 100g, diameter 60mm, height 

16mm. NVQMNT £42.00 

Only £38 when purchased with an FLM 

CB32F, CB38FT or CB58FT head (see p26) 

Novoflex Q=Base 

Allows users of 

Arca-Swiss 

plates the possibility 

of onehanded 

instant 

attachment of 

equipment. 

The initial snap 

lock allows 

lateral adjustment before final secure 

locking with an eighth turn of the bottom 

knurled ring. 

Novoflex has also developed a 

complete system of plates for the Q=Base, 

which also locate with the central safety 

pin, for added security. As with everything 

Novoflex, all movements are smooth and 

precise. Diameter 78mm; height 22mm; 

weight 264g. NVQBASE £79.95 

Novoflex Q-PL1 

standard plate is 

41mm square. 

Available in 1/4” 

and 3/8” 

versions. 

Q=Base Plates 

NVQPL1 PL1 Std plate 1/4” . . . . . 21.00 

NVQPL1-3 PL1-3/8 Std plate 3/8” . 21.00 

NVQPL2 PL2 84mm plate 1/4+3/8 27.00 



Other plates available – please ask for price 

NVQPV Quick Bracket, L-shape for 

vertical and horizontal shots (operation 

as the MiniConnect type left) . . . . . 55.00 

Speed Graphic 

29

The case for an extra leg 

MONOPODS 

Tripods are a pain. 

Well yes, sometimes they are, but 

when you want to guarantee absolute 

sharpness, accept no substitute. 

However, in the interests of practicality 

and portability, your next best 

friend is undoubtedly going to be a 

monopod. Think about it – your two 

legs and a monopod makes – a tripod! 

Not quite as stable as the real thing 

perhaps, but surprisingly effective at 

giving you possibly an extra two stops 

in a tricky lighting situation. 

It’s very easy to strap a monopod 

to a conventional camera bag, and 

particularly easy if you have a rucksack 

– most have loops on the side to 

take one. 

Main considerations when buying 

are the weight of equipment you 

expect it to carry, the working height 

(most of the ones we sell are OK for a 

6ft person), the weight, and the length 

when collapsed. You will need to 

budget for a ball and socket head or 

‘tilt top’, as most of the models we sell 

do not come with a tilting device, and 

without one, portrait format shots will 

be impossible! Be also advised that 

Gitzo and Manfrotto models have 

quite a wide platform at the top, so 

small ball heads won’t have the height 

to allow a camera to tilt a full 90º. It’s 

best to stick to one of the many 

suitable Manfrotto heads for these. 

Spiked Feet / Suction Cup 

236 (right) replaces the 

rubber foot on 479, 479-4, 

434, 679, 680 and 681 

series monopods. 

MA236 £9.95 

Rubber/Spiked Foot 

for 449/694 monopods. 

MA449SP2 £9.95 

for 695 monopod. 

MA695SP2 £9.95 

for 679/680monopods. 

MA676SP2 £9.95 

Suction Cup with 

retractable spike 


MA449SC2 £14.95 

for 695 monopod. 

MA695SC2 £14.95 


MA676SC2 £14.95 

Manfrotto 

Left to right, available in chrome or black. 

All models feature padded rubber grip, 

45º rapid action leg locks, dual 1/4” or 

3/8” camera fixing screw, large 60mm 

head platform and wrist strap. 

679 

3-section, for loads up to 10kg, height 

162cm, closed 64cm, weight 0.6kg. 

MA679 Chrome finish. . . . . . . . . 28.50 

MA679B Black finish . . . . . . . . . . 31.50 

680 

Compact 4-section version of the above. 

Height 154cm, closed 51cm, weight 0.83kg. 

MA680 Chrome finish. . . . . . . . . . 38.00 

MA680B Black finish . . . . . . . . . . . 40.50 

681 

Very robust 3-section design with extended 

grip, for loads up to 12kg. Height 161cm, 

closed 67cm, weight 0.78kg 

MA681 Chrome finish. . . . . . . . . . 38.00 

MA681B Black finish . . . . . . . . . . . 40.50 

682 Self-standing 

All the features of the 

681, but with the 

addition of three 

retractable legs – a 

boon if you need to 

change lenses a lot. 

Height 172cm, closed 

74cm, weight 1.88kg 

MA682 

Chrome £66.50 

MA682B 

Black £71.30 

331 Support Bracket 

Converts any monopod with a 3/8” attachment 

screw into a stable platform on any 

surface, regardless of the inclination for 

long exposures etc. Supplied with Miniball 

482. 3/8” attachment to 

monopod. MA331 £42.50 

679 chrome 680 chrome 681 black 

334B Auto 

3-section design, with the 

two lower sections having a 

twist-lock action. The top 

section can be instantly 

adjusted by means of a 

single-handed trigger. Height 

166cm, closed 68cm, weight 

0.49kg. Max load 8kg. 

MA334B £DISCONTINUED 

361 Shoulder Brace 

Supplied with adaptor to fit any make of 

monopod for additional stability. 

Adjustable length and pivoting attachment. 

MA361 £12.95 

Neotec 684B 

Uses the same opening 

and closing mechanism of 

the tripod. Just pull the 

leg down to open and 

lock at any position, and 

press the release at the 

top to close again. The 

‘upside down’ construction 

helps stop mud and 

moisture from the ground 

entering the monopod. 

Takes loads up to 8kg, 

height 166cm, closed 

71cm, weight 0.7kg. 

MA684B £89.95 

Magfibre 

Replacing the 

449 model, 

these are 

carbon fibre 

models with 4 

and 5 leg 

sections 

respectively. 

Metal parts like 

lock levers are 

magnesium. 

Each will take a 

load of 5kg 

694 (left) 

4-sections. 

Height 160cm, 

closed 46cm, 

weight 0.58kg. 

MA694 

£108.00 

695 (right) 

5-sections. 

Height 165cm, 

closed 53cm, 

weight 0.59kg. 

MA695 £117.00 

678 folding tripod base 

Fits 479,479-4, 434, 679, 680 and 681 to 

provide a retractable tripod base. No 

reduction in load capacity. MA678 £33.30 


Manfrotto tilt tops 

A popular alternative to a ball head. Tilt 

tops move in one plane only, so are easier 

to control – just rotate the camera by 90º 

to change from front to back to side to 

side adjustment. 3/8” base socket. 

234RC 

With 

200PL-14 

quick 

release 

plate. 

MA234RC 

£24.95 

234 

Non-quick 

release version. 

MA234 

£14.95 

Novoflex BBStock 

A 3-section walking 

pole made by 

German manufacturer 

Leki. Super 

light, at just 300g, it 

includes strap and 

removeable mud 

foot. The wooden 

knob removes to 

reveal a 1/4” screw. 

Designed to be used 

with the Basic Ball as 

well (see p25). 

NVBBST £35.00 

Giottos P-Pod 

Has three legs stored 

in the lower leg 

section, which can be 

extracted to convert 

the P-Pod to either a 

self-standing ‘tripod’ 

or, as shown, a 

ground level 

support. 4-section 

legs, quick release 

swivelling head. Height 

179cm, closed 63cm, 

weight 1.2kg. 

GTPP £59.00 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Gitzo 

1 2 3 4 

Gitzo monopods are made to the same 

immaculate standards as their tripods. Legs 

have twist locks, and the head attachment 

screw is 1/4” and 3/8” reversible. The Classic 

series have a combination rubber/stainless 

steel spiked foot. All types have cushioned 

grip and wrist strap. 

Velbon carbon fibre 

This trio are all 4section 

design, so their 

closed length is short in 

relation to working 

height. Large, secure 

collars, and non-rotating 

leg sections make 

locking and unlocking 

rapid and secure. They 

are supplied with a 

shoulder strap and belt 

holster, and have a 

large high density foam 

grip on the top section. 

Top platform has a 

reversible 1/4’ and 3/8” 

screw, and the foot is 

rubber tipped. 

G1564 Studex 2 

(1) 4-section, for loads up to 8kg, height 


GZ1564 £79.50 

G1564L Studex 2 

not shown 5-section version, with same 

load capacity. Height 202cm, closed 

60cm, weight 0.97kg. GZ1564L £89.95 

G1566 Mini Studex 2 

(2) 6-section, for loads up to 5kg, height 


GZ1566 £92.00 

G1568 Mountaineer 2 

(3) Carbon fibre 4-section, for loads up to 

4kg, height 165cm, closed 55.5cm, weight 

0.55kg. GZ1568 £144.00 

GZ1578 carbon fibre . . . . . . . . . . . 159.95 

GZ1588 carbon fibre. . . . . . . . . . . 184.95 

Gitzo G1560 Monotrek 

(4) The best combination of walking pole 

and monopod there is. It uses ultra-light 

high strength aluminium alloy, and has 3section 

telescopic height adjustment 

(minimum 81cm, maximum 164cm), 

weighs just 0.43kg, and includes hand 

strap, steel spiked foot and mud/snow 

shoe. Under the click-on cap is a precision 

ball and socket head capable of supporting 

2kg. GZ1560 £72.95 

Pro Pod 6 

(left) Height 153cm; 

closed 48cm, weight 

0.59kg. VEPP6 £75.00 

Pro Pod 7 

(centre) Height 170cm; 


0.76kg. VEPP7 £86.00 

Pro Pod 8 

(right) Height 189cm; 


0.87kg. VEPP8 £99.00 

MONOPODS 

Benbo Trekker 

2-section design, making it very 

rigid, if a little longer than other 

types. New version incorporates 

the 180º tilting top from the 

tripod, which allows a camera to 

be used in both landscape and 

portrait formats without the need 

for an extra ball and socket head. 

Height 160cm, closed 89cm, 

weight 0.6kg. BBTM £27.50 

Cullmann 

2741 Magic 

Super-compact 5-section 

design which has a strong 

internal leg lock system 

to make extension quick 

and secure. Height 

143cm; closed 40cm, 

weight 360g. 

CU2741 £24.95 

Complete with the FLM 

CB18 head (see p26) 

CU2741K £34.95 

Viewfinder trekking pole 

From leading outdoor equipment manufacturer 

Exped this best-seller offers great 

value for money. 

The 3-section 

lightweight alloy 

pole has internal 

twist locks, and at 

the top there’s a 

polished beechwood 

knob covering a 1/4” 

camera screw. 

Foam hand grip, 

carbide tip with 

rubber foot cover, 

mud/snow shoe 

and handstrap 

complete the 

picture. 

145cm 

extended, 

67cm closed. 

Weight 

350g. 

LYVF 

£24.95 

Speed Graphic 

31

One leg good, three legs better 

TRIPODS 

The essential accessory 

You can take all the auto-shift 

programs and subject-sensitive 

metering patterns which are built in to 

today’s 35mm cameras, but it’s a fact 

that more otherwise excellent pictures 

are spoilt by camera shake than by 

incorrect exposure, and yet many 

photographers who would quite 

rightly regard themselves as serious 

about their craft, spurn the use of a 

decent tripod. 

Yes, they can be a nuisance to lug 

around, and a fag to put up and down, 

but ask any professional who earns 

their living from photography which is 

their second most important item of 

equipment after the camera, and the 

answer will invariably be – a tripod. 

The next pill to swallow is the fact 

that the bigger and heavier the tripod, 

the more effective it will be in 

damping vibrations and providing a 

steady support in windy conditions, 

and that the lighter the camera, the 

heavier the tripod should be. 

But we must be realistic, and for 

most people the choice will be dictated 

by price, and the weight and size of 

tripod which they are prepared to 

carry around. 

A studio-based tripod, or one 

which is used for wedding work will 

usually be of conventional design, with 

the ability to adjust height quickly, but 

without the need for too much flexibility. 

The Manfrotto 055 series is a 

popular choice. 

For nature photographers, the 

Benbo design has many advantages, 

not least of which is the waterproof 

bottom tube, but the single lock for 

both legs and centre column can be 

unwieldy for the unpractised (a bit like 

wrestling with a set of bagpipes), so 

it’s less efficient as a general purpose 

design. The Gitzo Explorer series has 

much of the flexibility with individual 

leg adjustment. 

Heads are a personal choice, and 

many photographers end up with 

several – each having an advantage for 

a particular job. It’s important to have 

a head which is big enough for the 

camera weight, with a bit in reserve. 

If you need help or more 

information – just ask! 

Velbon 

Maxi 343E 

Designed to a 

brief from 

renowned US journalist 

Herbert Keppler, this 

is an all-metal tripod 

weighing less than 

2lbs, and folding to 

under 20ins, yet 

with a good 

working height. 

By using a technique 

borrowed 

from gun barrel 

construction, 

each leg 

section can 

be made 

longer to 

achieve 

this. The ball head 

can be removed. 

4-section legs. 

Length extended 158cm; closed 44.4cm, 

Weight 860g. Includes carrying case. 

VEM343 £64.95 

Maxi 347E 

Similar design to the 343E above, with 3way 

pan and tilt head with quick release 

plate instead. Length extended 161cm; 

closed 42.7cm. Weight 1.05kg. Includes 

carrying case. VEM347 £66.95 

Sherpa Pro 

Carbon Fibre Quick-Lock 

EL Series 

New models featuring rapid-action lever 

leg locks and weight-saving carbon fibre 

benefits at very competitive prices! 

Leg angles can be adjusted, and each 

leg has a calibrated bottom section to 

allow easy equalising of leg lengths. 

Centre columns are splittable for low level 

use and can be removed, and each tripod 

comes with a stone bag and centre column 

hook for extra stability when required. 

The top tube sections have high 

density foam grips, and there’s a 3/8” 

screw head connection. 

Velbon Ultra Maxi 

Superbly finished 

compact tripods in titanium 

finish. They have 

patented Twist-Lock 5section 

legs. To unlock, 

grasp the foot of the 

bottom section and 

turn steadily anticlockwise 

whilst 

pulling on the 

legs. When fully 

extended, a 

quick clockwise 

twist 

locks all 

the 

sections. 

To 

collapse, reverse the process – 

it’s quick and remarkably secure. 

The trunnion shaft construction 

allows a good working 

height with very compact folded 

length, and the legs pivot to 

allow low level use. There are 

two versions: 

Ultra Maxi F has compact 4-way 

pan and tilt head. Length 

extended 152.5cm; closed 36cm. 

Weight 990g. VEUMF £94.50 

Ultra Maxi SF has ball and 

socket head. Length extended 

122cm; closed 32.7cm. 

Weight 750g. VEUMSF £85.50 

QB-3 spare plate for pan head £7.95 

CF-631EL 

Complete with PH-157Q pan head and 

stone bag 3-section legs. Legs height 

156cm extended, 57.5cm closed. Min 

height 12.5cm. Weight 1.51kg. 

RRP £257.95 

VESP631ELKIT £ 208 50 

CF-641EL 

4-section. Legs height 155cm extended, 

45.5cm closed. Min height 10.5cm. Weight 

1.46kg. With PH-157Q pan head 

VESP641ELKIT £217.20 

CF-531EL 

Narrower 3-section legs. Height 163cm 

extended, 53.5cm closed. Min height 

17cm. Weight 1.25kg. With PH-157Q pan 

head. VESP531ELKIT £185.00 

Velbon Ultra Luxi 

Use a larger leg section than the Ultra 

Maxi series for heavier loadings. Same 

Twist-Lock legs and other features as the 

Maxi models. 

Ultra Luxi F has deluxe 4-way quick 

release pan and tilt head. Length 

extended 

161cm; closed 

39cm. Weight 

1.32kg. 

VEULF £103.50 

Ultra Luxi SF has 

ball and socket 

head. Length 

extended 121cm; 

closed 34.2cm. 

Weight 970g. 

VEULSF 

£94.50 

Just twist 

to lock! 

Ultra Luxi F 

Case included 

Ultra Luxi SF at low level 


PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Sherpa series 

Well-finished quality tripods featuring die-cast 

components, aluminium leg sections, quickrelease 

platform and side lever leg locks, and 

titanium bronze finish. The pan and tilt head 

is removeable. 

Sherpa 250 

The left hand pan/tilt handle allows control of 

the head while the right hand is free for camera 

controls. The pan head is removeable for 

attachment to the bottom of the geared 

centre column (feature common to all 

models). Length extended 154cm; closed 

59.5cm. Weight 2.1kg. VES250 £59.95 

Sherpa 450 

A taller version of the 250, with 3-section legs, 

geared centre column. Length extended 172cm; 

closed 65cm. Weight 2.2kg. VES450 £69.95 

All Sherpa tripods now include a 

carry case with shoulder strap 

Sherpa 600 

With 3 different leg angles, and a sliding splittable 

centre column (which can also be inverted to allow the 

head to get right down to the ground), the 600 allows 

low level operation to 29cm height. Length extended 

165cm; closed 65cm. VES600 £79.50 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

QB-157 spare quick 

release plate for all 

Sherpa quick release pan 

heads VEQB157 £9.95 

Sherpa 750 

Has all the versatility of the 600, but with 4-section 

legs, folds to a very compact 54cm. Each leg has 3 

angle settings, and with the splittable and geared 

centre column, working height can be as low as 28cm. 

This is a versatile and lightweight tripod, ideal for 

field use. Length extended 155cm; closed 54cm. 

weight 2.2kg. VES750 £87.50 

Tripod accessories 

The Tripod Hammock 

The invention of Mr Sidney Cripps, this is 

not just a stone bag, but a way of weighing 

down a tripod, and getting at your 

equipment more easily. Supplied with 

three different methods of attachment, 

and will accept all but the very largest 

types of camera bag. CPTH £14.95 

Silvestri Tripod Pouch 

Great for holding odds and ends, dark 

slides, CD writers/hard drives, or packs of 

sandwiches whilst working from a tripod. 

Constructed from tough padded nylon, 

overall size is 35x30cm, with front pockets 

15x13x4cm and top webbing compartment. 

Attaches by sewn-in velcro straps. 

SVPS2 £29.00 

TRIPODS 

Op/tech Tripod Strap 

Loops around each end and will fit most 

models. Large neoprene pad reduces the 

apparent weight, and the design allows 

the tripod to hang vertically or horizontally. 

Quick disconnects. OPTS £17.95 

Peli 28 tripod case 

Made from tough padded nylon with large 

side pockets for accessories, strong selfrepairing 

zippers, and webbing strap. Int. 

dimensions 70Lx13.5Hx13.5W cm. 

PEB28 £32.95 

Oyster tripod cases 

Well-padded cases in black nylon complete 

with shoulder strap and hanging loop. 

Medium case Internal size 56L x 10W x 

10D cm 

OY4872 £14.95 

Large case Internal size 76L x 12.5W x 

11.5D cm 

OY4874 £18.95 

166 Apron Support 

Three compartments help organise your 

odds and ends (or stones in high winds!). 

Fits most 

tripods – 

not just 

Manfrotto 

models. 

MA166 

£24.95 

Speed Graphic 

33

TRIPODS 

Benbo 

Trekker Mk2 

New version has a 180º swivel joint at 

one end of the centre column giving more 

flexibility with camera positioning, plus a 

hook at the other allowing a camera bag 

(as illustrated) to be suspended to 

improve stability. Has easier to use leg 

locks too. Height 150cm; closed 84cm. 

Weight 2kg. Legs only BBT2 £79.95 

Trekker Mk2 Kit 

Includes legs, Compact Ball head and 

Benbo carry bag. 

BBT2KIT £ 10995 Mini Trekker 

Has all the features of the Trekker Mk2 but 

with a shorter centre column and short 

fixed length legs. This makes it 

lightweight, and an ideal companion for 

low level exterior or table top interior 

photography. Height 71cm; closed 55cm. 

Weight 1.5kg. BBMT £56.00 

Ball head shown not included 

The single curved bolt design and 

locking lever allows independent movement 

of each leg at virtually any angle, 

even up against a wall or tree. Because 

of this, and the sealed lower tubes, they 

have become the nature photographer’s 

favourite. 

Benbo 1 

Has 35mm diameter tubing so will carry 

the heaviest camera (with suitable head). 

Height 157cm; closed 84cm. Weight 3.4kg. 

Legs only BB1 £116.50 

Benbo 1 Kit with Pro Ball Head and Carry 

Bag. BB1KIT £179.95 

Benbo 2 

Only one word for it – huge. If you need 

the height, or plan to work in deep water, 

it’s just the job. Height 256cm; closed 

114cm. Weight 3.75kg. Legs BB2 £134.95 

Benbo 2 Kit with Pro Ball Head and Carry 

Bag. BB2KIT £199.95 

Professional Ball & Socket 

Solidly-made, 

with a 29mm 

ball, separate 

tensioning 

knob, and 

independently 

lockable 

revolving base, 

capable of 

supporting 

12kg. Height 

10cm, weight 

0.36kg. BBPH £75.00 

Compact Ball & Socket 

As supplied with 

Trekker kit. Its 

25mm ball will 

support most 

35mm and lighter 

medium format 

cameras. Height 

8cm, weight 

0.175kg. 

BBCH £32.50 

Also available with independently lockable 

revolving base. Height 9cm, weight 

0.25kg, BBCHR £57.00 

Carry bags 

BBTBAG Trekker Carry Bag. . . . . . . . 19.95 

BB1BAG Mk 1 Carry Bag . . . . . . . . . 24.95 

BB2BAG Mk 2 Carry Bag . . . . . . . . . 26.95 

Cullmann 

Magic 2 

A full-size tripod that will actually go in a gadget bag, 

rather than on the outside (or back in the car boot). 

Folded up, as shown, it’s flat, and is only 34.5cm long, 

yet will extend to 144cm. Weight 1.46kg 

Comes complete with a removeable leg to form a 

monopod and quick release 2709 head. 

CU2722 £81.00 

Tiltall 

The purist’s tripod. No trace of plastic, 

and with a pleasing simplicity of design. 

At one time the leading USA pro tripod, 

it’s now fastidiously recreated in Taiwan. 

The tubular 3-section legs have collar 

locks, and have rubber feet with 

retractable spikes, and are very rigid. 

The head has oversized knurled metal 

handles to allow smooth panning. It 

allows 90º left and 45º right tilting, and 

90º forward and 45º 

backwards. 

Height 183cm; 

closed 76cm. 

Weight 

2.74kg. Black 

or silver finish. 

£139.00 

TLB black 

TLS silver 

34 Speed Graphic PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30 

IFF 

Mini Salon 190 Studio Stand 

Designed for 35mm and medium format 

use; allows working heights from 56cm to 

182cm. The counterbalanced column is 

black anodised aluminium, and is 

mounted on a heavy steel base with two 

foot-lockable castors. 80cm crossarm is 

gear driven, and 

there is a built-in 

20x28cm accessory 

tray. Stand height 

190cm; base 

85x54cm. Weight 

34kg. 

IF806 £487.60

Slik 

Pro 400DX 

complete with 

SH-705E head 

£ 79 00 

Pro 400DX 

A beautifully finished tripod at a sensational 

price. ‘D’ shaped tubes prevent 

twisting, and the 3-section legs can be 

independently set at 3 different angles. 

Leg locks are swift and comfortable lever 

types. The top leg sections are covered 

with a foam grip for comfortable handling 

in winter weather. 

Low level shooting is easy with a 

reversible centre column, and it comes 

complete with a 3-way pan and tilt head 

with quick release. Length extended 

155cm; closed 65cm. Weight 2.52kg. 

SKP400 Pro 400DX legs only £62.00 

SK705E SH-705E (above) pan head. 28.95 

SK6123 Spare quick release plate . . . 7.95 

Need something Slik not shown here? If 

the importer has it, we can supply 

within a few days. Ask for a quote. 

Pro 500DX 

Compact version of the 700DX using ‘D’ 

shaped 26.8mm tubing, with 3-section 

legs. Length extended 152.5cm, closed 

59.5mm. Weight 1.8kg. Legs only 

SKP500 £65.00 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Pro 700DX 

complete with 

700DX head 

£ 95 00 

Pro 700DX 

A heavy duty model, capable of taking 

medium format and lighter field cameras. 

By using Slik’s AMT (aluminium-magnesium-titanium) 

alloy, a 40% greater 

strength has been achieved compared to 

similar size tripods. 3-section 30mm tubes 

are grooved to prevent twisting, have 

lever quick release locks, and can be set at 

3 different angles. 

The large 3-way pan and tilt head has 

twin spirit levels, and a circular-style 

quick release platform. Length extended 

190cm; closed 76cm. Weight 3.2kg. 

SKP700 Pro legs only £69.00 

Pro 700DX pan and tilt head 

3-way head. Built-in 2-way 

spirit level, and quick release. 3/8” 

socket. The unique circular Slik platform 

allows separate rotation of the camera 

without removing the plate. 

SKP700H £36.95 

AF2100 Joystick Head 

Gives 

super-fast 

position 

changes on 

the tripod. 

Squeeze 

the grip 

with one 

hand, and 

keep the other on the shutter release. 

Release the trigger for instant locking. To 

rotate the camera push the small grey 

switch up with your thumb. Pull down to 

lock. Height 14cm. Weight 870g. 3/8” or 

1/4” socket. SK2100/3 £72.50 

SK3472 Spare plate for 2100 . . . . 11.00 

Ball Head 800 

Slik Compact 

Weighs just 

600g but offers 

a working 

height of nearly 

1m. Aluminium 

alloy 4-section 

legs, 2-way 

pan head. 

Length 

extended 

99cm; 

closed 

36cm. 

SKC £ 15 00 

Substantial ball 

using circular 

quick release 

plate. The side 

lever on the 

head can be 

depressed to 

release the plate 

for circular movement, 

allowing the camera to 

be panned. Height 

120m, weight 760g. 3/8” or 1/4” socket. 

SKB800 £45.00 

Spare circular plate for 700DX/800 heads 

SK6124 1/4” quick release shoe . 11.95 

SK6125 3/8” quick release shoe . 12.95 

TRIPODS 

Giottos 

Innovator 

Star Wars styling clads an interesting 

and well-reviewed tripod 

which offers great flexibility. The 

3-section legs can be set at any 

of 3 pre-set angles, or at any 

intermediate point by releasing 

the large locking levers. 

The centre column can be reset horizontally 

by sliding upwards to its fullest 

extent and then unlocking the hinge at 

the top. 

The rubber feet can be removed to 

expose a spike for use on wet or rocky 

ground, and it is supplied complete with 

shoulder strap and carrying bag. 

Innovator MT9170 

32mm alloy tubing. Height 170cm, closed 

64cm. Max load 12kg. Weight 3kg. 

GT9170 £119.00 

Innovator MT8160 

28mm carbon fibre tubing. Height 160cm, 

closed 60cm. Max load 10kg. Weight 

2.5kg. GT8160 £219.00 

Pro Ball MH7001 

Sliding large quick 

release plate with 

1/4” and 3/8” screws. 

One touch lock for ball 

and panning. Weight 

507g. Height 110mm. 

Base dia 60mm. Max load 

6kg. GT7001 £39.95 

Speed Graphic 

35

TRIPODS 

Manfrotto 

055CL 

The classic all-purpose 

tripod features rapid 

action leg locks needing 

just a 45º turn, non-rotating 

reversible centre 

column, low angle adaptor 

for low level shots, and four 

leg angle settings, allowing use 

from as low as 8cm. Height 

extended 175cm, closed 61cm. 

Weight 2.3kg. Max load 6kg. 

MA055CL Chrome finish . . . 103.50 

MA055CLB Black finish . . . . . 108.00 

Compact tripods 

190CL 

The most compact Manfrotto, now revised 

to give the same features as the 055. 4position 

click-stopped leg settings with 

rapid action leg locks. Height extended 

145cm, closed 53cm. Weight 1.74kg. Max 

load 5kg. 

MA190CL 190CL chrome . . . . . . . . 81.00 

MA190CLB190CL black . . . . . . . . . . 85.50 

190PRO 

As the 190CL, but with the ability to set 

the centre column horizontally as well as 

vertically. 

MA190PRO Chrome finish . . . . . . . . 89.95 

MA190PROB Black finish. . . . . . . . . 94.50 

Model shown 055PRO 

black, and above, the horizontal 

setting of the centre 

column. 

055PRO 

All the features of the 055CL but with a 

terrific extra feature of a centre column 

which can be placed horizontally as well as 

vertically, which is great for copying or 

tricky ground level photography. 

MA055PRO Chrome finish . . . . . . . 117.00 

MA055PROB Black finish. . . . . . . . 121.50 

Model shown 

190PRO black 

NEW Magfiber Range 

Manfrotto have streamlined their carbon 

fibre range, and the 44x series has been 

replaced by 3 and 4 section versions of the 

190PRO and 055PRO series. 

‘Magfiber’ indicates that the 

construction is carbon fibre for the leg 

sections, and magnesium for all the metal 

parts, resulting in tripods that weigh 

between 1.6 and 2kg (without head). 

The tubes are triangular in shape 

to prevent twisting, and are pressureclamped 

rather than glued for greater 

reliability. 

All models include a padded 

carry strap, which can also be used 

to hang a weight from to improve 

stability in windy conditions. 

055MF3 

Follows the design and construction 

of the 055PRO with 3-section legs, 

with 4 level settings, allowing 

working as low as 11cm. Maximum 

load 7kg. Height 169cm, closed 

64cm, weight 2kg. MA055MF3 £225.00 

055MF4 

The same as the 055MF3, but with 4 leg 

sections giving a shorter closed length. 

Max load 7kg. Height 165cm, closed 54cm, 

weight 2kg. MA055MF4 £234.00 

Short columns 

055CCSB for 055 series 

tripods (17.5cm) 

MA055CCSB £19.95 

190CCSB for 190 series 

tripods (16.5cm) 

MA190CCSB £19.95 

Two-part centre 

column allows 

switching between 

normal and low 

angle, without 

detaching the 

head. 

Tool Kit 

Two handy tools to 

adjust the locking 

collars of most of 

Manfrotto’s tripods, stands 

and monopods. Comprises a Type 2 Phillips 

screwdriver, and Hex socket key. MAWMAN- 

TOOL £4.95 

Detachable strap 

included 

190MF3 

The lightest ‘full size’ tripod from 

Manfrotto, with all the features of the 

190PRO. Maximum load 4kg. Height 


MA190MF3 £198.00 

190MF4 

As the 190MF3, but with 4 leg sections. 

Max load 4kg. Height 131cm, closed 46cm, 

weight 1.6kg. MA190MF4 £207.00 

553 levelling centre column 

angle bracket 

Provides a level platform 

for heads when working 

at low level 

with centre 

column 

horizontal. 

MA553 £34.95 

Manfrotto spares 

can be obtained directly by phoning 

0870 4436843 


Other Manfrotto tripods 

MA028 028 Triman chrome. . . . 162.00 

MA028B 028 Triman black . . . . . 171.00 

MA058 058 Triaut chrome . . . . 202.50 

MA058B 058 Triaut black . . . . . . 211.50 

MA161 161 Mk 2 Super Pro chr . 309.00 

MA161B 161 Mk 2 Super Pro blk . 339.00 

MA475 475 Pro Geared chrome . 171.00 

MA475B 475 Pro Geared black . . 180.00 

NEW 458B Neotec 

Starting from first principles, Manfrotto’s 

engineers looked at making a tripod that 

was as quick and easy to use as possible. 

The result is a unique leg locking system – 

just pull each leg out and it’s immediately 

locked in position. To unlock, press a lever 

at the top and push back in. It’s that 

simple, and the internal mechanism 

exerts more locking power the more 

weight is applied, so it carries a healthy 

6kg load. 

The top of the centre column detaches 

to create a low level head support – 

there’s no need to detach the head – and 

the whole column can be set horizontally. 

Other features include an ‘upside 

down’ tube design which helps prevent 

mud from the ground getting in the leg 

sections, and a detachable carrying strap 

which can be used to support a bag or 

other counterweight. 

Max load 6kg. Height 156cm, closed 

64cm, weight 2.4kg. MA458B £247.50 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

755B MDeVe levelling tripod 

Designed for the professional videographer, this could 

appeal to photographers looking for a quick and easy 

way of levelling a tripod head without fiddling with 

leg heights. The centre column has a built-in 50mm 

levelling ball with spirit level, which is adjusted with a 

twist grip on its base, and can be set horizontally if 

required. Height extended 163cm; closed 67.5cm. 

Weight 2.8.kg. max load 6kg. MA755B £152.60 

Short version (height 143cm; closed 59cm, weight 

2.2kg) MA756B £129.50 

Carbon fibre version (height 152cm; closed 65.5cm, 

weight 1.9kg) MA754 £397.00 

MDeVe 

levelling 

centre 

columns 

Adapts your existing 

tripod. 

For 441, 440 

MA554 £114.00 

For 055PROB 

MA555B £71.20 

For 190PROB 

MA556B £66.50 

Manfrotto accessories 

BAG70 

BAG80 

BAG80P 

Carrying bags 

Completely redesigned with improved 

materials, with a tapered end which suits 

most compatible heads. They can be fully 

unzipped, or the padded end opened 

‘quiver style’ to allow the tripod to be 

extracted. The padded bags have extra 

grab handles provided as well as a 

shoulder strap. 

MAMBAG70 unpadded 70cm . . . . . . 19.95 

MAMBAG80 unpadded 80cm . . . . . . 28.50 

MAMBAG80P padded 80cm . . . . . . . 42.80 

MAMBAG90P padded 90cm . . . . . . . 57.00 

MAMBAG100P padded 100cm . . . . . 61.70 

MAMBAG120P padded 120cm . . . . . 71.20 

540BB Bucket 

Backpack 

Designed for large 

video tripods or for 

users of spotting scopes, 

where the head can be 

safely cradled in the 

‘bucket’. Allows the 

tripod to be comfortably 

carried and set up 

in seconds. 

MA540BB £142.50 

Leg warmers 

Zip-on padded grips for 

winter conditions. 

MA380 For 055, 144 and 

455 models £24.95 

MA381 For 190 £23.95 

TRIPODS 

102 strap 

Hook fixes to the 

tripod ‘spider’ –the top 

bit where the legs attach – 

and the loop goes around the 

legs. 

MA102 £19.95 

401N Quick Action strap 

The clever design of this 

strap allows it to stay 

attached to one leg of the 

tripod without interfering 

with its operation. 

The strap can be 

quickly hitched or 

unhitched to the 

body. Ideal if you 

want to be mobile 

with the minimum of 

camera equipment 

but insist on using a 

tripod! 

MA401N £42.70 

Spiked feet 

Stainless steel spike, 

supplied with fixing 

tool. Sets of 3. 

For 055D, 055CL, 055PRO, 055NAT3. 

MA055SPK2 £19.95 

For 190D, 190CL, 190PRO, 190NAT3. 

MA190SPK2 £19.95 

For 724B, 728B, 190MF3, 055MF4. 

MA440SPK2 £19.95 

For 055MF3. MA441SPK2 £19.95 

For 190MF4. MA439SPK2 £19.95 

For 055MF4. MA055SPK £14.95 

Suction cup feet 

Also include a retractable spike. Set of 3. 

Fit the models shown above. Codes are the 

same except substitute ‘C’ for ‘P’ (eg 

MA055SCK2. All sets are £29.95 

230 Snow shoes 

Attach to tripods or 

monopods to provide 

stability in snow, mud 

or soft ground. 

138mm diameter. 

MA230 £12.95 

Speed Graphic 

37

TRIPODS 

Manfrotto heads 

NEW SERIES BALL HEADS 

Manfrotto has completely redesigned the 

majority of its ball head range. From 

small to big, they all feature an extra 

slot to facilitate 90º side-to-side movement, 

and a revolving base. 

PLEASE NOTE that all Manfrotto heads 

have a 3/8” socket on the base. You will 

need an HA5120 adaptor (£1.00) to fit 

these to a tripod with a 1/4” screw. 

482 Micro Ball 

The smallest 

Manfrotto ball 

head ideal for 

clamps, table 

tripods etc. 

Height 5.9cm, 

weight 110g, 

max load 2kg, 

MA482 £23.95 

484RC2 Mini Ball 

A compact head using the 200PL quick 

release plate. 

Good for 

monopod 

/small 

tripod use 

with most 

35mm and 

light medium 

format. 

Height 9.5cm, 

weight 320g, 

max load 4kg. 

MA484RC2 £38.50 

MA484 As above, no q/release . . 34.50 

486RC2 Compact Ball 

Replaces the 

352RC and 

308RC, so is 

an ideal 

partner for most 

small to medium 

tripods or heavier 

monopods. 

Height 10cm, 

weight 460g, 

max load 6kg. 

MA486RC2£47.50 

MA486 As above, no q/release . . 43.70 

488 Midi Ball 

Replaces the 168. Has a smaller footprint 

so can also be used on a monopod. Has a 

separate lock for the revolving base. 

Height 11.2cm, weight 560g, max load 

8kg. MA488 £56.95 

488 Quick Release Heads 

The 488 is available with three different 

quick release systems. Max load is 8kg in 

each case. 

488RC0 

Uses the 030 hexagonal plate. Built-in 

spirit level. Height 13.4cm, weight 830g. 

MA488RC0 £61.70 

488RC2 

Uses the 200PL 

plate. Height 

10.8cm, weight 

670g. 

MA488RC2 

£66.50 

488RC4 

Uses the 

410PL plate. 

Twin built-in 

spirit levels. 

Height 

11.5cm, 

weight 800g. MA488RC4 £71.20 

222 Grip 

Action Ball 

With singlehanded 

release of 

the ball, this 

head is quick and 

easy to use. 

Complete with 

quick release 200PL- 

14 plate, built-in 

spirit level. Ideal for 

most 35mm applications. 

Height 21cm, 

weight 0.78kg. Max 

load 2.5kg. 

MA222 Standard black version £75.60 

MA222NAT All green version £75.60 

322RC2 Grip Action Ball 

Allows rapid one-handed repositioning of 

the camera front to back and from landscape 

to portrait format. Handle can be 

set for either right or left handed operation, 

or like the 222 above (although this 

reduces the weight capacity). Height 

10.3cm, weight 0.7kg. Max load 5kg. 

MA322RC2 £95.00 

460Mg Magnesium 

Versatile, lightweight and 

inexpensive, the 460Mg is 

cast from magnesium and 

can be placed in virtually any 

position. Smooth and positive 

locking is 

assured by the easygrip 

rubber knobs, 

and it’s supplied 

with a 200PL-14 

quick release plate. 

Height 10.5cm, 

weight 0.5kg. Max 

load 3kg. 

MA460 £51.50 

329RC4 Pro Compact 

A low profile head suitable for a wide 

range of cameras. Low profile design 

means that the centre of gravity is kept 

nearer the centre of the tripod, reducing 

the tendency for a heavy camera to tilt 

suddenly. Friction control on all three 

handles helps too. Spirit level in the base. 

Uses 410PL plate. Height 13cm, weight 

1.2kg, max load 8kg. MA329RC4 £89.95 

390RC Junior Pan and Tilt 

Top value, all-metal 3-way head suitable 

for both photo and video use. Height 

10cm, weight 0.7kg. Max load 5kg. 

MA390RC £33.95 


141RC Basic Pan and Tilt 

For cameras up to medium format size; 3way 

action, with large locking handles. 

200PL type quick release plate. Height 

13cm, weight 1kg. Max load 6kg. 

MA141RC £56.50 

029 Standard Pan and Tilt 

Suits all but the heaviest of cameras. Uses 

hexagonal quick release plates, and 

features two spirit levels. Height 18cm, 

weight 1.5kg. Max load 7.5kg. 

MA029 £75.60 

229 3D Pro Pan and Tilt 

Beefed up version of the 029, with finely 

machined surfaces for an extra smooth 

action and greater control. Three spirit 

levels, calibrated handles. Same 030-14 

plate supplied as standard. Height 16cm, 

weight 1.9kg. Max load 12kg. 

MA229 £149.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

700RC2 Mini Video 

Lightweight 2-way head with fluid 

cartridge damping equally suited to scope 

as well as DV cameras. Uses 200PL quick 

release plates. Height 9.5cm, weight 

520g, max load 2.5kg. MA700RC2 £66.50 

Also available in green 

MA700RC2NAT £66.50 

410 Junior Geared 

Given the features that this head offers, 

it’s extremely compact, and offers superb 

movement control via geared operation in 

all three planes – pan, tilt and side to 

side. Gears can be temporarily disengaged 

for rough positioning. Uses 410PL plate. 

Height 13cm, weight 1.22kg. Max load 

5kg. MA410 142.00 

405 Pro Geared 

With large easy-grip knobs 

and unique rapid disengagement 

of the gearing, the 405 

allows swift rough positioning 

of the camera, and is ideal for 

working quickly but 

needing the precision 

of a geared 

head. Looks fantastic 

too! Uses the 

410PL quick release plate. 

Height 16cm, weight 1.6kg, 

max load 7.5kg. 

MA405 £275.00 

128RC Micro Video 

Larger than than 700RC2, with a greater 

carrying capacity, and using the same 

quick release system. Height 11.5cm, 

weight 1kg, max load 4kg. 

MA128RC £66.50 

Also available in green 

MA128RCNAT £66.50 

501 Pro Video 

Offers much of the control and features of 

larger ENG-type heads at a much lower 

price. Very smooth fluid movement, independent 

Teflon friction adjustment and 

locking of both pan and tilt movements. 

Features a large sliding quick release plate 

with 1/4” and 3/8” screws and video 

locking pin. Height 10.5cm, weight 1.5kg. 

Max load 6kg. 

MA501 £118.70 

MA501PL Spare plate for 501 . . . . . 14.95 

TRIPODS 

Quick release plates 

030-14 

For 029, 136, 168, 

488RC0, 229 and 

268 heads. 

MA03014 £12.95 

MA03038 3/8” 

version £12.95 

030ARCH-14 

Prevents 35mm 

cameras from 

twisting in vertical 

position 

MA030A14 £14.95 

MA030A38 3/8” 


130-14 

Flat bottom nonprotruding 

screw 

version of the 030. 

MA13014 £12.95 

MA13038 3/8” 


200PL-14 

For 128RC, 141RC, 

460Mg and others. 

MA200PL14 £9.95 

MA200PL38 3/8” 


200PLARCH-14 

Anti-twist version 

of the 200PL for 

35mm cameras. 

MA200PLA14 

£11.95 

MA200PLA38 3/8” 


200 Scope plates 

Available for Carl 

Zeiss, Leica Televid 

77, Nikon and 

Swarovski scopes. 

Each type costs 

£12.95 

410PL 

Large flat plate 

for 329, 405, 410, 

488RC4 and 394 with 

1/4” and 3/8” attachments. 

MA410PL £9.95 

Speed Graphic 

39

TRIPODS 

Gitzo 

NEW Basalt Series 

As Gitzo put it, the first ‘rock solid’ 

tripod – and the reason? Basalt tripods 

are made from just that; the rock which 

is created from volcanic lava! 

Gitzo’ process extracts, crushes and 

melts the basalt at 1500ºC and then 

forces it through tiny holes to create 

fibres. These are then mixed with resin 

and shaped to form the leg tubes. 

The result is a 20% weight saving 

compared to aluminium, with only a 

modest price premium. 

Basalt tripods also have nonrotating 

leg sections and reinforced 

removeable spiked feet, and are available 

at present in Series 0, 1, and 2. 

Weekend Series 0 

G1097 Performance 3-sec. Height 130cm, 

closed 46cm, weight 0.8kg. Load 2kg. 

GZ1097 £199.50 

G1098 Perfomance 4-sec. Height 119cm, 


GZ1098 £209.95 

Sport Series 1 

G1197 Performance 3-sec. Height 153cm, 


GZ1197 £209.95 

Explorer 

For the field photographer this is an 

extremely flexible design incorporating 

legs which can be fixed at any angle from 

0º to 90º, and a swivelling centre column. 

It’s available in three versions, including 

two with carbon fibre legs. All three 

models have a maximum loading of 6kg. 

Gitzo recommend the G1275M and G1276M 

heads to partner the Explorer tripods. 

G2220 

3-section aluminium legs. Height 162cm; 

closed 64cm. Weight 2.35kg. 

GZ2220 £175.00 

G2227 

3-section carbon fibre legs. Height 171cm; 

closed 67cm. Weight 2kg. 

GZ2227 £389.00 

G2228 

4-section carbon 

fibre legs. 

Height 164cm; 

closed 56cm. 

Weight 2kg. 

GZ2228 £444.00 

From this . . . . . .to this 



GZ1198 £219.95 

Reporter Series 2 

G1297 Performamce 3-sec. Height 155cm, 

closed 59cm, weight 1.55kg. Load 5.5kg. 

GZ1297 £234.95 


closed 49cm, weight 1.52kg. Load 5.5kg. 

GZ1298 £255.00 

Weekend Series 0 

Load capacity 3kg. 

GZ1027 3-sec legs. Wt 0.76kg . . 245.00 


Sport Series 1 

Load capacity 4.5kg. 



Reporter Series 2 




Studex Series 3 



Off-centre ball heads 

The Gitzo off-centre design 

sets the ball socket 

horizontally, 

which allows 

360º horizontal 

and 360º 

vertical movement. 

All but the 

smallest heads 

have a graduated 

panoramic base 

which is independently 

locked. 

Mountaineer 

Gitzo were pioneers with carbon 

fibre, and these tripods offer a 

30% weight reduction as compared 

to the equivalent size aluminium 

Classic model without any sacrifice 

of rigidity. Gitzo’s exclusive 

process of pull winding of carbon 

fibres to a tube thickness of 

1.5mm ensures high tensile and 

compression strength, and superior 

absorption of vibration. 

Ideal travel 

companion. 

72cm max 

height; 30cm 

closed. Weight 

0.4kg. Load 

2.5kg. £199.95 

Systematic 

Supplied with a flat plate for head attachment 

which can be removed to allow 

column or video adaptors as an alternative. 

Series 3 Load capacity 12kg. 



GZ1318 Rapid column . . . . . . . . . 68.00 

Series 5 Load capacity 15kg. 


GZ1548GT 6-sec legs. Wt 3.72kg . . 589.00 

GZ1518 Rapid column . . . . . . . . . 83.00 

G1275M Height 11cm, weight 0.55kg, 

capacity 5kg. GZ1275M . . . . . . . . . 102.00 


capacity 5kg. Quick rlse GZ1276M . 128.00 




capacity 6kg. Quick rlse GZ1376M . 155.00 


capacity 10kg. GZ1575M . . . . . . . . 155.00 


capacity 10kg. Quick rlse GZ1576M 195.00 


G0027

Centre ball heads 

NEW There 

are now quick 

release 

versions of 

the Series 1 

and Series 2 

heads, 

utilising 

Gitzo’ 

latest more 

compact 

quick release 

design. 

G1278M 


capacity 2kg. GZ1077M . . . . . . . . . . 55.00 



G1178M Height 9.5cm, weight 0.4g, 

capacity 4kg. Quick rlse GZ1178M . . 92.50 

G1277M Height 11.5cm, weight 0.5kg, 



capacity 6kg. Quick rlse. GZ1278M 135.00 

3-way pan and 

tilt heads 

Large handles, ergonomic 

handgrips 

and tilt friction 

control 

give secure operation. 

G1171M Height 14.5cm, 

weight 0.68kg, capacity 2.5kg. GZ1171M 

99.90 

G1172M Quick release version. Weight 

0.83kg. GZ1172M . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131.00 



G1372M Quick release version. Weight 

1.17kg. GZ1372M . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141.00 

NEW 

Low profile pan/tilt heads 





G2272M quick rlse. Height 9.3cm, weight 

0.72kg, capacity 5kg. GZ2272M . . . 165.00 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Tripod bags 

Durable, rainproof bags with tough zip 

fasteners, handles and shoulder straps. 

GZ10P For Series 0 tripods 

53cm/10cm diameter . . . 48.20 


77cm/10cm diameter . . . 55.00 


85cm/10cm diameter . . . 63.00 


97cm/20cm diameter . . . 92.00 


85cm/25cm diameter . . . 99.90 


115cm/25diameter . . . . 103.90 

Short centre columns 

GZ0035C Series 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.50 

GZ035 Series o . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 

GZ1135C Series 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.50 

GZ1139 Series 1 carbon fibre . . . 25.80 

GZ1235C Series 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.70 


GZ1335C Series 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.80 


Location shoe 

Set of three for 

Classic and 

Mountaineer tripods. 

GZ1586B £19.95 

Strap 

Adjusts to fit all sizes of tripod, 

with anti-slip 

shoulder pad. 

GZ087 £25.80 

Quick release plates 

GZ1173/14 Std small type 1/4’’. . . . 18.20 

GZ1173/38 Std small type 3/8” . . . . 18.20 

GZ1373/14 Std large type 1/4” . . . . 19.95 

GZ1373/38 Std large type 3/8” . . . . 19.95 

Others available to order. 


Close-up lenses 

The simplest and lowest cost way of getting closer to your subject, and suitable for 

any lens with a filter thread. 

Wide apertures should be avoided, but in any case a small stop will be needed to 

get sufficient depth of field, and as a result loss of performance is scarcely detectable. 

The more expensive two element types from the camera manufacturers rival results 

from true macro lenses. 

Use this chart to help select the lens strength which is right for the working 

distance you want. The figures are cm with a lens set at 50mm. 

Focus setting +1 +2 +3 +4 

Infinity 100 50 33 25 

1 metre 46 32 24.5 19.5 

Canon close-up lenses 

Doublet construction, meaning two 

elements, so of extremely high quality. 

The number indicates the closest focusing 

distance in mm with the lens set to 

infinity. 

CA52250D 52mm 250D . . . . . . . . . 61.00 

CA52500D 52mm 500D . . . . . . . . . 72.95 

CA58250D 58mm 250D . . . . . . . . . 84.95 

CA58500D 58mm 500D . . . . . . . . . 84.95 

CA72500D 72mm 500D . . . . . . . . 157.00 

CA77500D 77mm 500D . . . . . . . . 181.00 

Hoya close-up lenses 

Standard series 

Available in +1, +2, +3 and +4 dioptres in 

sizes from 46mm to 77mm. 

n.b. HMC multicoated close-up lenses have 

been discontinued. 

Close-up lens +10 dioptres 

A two element lens giving half life size 

reproduction on the negative with a 50mm 

lens. Sizes 49mm to 55mm. 

Prices for Hoya close-up lenses are shown in 

the chart on page 3. 

Nikon close-up lenses 

Two element achromatic designed for use 

with focal lengths from 80–200mm. 

NKN3T No 3T 52mm +1.5 . . . . . 43.00 

NKN4T No 4T 52mm +2.9 . . . . . 43.00 

NKN5T No 5T 62mm +1.5 . . . . . 66.00 

NKN6T No 6T 62mm +2.9 . . . . . 66.00 

We stock anglefinders from Canon, Minolta 

and Nikon. Prices and details are shown on 

pages 17-19 

Novoflex EOS reverse adaptor 

Unique to Novoflex, this reverse adaptor 

fits all Canon EOS cameras and retains full 

lens functions, including AF (although it’s 

of minor importance), and TTL metering. 

It also enables extremely high magnifications 

to be achieved with prime or zoom 

lenses. 

For example, a 28–105mm lens 

reversed will give a range of magnifications 

from 1:7 at the 105mm end to 2.8:1 

at the 28mm end, with superb quality – 

which is much more flexible than a typical 

macro lens. Greater magnifications may be 

achieved when used with a bellows unit. 

The adaptor comes with a 58mm thread, 

and can be adapted with stepping rings. 

NVREV £189.00 

Reversing rings 

A camera lens becomes a superb macro 

lens when reversed on the body, giving a 

very high magnification. Older camera 

bodies which can meter in stop-down 

aperture-priority mode can use these 

simple adaptors, so, sorry all you EOS 

users. . . . 

KDRRC52 Canon FL/FD–52mm . . . . 14.95 

KDRRC55 Canon FL/FD–55mm . . . . 14.95 

KDRRM42 M42 screw–49mm. . . . . . . 9.95 

KDRRN52 Nikon–52mm . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 

KDRRPK49Pentax K–49mm . . . . . . . . 9.95 

KDRRPK52Pentax K–52mm . . . . . . . . 9.95 

Speed Graphic 

41


Extension tubes 

Kenko autofocus tubes 

Best quality independent manufacture 

tubes, with chromed bayonet surfaces. All 

tubes are coupled for TTL exposure 

control, and all except Pentax for focusing. 

At 50mm focal length maximum 

extension using all three tubes will 

achieve 1:1 magnification ratio (life size 

on the negative). Tube lengths are 12, 20 

and 36mm. 

Canon and Nikon tube sets now have 

upgraded circuitry, and extra contact in 

the case of the Nikon, to work with latest 

digital SLRs. £89.50 

KETC Canon AF 

KETM Minolta AF 

KETN Nikon AF 

KETP Pentax AF 

Canon extension tubes 

EF tubes can be used for macro work or to 

improve close focusing with long focus 

lenses, maintaining all focus and metering 

connections. 

CAEF12 EF12 II (12mm) tube . . . 69.50 

CAEF25 EF25 II (25mm) tube. . . 108.75 

Nikon extension tubes 

Or rings, as Nikon call them. They do not 

offer autofocusing (which is not really a 

problem when used for macro photography), 

and manual or aperture-priority 

exposure control only – being as they are, 

a hangover from the 1970s. 

NKPK11A PK-11A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.90 

NKPK12 PK-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.40 

NKPK13 PK-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.70 

NKPN11 PN-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152.00 

Novoflex Bellows 

NEW Tilt & Shift Bellows 

The Balpro T/S provides architectural and 

other photographers depth of field 

control according to Scheimpflug principles. 

It fits nearly all 35mm and most 

medium format cameras to 6x7 format. 

There is 26mm of horizontal movement, 

and 15º left and right adjustment. 

Use the bellows on its side to compensate 

for converging verticals. Length is 

200mm, width 185mm and weight 979g. 

Balpro T/S excluding adaptors 

NVBPTS £499.95 

See column right for adaptor combinations 

Novoflex have also adapted the 

Schneider Componon S to allow adjustment 

to infinity (to 1.8x enlargement with 

35mm cameras): 

NVPRO80 80/f4 for 35mm 

NVPRO100100/f5.6 for Mamiya 645 

NVPRO150150/f5.6 for Hasselblad 

Please note that these lens heads are 

mounted permanently to the bellows. 

Universal Bellows 

The Balpro 1 Universal Bellows is the 

same, but with fixed standards. For 

medium format users, these bellows offer 

equivalent quality at much lower prices 

than the camera manufacturers’ own 

designs. NVBPRO1 £199.95 

n.b. to this price you will need to add a 

camera adaptor and a lens adaptor; these 

are listed right. 

LEAFLETS AVAILABLE! There are more 

than a 1000 possible combinations of 

lenses and bodies (eg Nikon body with a 

Hasselblad lens). Please ask for more 

information. 

We will create a package deal saving 

around 10% off these prices when you 

buy a bellows with lens and body adaptors. 

(eg the Balpro T/S ready for fully 

auto Canon EOS operation is under £760) 

Camera adaptors for Balpro bellows 

Medium format 

MAMPRO Mamiya 645 . . . . . . . . . . 59.00 

TAXPRO Pentax 645. . . . . . . . . . . 59.00 

PENTPRO Pentax 67. . . . . . . . . . . . 59.00 

HAPRO Hasselblad 2000/205 . . . 59.00 

35mm (all require the APRO adaptor) 

APRO 35mm body adaptor . . . . 34.00 

CANA-AF Canon EOS . . . . . . . . . . . 51.00 

LEA-R Leica R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.00 

NIKA Nikon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.00 

Others available 

Lens adaptors for Balpro bellows 

Medium format 

NVMPL PROMAM Mamiya 645 . . 125.00 

NVP45PL PROTAX Pentax 645. . . . 125.00 

NVP67PL PROPENT Pentax 67. . . . 125.00 

NVHPL PROHA H/blad 2000/205125.00 

35mm (all require PROLEI adaptor) 

PROLEI 35mm lens adaptor . . . . 33.00 

EOS-RETRO+EOS/UNI Fully automatic 

operation with Canon EOS cameras 223.00 

LEI-F Leica R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.00 

LEINIK Nikon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109.00 

Others available. 

35mm Auto Bellows 

For really high magnifications beyond life 

size the most practical and versatile 

option is a bellows unit. 

The Novoflex Auto Bellows is unique 

in maintaining full coupling of the 

camera and lens without any other 

adaptor. 

You don’t need to use a specialised 

lens – a typical zoom will produce excellent 

results, but macro lenses will enable 

even higher magnifications to be 

achieved. 

Features include: 

� Automatic diaphragm operation 

� Open aperture metering 

� Built-in focusing rack 

Minimum extension 50mm; maximum 

extension 130mm. Focusing rack travel 

65mm. Weight 430g. 

NVBEOS Canon EOS . . . . . . . . . . 339.00 

NVBMAF Minolta Dynax . . . . . . . 339.00 

NVBNIK Nikon AF or MF . . . . . . . 339.00 

NVBOM Olympus OM . . . . . . . . . 339.00 

NVBPK Pentax K. . . . . . . . . . . . 339.00 

NVBLEI Leica R . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389.00 

Other fittings are available 

Auto Bellows accessories 

NVSC BALCOP-K slide copier . . 58.00 

NVBLH BALSON-AK lens hood 

(complete with adaptor – state size from 

49, 52, 55, 58mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75.00 

Example magnifications possible: reproduction 

ratio may vary according to make. 

50mm standard lens 1:1.1 – 2.2:1 

50mm macro 1:1.2 – 3:1 

100mm macro 1:2 – 2.5:1 

35–70mm zoom 1:1.4 – 2.4:1 

70–210mm zoom 1:4 – 1.7:1 


Focusing racks 

At close distances and high magnifications, 

normal focusing on the lens 

becomes redundant, and getting to the 

precise focus point is made easy by the 

use of a separate platform to slide the 

whole camera/lens assembly backwards 

and forwards. 

Novoflex Castel-Mini 

LOWER PRICE 

Rack and pinion racks give the best feel 

and control, without any hint of backlash, 

to make focusing at high magnifications 

easy, and the Castel-Mini is a compact 

solution for 35mm and lighter medium 

format cameras, and by means of a double 

rack system achieves 135mm movement in 

only 133mm of length. NVCM £89.00 

Novoflex Castel-L 

LOWER PRICE 

Castel-L is the standard rack for all kinds of 

camera, and has the MiniConnect quick 

release system. Max movement is 140mm; 

overall length 200mm. NVCL £125.00 

Castel-Q is the same as the Castel-L but 

with clamp lock for Q-plates. NVCQ £135.00 

Manfrotto 454 Micro Positioning Plate 

All-metal construction, to Manfrotto’s usual high 

standards, this uses a worm drive to allow fine focus 

over 120mm of travel. Not quite as elegant as a rack 

and pinion, but effective. A spring-loaded lever 

allows rough setting of the camera position, 

and the plate can be locked solid. 1/4” 

camera screw; 1/4” and 3/8” tripod 

fittings. MA454 £54.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

NEW 

Novoflex 

Castel-Cross 

For the ultimate in focusing 

control, this combined rack gives 

super-smooth and precise adjustment in 

both X and Y axes. There are two variants; 

the Castel-Cross-Q above which has the 

Arca-compatible Q=Base quick release, or 

the Castel-Cross-MC which has the 

MiniConnect system (like the Castel-L 

below left). Either type £239.00 

NVCCQ Castel-Cross-Q 

NVCCMC Castel-Cross-MC 

NEW Novoflex VR-System 

For a perfect panoramic shot without 

perspective offset it is essential that the 

axis of rotation is on the nodal point of 

the lens. The system consists of base, 

rack, L bracket and spirit level, and allows 

portrait or landscape shots to be 

acheived. Maximum axial travel is 125mm. 

NVVRS £239.00 


Flexible arm bracket 

The UNIMARM (right) uses the same base plate to 

which are attached two 45cm flexible arms equipped 

with ball and socket heads with flash accessory shoe. 

Weight 1.26kg. NVUMARM £109.00 

Bracket accessories 

NVARM Flexible arm 45cm . . . . . 24.00 

NVARMK Flexible arm 30cm . . . . . 22.00 

NVMARM Arm + mini ball 45cm . . . 34.00 

NVMAMRK Arm + mini ball 30cm . . . 33.00 

NVN Mini ball with flash shoe . 17.00 

NVN19 Mini ball 19 with shoe. . . 19.00 

NVPLA Base plate for brackets . . 65.00 

Novoflex rod support system 

The STASET (pictured right) comprises two 

30cm rods, one 15cm rod, one mini clamp, 

one connection piece, one mini ball head, 

one connection screw, one screw, 

one flash shoe, one flower stalk 

holder and one ground spike. 

It can be assembled in a multitude 

of ways and expanded with 

any of the components listed below. 

Support items, build backgrounds – 

the possibilities are endless. 

LOWER PRICE NVSTASET £62.50 

NVSTA30 30cm rod with 1/4” male and 

female threads at opposite ends. . . . 9.50 

NVSTA15 15cm rod with 1/4” male and 

female threads at opposite ends. . . . 9.00 

NVMUFFE Angle connector for two rods at 

90 degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00 

NVKLEMME Large clamp . . . . . . . . . 29.95 

Novoflex bracket system 

Adjustable rod bracket 

The UNISET consists of a 

base plate to which are 

attached two adjustable 

rods equipped with ball 

and socket heads with shoe. The shoe 

can be detached to reveal a 1/4” screw 

for attaching TTL cords. One rod is 

vertically jointed, the other horizontally. 

Will support all kinds of on-camera 

flashgun. Weight 900g. NVUSET £109.00 

Manfrotto flash bracket 

A robust platform which allows two flashguns 

to be mounted at the sides. The 

camera platform can also be tilted, and 

the base screws to either 1/4” or 3/8” 

fittings. Model 330B. MA330 £39.95 

now 

black finish 

NVKLAMMER Small clamp . . . . . . . . 11.00 

NVPLKLAM Flower stalk holder . . . . 10.00 

NVNAGEL Ground Spike . . . . . . . . . . 9.00 

NVCLIPS 5 x background clips . . . . 11.00 

NVPLATTEB Black/grey reflector . . . 15.00 

NVPLATTEW White/gold reflector. . . 15.00 

NVVBS 1/4” male-male connector 9.00 

Speed Graphic 

43


Kaiser 

‘Studio-out-of-the-Box’ 

Ideal for quickly taking shots of small 

subjects (will suit the keen Ebayer 

perhaps). Tiltable trapeze stand with 

pivoting camera platform enables rapid 

repositioning of camera (not included!). 

30x45cm metal baseboard extends to 

75cm. Background stand is adjustable and 

includes a clamp rail. Comes with 

40x130cm double-sided background roll. 

Best of all folds down into a supplied 

compact carrying case, which has a side 

pocket for the optional light set (£135). 

KA5911 £119.95 

Manfrotto macro arms 

If your tripod has a detachable head, this 

will allow horizontal extension for 

copying and other work. They attach to a 

3/8” thread, or 1/4” with an adaptor. 

Model 131D has two 3/8” screws to allow 

a head to be fixed at either end. 

MA131D £44.95 MA131DB (black) £44.95 

Model 131DD As 131D but includes two 

sliding supports for heads to allow two 

cameras, or a camera and a scope to be 

set up side by side, or even four heads to 

be attached. MA131DD £62.50 

MA131DDB (black) £67.50 

Novoflex MagicStudio 

Designed to offer an easily portable 

solution for small product 

photography, the robust and flexible 

background is self-supporting – the 

plastic 

chains 

detach to 

allow the 

background 

to 

be stored 

flat. There are three sizes, each available 

in either opaque or translucent 

versions, with a table support as an 

option for the two larger sizes. Now in 

money saving packages on popular 

combinations! 

MagicStudio 30 

Size 60 x 30cm, weight 250g – suits small 

items up to 25cm size. 

There is no table nor carry bag option. 

NVMS30 MagicStudio 30 opaque . 25.00 

NVMST3O MagicStudio 30 transl. . . 35.00 

NVMS30SET MagicStudio 30 opaque 

complete with clamp and camera holder as 

pictured above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.95 

MagicStudio Repro Coming soon, 

a range of 

parts to 

convert Magic 

Studio to a 

versatile 

copying 

studio. Ask 

for details 

and prices. 


Size 100 x 50cm, weight 600g. For objects 

up to 40cm wide. An optional table and 

carrying bag (takes two backgrounds and 

one MagicStudio table) are available. 

NVMS50 MagicStudio 50 opaque . 45.00 

NVMST50 MagicStudio 50 transl. . . 65.00 

NVMSTB50 MagicStudio table 50 . . . 69.00 

NVMSBAG MagicStudio carry bag . . 29.90 

Magic Studio 50 Carry Bag 


Size 120 x 80cm, weight 900g. For objects 

up to 60cm wide. 

NVMS80 MagicStudio 80 opaque . . . 65.00 

NVMST80 MagicStudio 80 transl. . . 85.00 

NVMSTB80MagicStudio table 80 . . . 85.00 

MagicStudio 80 Set includes opaque and 

translucent backgrounds, Table 80, 2 x 

Background Sets. NVMS80SET £399.00 

MagicStudio Light 

(shown left) A continuous 6000ºK 11w 

light source giving even illumination. 

Includes a flexible arm and 42mm clamp. 

NVMSL £99.00 

MagicStudio ArtLight 

A 5300ºK 19w panel light source. Different 

‘flat’ illumination with softer shadows. 

NVMSAL £99.00 

n.b. 2-pin Euro plug will require adaptor. 

MagicStudio Backgrounds 

180gsm paper for MagicStudio 50 

Set 1 White/Light Grey/ Mid Grey/ Dark 

Grey/ Chamois/Lt Blue. NVMS50C1 £15.00 

Set 2 Sky Blue/Lime Green/Lemon/Ochre/ 

Red/ Brown. NVMS50C2 £15.00 


MS30 

MS50 MS80 

MagicStudio 50 Set includes opaque and 

translucent backgrounds, Table 50, 

2 x MS-Lights, Carry Bag and both 

Background Sets. NVMS50SET £399.00 

Get professional results with ease using 

Novoflex MagicStudios!

Copy stand 

Hama 6220 copy stand 

A very sturdy 73cm column and solid 47 x 

53cm baseboard with four non-slip rubber 

feet. As well as geared vertical adjustment, 

the camera platform can be cranked 

out by 17cm, and securely locked in both 

dimensions. The column is scaled in 

centimetres and inches, and the 

baseboard has white horizontal and vertical 

lines, with A5, A4, A3 and 8 1/2” x 11” 

formats marked for rapid positioning of 

originals. Camera arm has 1/4” screw 

attachment, and any of the quick release 

platforms on page 19 can be attached to 

allow quick removal of a camera. 

HA6220 £124.95 

Hama 6229 Light Set 

Arms are screwed to pre-drilled points on 

the 6220 baseboard. Reflectors can be 

swivelled and turned to any position, and 

are height adjustable. Take standard 100 

watt ES screw bulbs (not supplied). 

HA6229 £155.00 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Macro flash 

Vivitar 6000 

TTL ringflash 

Compared to anything similar, this 

offers excellent value. TTL auto exposure 

up to around 3m is possible, or 

manual operation (there’s a calculator 

chart on the back of the unit). 

Versions are available for Canon, 

Minolta, Nikon and Pentax AF 

cameras. Uses 4 x AA batteries; GN 

(m/100ISO) 18. 

Flash test button, and flash ready 

indicator. Adaptor rings for 49, 52, 55 and 

58mm provided. £92.50 

VR6C Canon AF (not digital) 

Sunpak DX-12R 

Can be used with any lens with a filter 

thread of up to 77mm. The DX-12R also 

offers, via interchangeable modules, TTL 

dedicated flash operation. Four built-in 

lamps also assist low light focusing. GN12 

(m/100ISO). Max flash speed 1/20000th 

second. Variable power ratio range of 5 

stops. Supplied with 62mm and 67mm 

adaptors. DX-12R excluding module: 

SUDX12 £229.95 

Modules (see page 48 for a full list): 

SUBR1D BR-1D Bronica . . . . . . . . 65.00 

SUCA1AF CA-1AF Canon EOS (film) 61.00 

SUHA2D HA-2D Hasselblad . . . . . 70.50 

SUNE1AF NE-1AF Nikon AF (film) . . 61.00 

SUST1D ST-1D non-dedicated . . . 18.50 

Other adaptor rings are available at 14.95 

SUAD27 AD-27 mains adaptor . . . 29.50 

NEW Sigma EM-140DG 

At the time of going to press the only 

macro flash available for Nikon i-TTL digital 

cameras, the EM-140DG is also available 

for Canon E-TTL 2 and Sigma, and soon, 

Konica Minolta, Pentax digital models. 

Two flash tubes are arranged either 

side of the lens and are independently 

switchable so that one tube can be used to 

give better three-dimensional modelling. 

The EM-140DG can also be used as a 

master gun firing a slave EF500DG Super 

wirelessly (some camera model restrictions). 

GN14 (m/ISO), plus 7 stops manual 

adjustment. Supplied with 55 and 58mm 

adaptors. Other sizes available at £5.95 

each. All models each £285.00 


VR6M Minolta AF (not digital) 

VR6N Nikon AF (not digital) 

VR6P Pentax AF 

Digital compatible 

SGEM140C Canon 

SGEM140N Nikon 

SGEM140S Sigma 

Canon MT-24EX 

Superbly flexible and powerful twin light 

system offering E-TTL flash control, highspeed 

sync, flash exposure lock and 

compensation, flash bracketing, flash 

ratio control from 8:1 to 1:8 (13 half stop 

increments). Single flash GN24; dual flash 

GN22 (m/100ISO). 

Up to 3 groups of other suitable 

Canon Speedlites can be wirelessly 

controlled. Built-in focusing lamp and 

modelling pre-flash. 

CAMT24EX £629.95 

Canon MR–14EX 

Incorporates 

Canon’s sophisticated 

E-TTL 

control. Has 13 

step flash 

control between 

left and right 

tubes (can also 

be rotated), 

modelling flash, and 

wireless control of an 

EOS digital 

compatible 

EOS digital 

compatible 

additional Speedlite 550EX guns to give 

unparalled lighting control. GN14 

(m/100ISO). CAMR14EX £368.00 

Canon Macrolite adaptors 

72mm thread adaptor for EF180/f3.5 

Macro and other lenses CAML72C . . 24.95 

52mm thread adaptor CAML52 . . . . 12.95 

58mm thread adaptor CAML58 . . . . 12.95 

Nikon SB-29S 

Offers TTL metering with Nikon film SLRs 

only, two rotatable flash tubes, flat or 1:4 

ratio lighting. Can be used with lenses 

having a rotating front element. GN11 

(m/100ISO), 3 sec recycling time. Comes 

complete with 52, 62, and 72mm adaptors 

and case. NKSB29S £345.00 

Speed Graphic 

45

FLASH 

General flash accessories 

Hot shoe adaptors 

Kaiser 1300 creates a 

PC socket for cameras 

which only have a hot 

shoe flash contact, so 

that a PC extension 

cord, or studio flash 

sync cord can be 

used. KA1300 £6.95 

Hama 6952 is for 

older cameras with 

only a plain accessory 

shoe, but 

having a PC flash 

socket. Plug in the 

cable, and the adaptor creates a hot shoe. 

HA6952 £5.95 

Hama 6958 

Allows 1/4” socket 

base to be fixed to std 

accessory shoe. 

HA6958 £6.95 

Hama 3-way sync adaptor 

Plugs into the camera 

with a PC socket to 

provide sockets for 

leads to enable up to 

3 flashguns to be fired 

simultaneously. 

HA6963 £6.95 

Flash sync leads 

HA6971 Hama 1m straight cord . . . 4.50 



HA6938 Hama Plug-Plug coiled cord 

(useful for some Nikon guns etc) . . . 7.95 

Kaiser tripod socket shoe 

Has a 1/4” screw with 

locking nut to create 

an accessory shoe for 

cameras without one. 

KA1211 £4.95 

Kaiser screw-on shoe 

Standard accessory 

shoe which can be 

permanently 

mounted using the 

two supplied screws. 

KA1212 £3.50 

Hama insulated mounting 

shoe 

Allows a flash, or 

any item with a 

standard accessory 

shoe to be 

mounted on a 1/4” 

tripod thread. HA6959 £7.95 

Adjustable shoe mount 

Allows bounce head 

guns without tilt or 

fixed head guns to be 

tilted down for closeup 

work. Hot shoe or 

1/4” screw mount. 

KA1200 £7.95 

Novoflex flash ball heads 

The M-NEIGER is a very small ball and 

socket head with insulated flash shoe (can 

be detached to reveal a 

1/4” screw), and which 

is strong enough to 

take most flashguns. 

NVN £17.00 

Larger NEIGER-19 is the 

same but with a 19mm 

ball to support heavier 

loads. With shoe 

detached will also take small cameras. 

NVN19 

£19.00 

Kaiser bounce shoe 

A ball and socket head with a detachable 

accessory 

shoe, revealing 

a 1/4” thread, 

and a 9.2mm 

brolly hole. 

Base fits a 

standard 

accessory shoe 

or 1/4” or 3/8” 

thread. 

KA1201 £29.95 

Lastolite Micro Apollo 

Fits any ‘cobra’ head style gun and gives a 

wider and softer diffusion than a push-on 

diffuser. Packs flat. Panel size on the 

Standard/Metz 45 model is 20x13cm, n.b. 

may obstruct the sensor on some non-dedicated 

guns. 

LA2201 Standard + Metz 45 . . . . 26.95 

LA2205 XL version (41x25cm) . . . 39.95 

The Flash X-tender 

Designed for lenses of 300mm or longer, 

this concentrates a flashgun’s light via a 

precision plastic Fresnel lens, and gains 

three stops more light (compared to 

50mm setting). Very popular with sports 

and nature photographers. 

The X-tender comprises two side 

supports which are held in place on the 

flash head by an elastic strap – no need to 

stick anything on the flash – and the lens 

velcros in place on the front. It’s quick to 

assemble, and better still, packs flat into 

a bag pocket, and weighs less than 100g. 

There are three versions: 

FX1 for Nikon SB24/SB28, Canon 

420/430, Minolta 52/54/5600 and any 

gun with a reflector depth of not more 

than 40mm 

FX1B for Nikon SB80DX 

FX2 for Nikon SB25/SB26, Canon 540EZ, 

550EX, Metz 54MZ3, Sigma EF500 and any 

gun not deeper than 45mm. 

Each version costs £34.95 

Sto-fen Omnibounce 

Standard issue for most press photographers, 

the Omnibounce weighs only 15g 

and is great for simple straight-on 

diffusion for dedicated guns. Auto sensor 

guns should be used in bounce position. 

Loses approx 2 stops of light. £15.95 

SF199A Canon 199A 

SF300TL Canon 300TL 

SF420EX Canon 420EX 

SF540EZ Canon 540EZ, 550EX 

SFMZ32 Metz 32MZ series 

SFMZ40 Metz 40MZ1i, 40MZ3i 

SFMZ50 Metz 50MZ5 

SFMZ70 Metz 70MZ4, MZ5 

SFCT45 Metz 45 series 

SFCT60 Metz 60 series 

SF4000 Minolta 4000AF 

SFMZ6 Minolta 5600 

SFSB16 Nikon SB-16, Cobra 700AF 

SFC Nikon SB24–26, Minolta 

5200/5400, Canon 380/580EX, 

Metz 54MZ3, Sigma 430/500 

SFMZ3 Nikon SB28, Minolta 3500xi, 

Metz 32MZ3 

SFSB50 Nikon SB50DX/80DX/800 

SFT32 Olympus T32 

SFPZ Sunpak PZ4000AF 

SFB Vivitar 283, 285, 3700, 4600, 

Canon 420EZ/430EZ 

Colour Sto-fen Omnibounce: £15.95 

Green balances the flash with FL-D lighting 

Gold adds warmth for portraits etc. 

For Nikon SB24/25/26, Minolta 

5200/5400, Metz 40MZ, Canon 380EX, 

420EZ, 430EZ, Vivitar 283. 285. 

SFGLBC Gold version 

SFGRBC Green version 

For Nikon SB28, Minolta 3500xi, Metz 32MZ 

SFGLMZ Gold version 

SFGRMZ Green version 

For Canon 540EZ, 550EX 

SFGL540 Gold version 

SFGR540 Green version 


Non-dedicated 

Metz 20BC6 

With distinctive styling and high build 

quality, the 20BC6 stands apart from any 

other sub-£30 flash on the market. 

GN20 (m/100ISO) 

� 1 auto stop plus manual control 

� Illuminated auto stop 

� Clip-on 28mm wide-angle diffuser 

MZ20 £28.20 

Metz 36C2 / 36M1 

36C2 is a 3-stop auto bounce flash, with a 

zoom head. The M1 is a manual version, 

lacking the auto sensor. 

� GN36 (m/100ISO) 

� 3 auto stops (f2, f4, f8 @ 100ISO) 

� Bounce flash via 80º tilt reflector 

� Manually adjustable zoom head 

MZ36C2 £48.95 MZ36M1 £34.95 

Interfit e-Flash 

Small flat panel flash producing a softer 

light than a normal gun. Can be used on 

or off a camera as it has a built-in slave as 

well as standard hot shoe. INEF £66.50 

INEHG Side grip and ext arm . . . 39.95 

INEMT Mini Tripod and ext arm . 39.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Vivitar 283 

It’s never been 

bettered as 

a rugged, 

high 

output 

and 

versatile 

bounce 

head flash 

for those 

who have 

no need of 

dedicated 

features. 

� GN36 (m/100ISO) 

� 4 auto exposure stops 

� Illuminated dial 

� Sufficient light indicator 

� Removable sensor for off-camera use 

VR283 £67.60 

Accessories for the Vivitar 283: 

VRSC1 SC1 1.2m sensor cord . . . 15.95 

VRVP1 VP1 vari-power module. . 18.95 

VRPC1 PC1 30cm sync cord . . . . . 7.95 

VRPC31 PC31 1m sync cord . . . . . 11.95 

Sunpak Auto 383 Super 

While 

stocks 

last! 

Compact and with lots of power, this also 

is (unusually) capable of taking a mains 

adaptor, or high voltage power pack. 

� GN36 (m/100ISO) 

� 3 auto exposure stops 

� 5 stop power ratio control from full to 

1/16th power 

� Bounce and swivel head 

� PC cord connection socket 

SU383S £64.50 

SUAD27 AD-27 mains adaptor . . . 29.50 

Digital compact 

Metz 28AF3 digital 

Pocket-sized flash boost for digital 

compacts with a hot shoe. Compatible 

with the latest TTL metering from leading 

manufacturers. 

� GN28 (m/100ISO) with tele; 21 at wide 

angle setting 

� Clip-on telephoto and wide-angle 

diffusers included 

� LCD display for flash range, correct 

exposure, and test button. 

Uses 2 x AAA batteries. £93.00 

MZ28AF3C Canon E-TTL/FE 

MZ28AF3M Konica Minolta TTL/ADI 

MZ28AF3N Nikon i-TTL/i-TTL BL 

MZ28AF3O Olympus Camedia TTL 

Metz 28CS-2 digital 

Works with any digital compact with builtin 

flash. The 28CS-2 will even work with 

cameras that fire a pre-flash, thanks to its 

integrated ‘learning’ function. 

� GN28 (m/100ISO) with tele; 21 at wide 

angle setting 

� Folding camera bracket included 

� EASY mode with +/- dial in adjustment 

to correct over or under exposure. 

Uses 2 x AAA batteries. £93.00 

MZ28CS2C Canon E-TTL/FE 

MZ28CS2M Konica Minolta TTL/ADI 

MZ28CS2N Nikon i-TTL/i-TTL BL 

FLASH 

Dedicated 

refers to guns which are specifically 

designed to connect with certain 

makes of camera. Usually, but not 

always, the connections are the same 

across one make of camera. 

Sometimes features which are only 

available on top models are not 

supported by independent make flashguns, 

but they will usually work fine 

in basic TTL modes. 

Automatic 

is a term used with guns designed for 

older SLRs with no dedicated contacts. 

These guns are said to have one, two 

or more ‘auto stops’. By setting a 

switch on the gun to one of these fstops, 

and then the same f-stop on the 

lens, the flash will automatically give 

the correct exposure up to the 

working distance indicated. More auto 

stops = more flexibility. 

Manual 

settings disable any automation and 

allow the user to select maximum 

power, or less, usually adjustable in 

one stop increments. 

Fill-in flash 

is commonly used for portraiture 

outdoors to reduce harsh shadows – 

as seen at most weddings – or to 

balance foreground and background 

light. For example, turn your subject 

away from the sun and they stop 

squinting, but you will probably get 

an under-exposed subject. Many dedicated 

guns now offer automatic fill-in 

flash options, but if you have an older 

auto gun, a quick way of achieving the 

preferred 1:4 ratio is to set the flash 

aperture two stops wider than the aperture 

set on the lens. 

Guide numbers 

are an indication of how powerful a 

flashgun is. The normal reference is 

quoted as GNXX m@100ISO. The 

higher the number, the more powerful 

the flash, but a word of caution! 

Manufacturers have taken to quoting 

guide numbers at the telephoto end of 

the gun’s zoom setting, whereas fixed 

head guns will be related to 50mm 

focal length. We indicate the nominal 

50mm GN on guns with zoom heads 

to allow easy comparison. 

Speed Graphic 

Some flash terms explained 

47

FLASH 

AF dedicated guns 

Sigma EF-500 DG Super 


compatible 

Compatible with 

most digital models as well as film 35mm 

SLRs, this is a powerful and versatile gun 

supporting many advanced features – e.g. 

wireless slave flash and rear curtain sync 

with some Canon and Nikon models. 

� Max guide number 50; 40 @ 50mm 

(m/100ISO) 

� Illuminated LCD function panel. 

� TTL program exposure metering, or 

manual from full power to 1/64th. 

� Stroboscopic flash 

� 28-105mm auto power zoom head with 

bounce/swivel. 

£149.95 

SG5SUPC Canon AF 

EOS D series, Powershot 

SG5SUPM Min AF 

DiMage series 

SG5SUPN Nikon AF 

D series(inc D70), Coolpix, Fuji S1/S2 

SG5SUPP Pentax AF 

SG5SUPS Sigma AF 

Sigma SD9/SD10 

Sigma EF-500 DG ST 

Physically similar to the Super, the ST 

model offers auto power zoom, program 

TTL auto plus manual full or 1/16th power, 

and the same range of digital camera 

dedication. £99.95 

SG5STC Canon AF 

SG5STM Minolta AF 

SG5STN Nikon AF 

SG5STP Pentax AF 

SG5SPS Sigma AF 

Metz 

SCA3000 system 

Dedicated adaptor system allowing 

digital data transfer between camera 

and flash. The latest SCA3002 adaptors 

are re-programmable, so that as camera 

makers introduce new features, some 

modules can be upgraded at modest 

cost. These new modules can be used on 

older series guns, like the 40MZ types, 

but older SCA3001 adaptors are physically 

incompatible with the new guns. 

Latest digital compatibility 

Rapid changes in flash dedication (such 

as Nikon’s introduction of i-TTL metering 

exclusively on the D70) are causing 

big problems for independent manufacturers 

– not to say the purchasers of 

such cameras. Here’s where Metz are at 

October 2004: 

Konica Minolta (for Dimage Z1/Z2) 

SCA3302-M5 

Nikon (D70 only with 54MZ-4i and 

44MZ-2) SCA3402-M3* 

Olympus (for E1 only with 54MZ-4i or 

44MZ-2) SCA3202-M3* 

Sony (for DSC-F828) SCA3602-M4 

* software update possible with older 

versions. 

No doubt this will be out of date as 

soon as this catalogue is published! 

SCA3000 adaptors 

MZ3102 SCA3102 Canon. . . . . . . . 41.00 

MZ3202 SCA3202 Olympus digital 41.00 

MZ3302 SCA3302 Minolta . . . . . . 41.00 

MZ3402 SCA3402 Nikon . . . . . . . . 41.00 

MZ3502 SCA3502 Leica . . . . . . . . 51.00 

MZ3602 SCA3602 Sony . . . . . . . . 41.00 

MZ3702 SCA3702 Pentax . . . . . . . 41.00 

MZ3802 SCA3802 Contax . . . . . . . 51.00 

MZ3902 SCA3902 Hasselblad ‘H’ 105.00 

MZ3952 SCA3952 Mamiya 645AF . 89.00 

Metz information 

You can check for updates to the 

SCA3000 system, see which adaptor is 

suitable for your camera, and find 

exactly which flash features are 

supported by the module at the Metz 

web site 

www.metz.de/en 

Metz 44AF-4 


compatible 

TTL program control, with user over-rides. 

� LCD function panel. 

� Partial light output control 

� Auto fill-in flash in daylight 

� 24-105 auto zoom reflector 

� 2nd curtain shutter sync 

� Other features supported (varies by type) 

� Guide number 34 (m/100ISO) 

Complete with dedicated adaptor £144.00 

MZ44AFC 44AF-4 Canon E-TTL/FE 

MZ44AFM 44AF-4 Konica Minolta ADI 

44AF-4i N 

Specifically 

developed for 

the D70 and 

latest series 

Coolpix 

cameras using 

D-TTL, 3D/D- 

TTL, 3D mulitsensor 

fill-in 

flash, as well 

as the new i- 

TTL and i-TLL 

BL flash control. This is a versatile flash 

which as well as an easy default setting 

allows a wide range of user over-rides. 

� TTL flash exposure by +/- 3 stops in 1/3 

stop increments 

� Guide number 34 (m/100ISO) 

� Wide illumination coverage (24mm equivalent 

on 35mm cameras) to 105mm with 

auto zoom head 

� Partial light output control 


� 2nd curtain shutter sync 

MZ44AFN £144.00 


compatible 

Metz 44MZ-2 

The SCA3000 version of the 44AF-4. This is 

the ideal flash if you have a number of 

different cameras. Not only is it compatible 

with the latest digital features, but it 

can use other SCA3002, and even SCA300 

adaptors to dedicate to earlier film SLRs. 

Easy push-button control of functions. 

� LCD function panel. 

� Fill-in flash via partial light control. 

� 28-105 auto zoom tilt reflector. 

� Second curtain sync etc supported. 

� Guide number 34 (m/100ISO 

MZ442 c/w standard foot . . . £139.95 

NEW Metz 54AF-1 


compatible 

The most bang for 

your bucks (max 54GN) 

for users of Canon, Nikon and Konica 

Minolta digital SLRs. Like the 44AF-4iN, it 

supports all the latest Nikon TTL modes, 

and the same for Canon. Many of the 

54MZ4 features are included, including: 

� Auto zoom 24-105mm with 20mm wideangle 

diffuser and focal length indicator 

adaptable to camera format. 


£195.00 

MZ50AFC Canon MZ50AFM K/Minolta 

MZ50AFN Nikon 



compatible 

Metz Mecabounce 

Light softening 

device which clips 

on the diffuser to 

eliminate red-eye 

and soften shadows. £10.50 

MZ3290 Mecabounce 32MZ series 

MZ4090 Mecabounce 40MZ series 

MZ4590 Mecabounce 45 series 

MZ5090 Mecabounce 50/70MZ 

MZ4490 Mecabounce 

44AF3/MZ2/54MZ3 

Accessories for 44MZ-2 and 54MZ-3/4 

SCA3008A Off Camera Cord 

1m coiled cord allows off-camera TTL use 

of SCA3000 system flashguns with 

SCA3002 type adaptor. MZ3008A £59.95 

54-23 Bounce diffuser 

A 45º bounce card for indirect flash lighting. 

MZ5423 £29.95 

44-32 Colour filter set (also 44AF-4) 

Contains red, green, blue, yellow filter 

and a clear holder for other gels cut to 

size, with case. MZ4432 £17.60 

Powerpack P50 Set (54MZ-3/4 only) 

High voltage battery pack inc charger 

MZP50S £229.00 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

54MZ-4 

Bags of power and a simple 2-button/ 

1 adjustment wheel interface make this an 

alternative to the camera makers’ top guns. 

� Auto zoom 24-105mm with 20mm wideangle 

diffuser and focal length indicator 

adaptable to camera format. 

� GN40 @ 50mm (max 54@ 105mm). 

� Secondary flash reflector 

� Rear curtain shutter sync 


� Manual flash exposure correction 

� Selectable beep function for flash ready, 

correct exposure, alarm 

� High speed sync with Canon, Minolta 

and Nikon. 

� High voltage power input socket. 

Complete with dedicated adaptor £275.00 

MZ544C 54MZ-4 Canon 

MZ544M 54MZ-4 Minolta 

MZ544P 54MZ-4 Pentax 

MZ544 54MZ-4 standard foot £249.95 

54MZ4i Nikon 

Supplied with the latest SCA3402-M3 

module, and offers i-TTL and i-TTL BL with 

D70/D2H/D2X and D-TTL, 3D/D-TTL or 3D 

multi-sensor fill-in with other Nikon 

cameras, digital or film. Other general 

features are the same as the 54MZ-4. 

Complete with module. MZ544N £275.00 

SCA3083 Slave Adaptor 

Allows cordless TTL of one or more 

SCA3002 series guns in conjunction with a 

master 54MZ3. MZ3083 £36.95 

Powerpack P40 Set 

Rechargeable nicad pack inc charger 

MZP40S £114.00 

44-21 Wide Angle Attachment 

for 44AF-3/44MZ-2 only. Gives coverage 

for a 20mm lens. MZ4421 £10.50 

36-50 Sync Cable 

Standard 0.6m cable MZ3650 £7.00 

36-52 Sync Cable 

Coiled 1m cable. MZ3652 £11.00 

SCA300 system 

Offers dedicated metering with older 

cameras. To connect 45 and 60 series 

guns to AF cameras use the SCA3000C 

connecting cable and the appropriate 

SCA3000 adaptor. n.b. this system will 

not support latest film SLR TTL features, 

nor any digital cameras 

Metz 45CL4 

The ‘industry standard’ 

hammerhead gun for 

years and still favoured by 

many professionals. 45CL4 

offers TTL operation; 45CL1 

has 5-stop auto sensor 

operation and no secondary 

reflector. 

� 45GN(m/100ISO) 

� Secondary flash reflector with clip-on 

light reducing filter. 

� Tilt and swivel head with 20mm diffuser. 

� 6 auto stops plus full, 1/2, 1/4 power 

settings. 

� Includes PC cord. 

MZ454B 45CL-4 battery. . . . . . £247.00 

MZ454N 45CL-4 nicad . . . . . . . £275.00 

MZ451B 45CL-1 battery . . . . . . £159.95 

MZ451N 45CL-1 nicad . . . . . . . £183.50 

70MZ-5 

Based on the 50MZ5, the 70MZ-5 has the same GN50 at 50mm (70 

at 105mm), using the latest SCA3002 adaptors, but with improved 

control interface. 

Among the plethora of features are: 

� 24–105mm power zoom head, plus 20mm diffuser. 

� Focal length display adaptable to camera format. 

� Simplified 2-button / 1 wheel controls. 

� 12 auto stops plus manual operation. 

� Secondary fill-flash reflector. 

� Stroboscopic / modelling lamp functions. 

� Buzzer confirmation of correct exposure. 

Requires SCA adaptor for TTL operation 

70MZ5 and EOS cameras 

Metz show the 70MZ5 as not being 

compatible with E-TTL metering. Film 

EOS cameras don’t seem to mind, but 

digital EOS cameras do, so at present 

it’s no go – new adaptor upcoming. 

FLASH 

SCA connectors for 45 series 

MZ300A SCA300A lead (to connect 

SCA300 adaptor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.90 

MZ3000C SCA3000C lead (to connect 

SCA3000 adaptor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.70 

MZ300D SCA300D adapts SCA300AF 

adaptors to SCA3000/2 flashguns . . 8.25 

MZ300E SCA300E adapts SCA396, 

SCA386 and SCA344 for use with oncamera 

Metz flashguns. . . . . . . . . . 23.50 

SCA300 adaptors 

MZ301 SCA301 standard foot. . . . 6.45 

MZ311 SCA311 Canon T90 . . . . . 32.90 

MZ321 SCA321 Olympus. . . . . . . 32.90 

MZ331 SCA331 Minolta X-series . 32.90 

MZ343 SCA343 Nikon. . . . . . . . . 32.90 

MZ344 SCA344 Nikon F3 . . . . . . 62.00 

MZ351 SCA351 Leica . . . . . . . . . 43.40 

MZ372 SCA372 Pentax . . . . . . . . 24.60 

MZ382 SCA382 Contax/Yashica . 24.60 

MZ390 SCA390 Hasselblad V . . 135.00 

See Bronica and Mamiya pages for relevant 

SCA adaptors 

45 series accessories 

MZ4532 45-32 coloured filters. . . 17.60 

MZ4539 45-39 AA battery holder . 15.25 

MZ4540 45-40 nicad pack . . . . . . 36.00 

MZB45 B45 nicad + charger set . 50.80 

MZ4547 45-47 std sync cable. . . . . 8.25 

MZ4548 45-48 1m sync cable. . . . . 8.25 

MZ4549 45-49 1m coiled cable . . . 9.40 

MZ3238 32-38 standard bracket . 14.70 

MZ6033 60-33 bounce diffuser . . 24.70 


compatible – 

except Canon 

Accessories for 50MZ/70MZ series 

MZ5023 50-23 bounce diffuser . . 29.95 

MZ5035 50-35 angle bracket . . . . 11.20 

MZ5040 50-40 NiCad pack . . . . . . 41.80 

MZ5045 50-45 NiMH pack . . . . . . 66.70 

MZ5045SET50-45 NiMH pack+charger. 83.60 

MZ5060 50-60 connecting cable . 27.00 

MZ7035 70-35Med fmat platform. 29.95 

Speed Graphic 

49

FLASH 

Canon 

420EX 

Canon’s mid-range gun supports 

E-TTL features and can be used as a slave 

to the Speedlite 550EX. 

� GN34 @ 50mm (42 maximum) 

� 6-position 24-105mm bounce auto zoom 

head. 

� Pre-evaluative E-TTL metering. 

� Partial metering flash exposure lock. 

� Low light flash/ambient light balancing. 

� Energy saving mode. 

CA420EX £179.95 

Speedlite Transmitter STE-2 

For use with the 

EOS 3 or EOS 1v 

and 550EX 

Speedlite. 

Controls up to 

two 550EX slave 

groups with 

variable flash 

ratio control. Range 15–20m indoors; 

8–10m outdoors. 

CASTE2 £143.40 

580EX 

Optimised for digital cameras, but suitable 

for all EOS film cameras. E-TTL II 

metering compatible, with pre-flash and 

wireless flash control built-in. 

� GN 44 @ 50mm (58 maximum). 

� Bounce/swivel/tilt head which automatically 

adjusts to suit the frame size of any 

film or digital EOS from 1DMk2 onwards. 

� AF illuminator compatible with 45, 9, 7 

or 3-point focusing. 

� 6 flash modes, including high-speed 

sync, and 41 stroboscopic frequency and 

31 firing settings. 

� First and second curtain sync. 

� -7 degree downwards tilt 

� A-TTL or E-TTL/E-TTL II metering with 

post-flash exposure confirmation. 

CA580EX £315.00 

580EX Accessories 

Compact Battery Pack CP-E3 

External pack to increase shooting time. 

Uses 6 x AA batteries. Also for 550EX and 

540EZ CACPE3 126.00 

Speedlite L Bracket SB-E1 

Swivelling side bracket, supplied with the 

Off Camera Shoe Cord 2. 

CASBE1 £122.00 

E-TTL II v. E-TTL metering 

‘E’ stands for ‘evaluative’, and before every exposure, a Canon E-TTL gun fires an almost 

imperceptible pre-flash to determine the correct exposure, which is then stored in 

memory. However, if bounced flash is used, then the distance the flash light travels is 

different from the lens-to-subject distance. 

E-TTL II metering takes the focus distance provided by the lens and compares it 

with the pre-flash reading, and modifies the flash output as required. It also uses a 

different algorithm which de-emphasises large areas of bright tone (like a bride’s dress). 

EOS flash system 

For use with Speedlites 550, 540, 430, 

420, 380, 300, 220, 200E with EOS 

cameras, or Speedlite 300TL with the T90. 

Off Camera Shoe Cord 2 

Allows one Speedlite (or an independent 

make Canon dedicated gun) to be used off 

camera up to 60cm away. The flash shoe 

fits either a standard accessory shoe or 

1/4” screw for tripod mounting. 

CAOC2 £39.95 

TTL Hotshoe Adaptor 3 

Fits in the EOS 

camera hot 

shoe to provide 

a socket for a 

Connecting 

Cord, and also 

retains a hot 

shoe for a flash. 

CATTLA3 £56.70 

Off-camera Shoe Adaptor 2 

Sits under each flash used off camera in a 

multiple flash 

set-up to 

provide a socket 

for a 

Connecting 

Cord. 

CAOA2 £19.95 

TTL Distributor 

Allows connection 

of up to 

three 

Connecting 

Cords to the one 

coming from 

the camera. 

CATTLD £41.30 

CAC60 Connecting cord 60cm . . 38.90 

CAC300 Connecting Cord 3m . . . . 41.30 

Minolta 5600HS 

Offers flash sync 

speeds up to 

1/8000th sec 

with latest 

series Dynax 

cameras, ADI 

flash metering 

with Dynax 7 

and 9, and the 

ability to fire a 

multi-burst preflash. 

� GN45 @ 50mm (maximum 56). 

� 24–105mm zoom with 17mm wide panel. 

� Wireless flash control. 

� 10º downwards tilt for close work. 

MN5600HS £289.95 

3600HS 

Offers many of the 

5600HS features like 

wireless off-camera 

control and high 

speed sync. GN30 @ 

50mm, auto 28- 

105mm zoom head. 

MN3600HS £184.95 

Off-camera cable OC-1100 

Allows TTL control of flash away from the 

camera. With the exception of 5200/5400 

series guns, which have a built-in socket, 

all other Minolta and independent-make 

guns need the OS-1100 as well. 

MNOC £50.00 

Off-camera shoe OS-1100 

Provides a base for a flash to be attached 

to the OC-1100 cable (not required for 

5200/5400 guns). MNOS £45.00 


MNRFC Remote flash controller 142.00 

MNCCD Cable CD. . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.00 

MNCEX Extension cable EX . . . . . 45.00 

MNTC Triple connector TC-1000 60.00 

MNFS FS-1100 hot shoe adap. . 35.00 

MNBRV Bounce Reflector V Set . . 60.00 

MNHSC Hot shoe cover SC-1000 . . 3.00 

MS-2 Foot 

Provides a stand, and a 1/4” socket for use 

with brackets and stands. MNMS2 £4.00 


Nikon 

SB-800 

Offers advanced i-TTL fill flash and wireless 

operation with D2H, and is fully 

compatible with earlier Nikon cameras. 

� Tilt/swivel power zoom head with coverage 

from 20–85mm (18mm with pull-out 

diffuser. 

� GN 42 @ 50mm (maximum 50). 

� Tungsten/fluorescent filters supplied. 

� Modelling Flash lighting preview. 

� High speed flash sync up to 1/4000th. 

� Variable fill, and stroboscopic flash. 

� Wireless multiple flash. 

� 3-D multi-sensor TTL, auto sensor and 

manual flash from 1/64th to full power. 

NKSB800 £289.95 

SB-600 

New i-TTL Speedlight suitable for conventional 

or digital Nikon cameras: 

� GN 34 @ 50mm (m/ISO100) 

� Auto 24–85mm zoom with built-in 

14mm diffuser, plus camera flash diffuser 

� 90º upwards tilt/270º head rotation 

� Wireless multiple flash possible 

� i-TTL, D-TTL and manual modes. 

NKSB600 £207.50 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

AS-10 

SC-18 

TTL cords 

SC-17 A 1.5m cord to maintain TTL flash 

operation off camera; 2 extension cord 

terminals. NKSC17 £67.95 

SC-28 i-TTL compatible version of the 

SC-17; 1.5m coiled. NKSC28 £44.70 

SC-29 As SC-28 but with switchable AF illuminator 

(no terminals). NKSC29 £53.70 

TTL multi-flash extension cords 

NKSC18 SC-18 1.5m cord . . . . . . . 41.00 

NKSC19 SC-19 3m cord . . . . . . . . 48.50 

AS-10 multi-flash adaptor 

Attaches to SC-18 or SC-19 to provide a 

shoe for the flashgun. NKAS10 £48.50 

AS-15 Adaptor 

Attaches to hot shoe 

and provides a PC 

sync terminal for 

cameras without one. 

NKAS15 £18.40 

SB-30 

Pocket flash for all 

Nikon SLRs and Nikon 

digital cameras with 

hot shoe (not D70). 

GN 16 with 28mm 

coverage. 

NKSB30 £86.50 

SC-17 

AS-10 

SC-19 

SU-4 wireless slave flash 

controller 

Enables wireless 

flash 

control of a 

remote 

Speedlight when using 

another one attached to the camera, or 

the camera’s built-in flash. With the 

latter option a diffuser is provided to 

reduce output, making the slave unit the 

main light source. NKSU4 £45.70 

Coolpix flash 

accessories 

SK-E900 Multiflash 

Bracket (pictured) 

NKSKE900 £64.95 

NKASE900Coolpix Multiflash Adap 37.95 

NKSL1 Macro Cool-Light . . . . . . 69.95 

Other flash accessories 

SK-7 bracket 

Simple straight bracket to enable side 

mounting of any flash. NKSK7 £9.95 

SD-8A high performance battery pack 

For use with SB-80, 28, 27 to reduce flash 

recycling times and increase capacity. 

Uses six AA-size batteries of any type. 

NKSD8A £107.50 

Pentax 

FLASH 

Hotshoe Adaptor Fg 

For MZ-series 

cameras. Fits into 

the camera hot 

shoe to provide a 

socket for 

Extension Cords. 

PXHAFG £28.00 

Hotshoe Adaptor F 

For Z and SF-series 

cameras. PHAF £23.00 

AF500FTZ 

Has a GN of 30 at 24mm setting, and 50 at 

85mm (m/100ISO). Auto zoom, rear 

curtain sync, AF spotbeam, multi-flash 

and slave flash operation. 

PX500FTZ £339.95 

PX360FGZ AF360FGZ . . . . . . . . . . 199.95 

Off Camera 

Adaptor F 

Attaches flashgun 

to the end of a 

Pentax flash extension 

cord. Required for the AF330FTZ and 

all non-Pentax guns. AF500FTZ does not 

require. PXOCAF £33.00 

Extension cords 

For MZ/Z/SF-series cameras. Connect 

Hotshoe Adaptors to Off Camera Adaptor F 

5P Extension Cord F 

1 metre long. PXECF £23.00 

Extension Cord F5P(L) 

3 metre long. PXECF5P £50.00 

Hotshoe Adaptor 2P 

Fits into a hot shoe to create a PC cord 

socket. PXHSA £15.95 

PXHSCFC Hotshoe cover Fc (MZ) . . . 4.00 

PXHSCFD Hotshoe cover Fd (Z1/P). . 4.00 

Speed Graphic 

51

FLASH 

Flash brackets 

Hama straight brackets 

30mm 

wide, and 

180mm 

long,with 

sliding 

camera 

screw to allow variable positioning of 

flash or accessory at the camera’s side. 

HA6811 Plastic (as shown) . . . . . . 3.95 

HA6812 Metal version . . . . . . . . . . 8.95 

Hama folding bracket You know 

those 

shiny 

metal 

ones sold 

just about 

everywhere 

which can cut your hands if you’re not 

very careful? Try something different, for 

the same price or less. Has woven hand 

strap, cable release slot, and can be 

tripod mounted. HA6831 £9.95 

Manfrotto 233B bracket 

2-section black-anodised 

aluminium. Height is adjustable 

between 30–45cm, and the arm 

can be swivelled in two planes to 

tilt forwards or back, or to move 

the flash from side to side. 

Dedicated cords like the Nikon 

SC-17 can be mounted directly on 

the 1/4” thread, or you can use 

the Hama 6959 shown on p39 for 

any flash. MA233B £38.50 

Novoflex Flash Grip 

A solid, high quality modular 

grip which can be extended 

with a 20cm rod, or use the 

ARM and ARM-K on p43. 

Complete with M-NEIGER ball 

head. NVBG £69.00 

No matter how powerful and sophisticated the flashgun, simply mounting it on the 

camera, or on a small side bracket, produces harsh and ugly shadows behind the 

subject. 

For natural and flattering results you need your flash centred high above the lens, 

eliminating red eye, and throwing shadows down behind the subject, and to do it 

whether the camera is mounted horizontally or vertically. 

What’s the answer? A Stroboframe bracket, of course! There’s one to suit most 

35mm and medium format cameras, and most photographers’ working styles. 

How to select a bracket which is right for your needs 

There are three styles of Stroboframe brackets: 

Camera-rotating brackets 

These use the patented Rotary-Link 

system to change the camera position 

from horizontal to vertical, whilst 

keeping the lens in the same position 

under the flash. They are the best type 

for use with a tripod. The Camera Flip 

is the compact, while the Pro-RL suits 

larger cameras, has adjustable flash 

height and fits the QRC quick-release 

system base unit. 

Flash-rotating brackets 

These flip the flash instead of the 

camera, and are generally a little more 

compact and lightweight. They also 

have the advantage of keeping the flash 

light spread in the same ratio as the 

film format, so would suit users of 

wide-angle lenses. Quick Flip models 

are best for those who like to drop their 

right hand when moving the camera to 

the vertical position; Pro-T/Press-T types 

are better if you like to raise your hand. 

Square format brackets 

Designed either specifically for 

Hasselblad or Bronica SQ cameras 

which have the same shaped baseplate 

(so no anti-twist plate is needed for 

these), or else, like the Pro-SQ, good for 

Mamiya RB/RZ cameras with a revolving 

back. Also work well on tripods. 

Quick Flip 

Flash mount arm pivots to position flash 

in the correct ratio to the film format. This 

can be important to prevent light fall-off 

when using wide angle lenses. The accessory 

shoe can be removed to allow an offcamera 

TTL cord to be mounted. Has a 

foam grip, and can be tripod mounted. 

Does not accept camera anti-twist plates 

or Metz quick-release flash mounts. 

Quick Flip 350 for 35mm cameras. 

Weight 290g. STQ350 £49.95 

Quick Flip 120 for medium format 

cameras. Weight 340g. STQ120 £59.95 

Supplied with 300-SHO accessory shoe 

mount. Handle mount guns require the 

optional 300-HAN. 

Camera Flip 

A compact bracket ideal for 35mm SLR 

including most deep-body professional 

models, and 645 rollfilm SLRs. The camera 

rotates and the flash is kept centred over 

the lens. Accepts camera anti-twist plates, 

and is supplied with the standard 300- 

SHO flash shoe mount which can be interchanged 

with other flash mounts. Weight 

437g. STCF £64.95 


Pro-T and Press-T 

Fast-handling brackets which keep the 

right hand on the camera release in both 

horizontal and vertical position, and 

maintain the flash in the correct ratio to 

the film format. Because you hold the 

camera and not the bracket, we recommend 

these for cameras with grips and 

drives. 

A built-in 3-degree downward tilt 

compensates for close subjects. ‘Cord 

keep’ tidies TTL cords away from the lens. 

The base will fit directly to the 

Stroboframe QRC quick release, and will 

accept camera anti-twist plates. Supplied 

with 1/4” mount screw (standard and 

other flash shoes extra–see details on this 

page). 

Pro-T Height 23.5cm. Weight 397g. 

STPROT £89.95 

Press-T is exactly the same design as the 

Pro-T but is 18cm high. Suits photographers 

working with small groups, or close 

to subjects, or who want a bracket with 

minimal bulk. Weight 312g. 

STPRST £84.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Folding Flip 

A development of the Quickflip design for 

35mm and most digital cameras. The 

extra-wide base has multiple mounting 

slots to adapt to a wide range of cameras, 

and it accepts anti-twist plates. This 

lightweight bracket has a foam grip and is 

made from the same high grade materials 

as the other models. 

Two press-button locks allow it to fold 

to fit into camera bag or pocket with ease. 

Height 22.8cm. Weight 250g. Folds to 

21.6Lx7.6Dx9.5H cm. STFF £69.95 

Pro-T/m is a version of the Pro-T with base 

configured for the Mamiya 6, 6MF and 7, 

allowing film loading and lens changing 

whilst on the bracket. STPROTM £109.00 

Pro-RL and Pro-SQ 

These brackets offer ideal balance with 

heavier set-ups, with the left hand 

holding the whole outfit weight via a 

cushioned grip. 

The TiltTrigger mechanism allows onehanded 

flash angle adjustment in 12 clickstop 

positions. A pivoting ‘kickstand’ 

allows the bracket to be put down without 

falling over. Brackets will accept all antitwist 

plates and flash mounts. 

Pro-RL has camera rotator, for 35mm and 

645 format cameras. Weight 935g, 

STPRL £119.00 

Pro-SQ has fixed camera platform, for 6x6 

and Mamiya RB/RZ. Weight 820g. 

STPSQ £109.00 

Flash mounts 

3 

2 

Bracket Shoe Mount (1) is a clamp-lock 

mount for shoe-type guns, supplied as 

standard with Quickflips, Stroboflip and 

Camera Flip; extra on other brackets. 

STSHO £10.00 

Universal Shoe Mount is a version of the 

above for general purpose use. It lacks the 

bracket locating pin, but is supplied with a 

1/4” screw knob, so can be used with 

many non-Stroboframe brackets and 

stands. ST405 £9.00 

Bracket Handle Mount (2) is a bracket 

for all handle-mount guns with a nylon 

jubilee-clip type attachment which won’t 

scratch the flash. Fits all Stroboframe 

brackets excl Folding Flip. STHAN £13.00 

Metz quick-release mounts 

Although the Bracket Mount above can be 

used with Metz guns, the quick-release 

mounts have a machined tongue which 

fits into the base of a Metz 45 or 60 gun. 

Compatibility shown below: 

Bracket Metz flash type 

45/60 50/70MZ 

Camera Flip, QR66, 

Pro 66, Mount 2 Mount 3 

Pro-T, Press-T Mount 2 not recc. 

Pro-RL, Pro-SQ Mount 4 Mount 4 

STMTZ2 Metz Mount 2 (3) . . . . . . 17.00 

STMTZ3 Metz Mount 3 (4) . . . . . . 19.00 

STMTZ4 Metz Mount 4 . . . . . . . . . 17.00 

1 

4 

FLASH 

Anti-twist plates 

Sit between the camera base and the 

bracket to prevent the camera twisting on 

the screw. All versions are £9.00 

Camera Plate 

Bronica ETR STETR 

Bronica SQA STSQA 

Bronica GS-1 STGS1 

Canon EOS 1/N EOS 3 STEOS 

Canon EOS 1HS/RS STBE1 

Canon EOS 5 STH35 

Canon EOS 5 + VG10 grip STVG1 

Canon EOS10D STEOS 

Canon EOS10D c/w batt pack cork pad 

Canon EOS300D STEOS 

Canon EOS300D c/w grip cork pad 

Canon EOS1D STBE1 

Canon EOS1Ds STEOS 

Canon all other models STSLR 

Fuji S2 Pro, S3 Pro STFS1 

Hasselblad STHAS 

Mamiya (except 6/7) STMAM 

Minolta Dynax 9 STH35 

Minolta all other models STSLR 

Nikon D1X STNF5 

Nikon D2H STEOS 

Nikon D70 STNF4 

Nikon D100 STSLR 

Nikon F4 + MB20 STH35 

Nikon F4 + MB21 STNF4 

Nikon F4 + MB23 STBE1 

Nikon F5 STNF5 

Nikon F90/F90X STH35 

Nikon F90/F90X + MB10 STBE1 

Nikon F100 STH35 

Nikon F100 + MB15 STBE1 

Nikon all other models STSLR 

Olympus E1 cork pad 

Pentax 35mm inc *istD STSLR 

Pentax 645/67 STPTX 

Flash anti-twist plate 

Nikon SC-17 cord STSC17 

Stroboflip 

An ultra-compact cradle for 35mm SLRs 

which keeps the flash over the lens, and 

allows the camera to rotate from landscape 

to portrait. Because the flash is 

kept at the same height as it would be 

when mounted on the camera, the 

Stroboflip does not produce the lighting 

benefits of the other brackets. Suits shoe 

mount guns (includes mount), and will 

accept off-camera TTL cords. Takes camera 

anti-twist plates, and is supplied with a 

300-SLR type. Weight 255g. 

STFLP £69.95 

Speed Graphic 

53

HOW TO PLACE YOUR ORDER 

UK customers 

By phone 

Phone your order through to us on 

0845 3 30 55 30 

LO-CALL 

Phone from any UK number at any time 

and pay only local call rates. 

from Monday to Friday 9.00am to 6.00pm 

and on Saturday from 9.00am to 1.00pm. 

Please have your order details, and 

credit card number and expiry date ready. 

There is an out of hours answerphone. 

All orders and enquiries placed on this will 

be acknowledged the next working day. 

By post 

Send your cheque or postal orders, made 

payable to Speed Graphic, or quote your 

credit/debit card number and expiry date. 

Please include a daytime telephone 

number in case of enquiry. 

Your do not need a stamp when using 

our Freepost address (orders usually 

received 3 days after posting). Send to: 

Speed Graphic 

FREEPOST GI/2863 

Alton 

GU34 4BR 

By fax 

You can fax your order to us at any time on 

01420 543544 

Please ensure that you give full delivery 

address and card details and a phone or 

fax number in case of enquiry. 

E-mail 

Order and enquiries to: 

sales@speedgraphic.co.uk 

Cards accepted 

Mastercard, Visa, Delta, Electron, 

Connect, Switch/Maestro, Solo, 

American Express. 

Delivery charges 

Mainland UK (except large 

items to Scottish Highlands etc) 

Orders up to £30 value 

or up to 3 filters . . . . . . .£2.50 

Up to 30 films . . . . . . . .£2.50 

All other orders over £30 £3.95 

Large items only, delivered by 

carrier to some parts of Scottish 

Highlands, all of Northern 

Ireland, and offshore UK .£8.95 

Next Day Guaranteed Delivery 

Monday to Friday 

extra £3.50 on standard rates 

(e.g. film order £6.00). 

Saturday guaranteed delivery is 

possible – rates on application. 

Mixed orders of film and 

other products 

There’s just one delivery charge, so 

when using our Film List as well as the 

standard form, just add the appropriate 

charge (e.g 10 films and other items 

would be £3.95 to most areas). 

Help us to help you. . 

To ensure that we process your order 

accurately and speedily it helps if you 

can quote the following: 

� Your customer number 

if you have ordered from us before. This 

is printed on your invoice. First time 

customers will be assigned a number at 

the time of purchase. 

� Product code 

shown before the price / description of 

each product 

� Delivery address 

for larger parcels where a courier 

delivery is required, an address which 

will be occupied in working hours. 

Thanks! 

Overseas customers 

By phone 

Phone your order through to us on 

+44 1420 543366 

from Monday to Friday 9.00am to 6.00pm 

and on Saturday from 9.00am to 1.00pm. 

Please have your order details, and 

credit card number and expiry date ready. 

By post 

Payment can be made by sterling draft, 

drawn on a UK clearing bank, made 

payable to Speed Graphic Mail Order Ltd, 

or by direct transfer to our bank account, 

or quote your credit/debit card number 

and expiry date. Please include a daytime 

telephone number in case of enquiry. 

Send to: 

Speed Graphic 

PO Box 50 

Alton GU34 4YD 

UK 

By fax 

You can fax your order to us at any time on 

+44 1420 543544 

Please ensure that you give full delivery 

address and card details and (especially 

important) a fax number or e-mail address 

in case of enquiry. 

E-mail 

Order and enquiries to: 

sales@speedgraphic.co.uk 

Cards accepted 

Mastercard, Visa, JCB, American Express. 

Delivery charges 

Europe 

by airmail (including Eire) 

Orders up to £30 value 

or up to 3 filters . . . . . . .£3.95 

All other orders over £30 

and up to 2kg weight . . .£8.95 

Europe orders 2kg–30kg 

Belgium, Denmark, Eire, France, 

Germany, Luxembourg, Netherlands £14 

Italy, Portugal, Spain £20 

Greece, Turkey £50 

Scandinavia and rest of Europe £24 

Rest of world 

Carriage at cost (we will supply a fax or 

e-mail quotation before despatch on 

request). 

Express services 

Airsure for packets under 2kg. Express 

handling throughout plus web tracking. 

Available to USA and major European 

countries. Extra £5 on applicable charge. 

DHL courier service 

Available to most destinations. Next day 

delivery to most European and major 

world destinations; 2-3 days elsewhere. 

Avoids long customs delays. 

not available to PO Box addresses. 

Tax-free prices 

All products in this catalogue WITH THE 

EXCEPTION OF BOOKS carry 17.5% VAT. 

Are you eligible? 

✔ You live in any non-EC country. 

✔ You live in the EC and can supply a 

valid VAT registration number at the 

time of ordering. 

✔ You live in the Channel Islands. 

How to calculate the 

tax-free price. 

To arrive at the price net of VAT, 

multiply the amount by 0.851, so for 

example, £29.95 would be £25.49. If 

you need help, please get in touch. 


✁ 

Speed Graphic 

MAIL TO 

Speed Graphic 

FREEPOST (GI/2863) 

Alton 

GU34 4BR 

FAX TO 

01420 543544 

outside UK +44 1420 543544 

OR PHONE US ON 

0845 3 30 55 30 

outside UK +44 1420 543366 

Please charge my credit/debit card 

❐ Mastercard ❐ Visa ❐ American Express ❐ Switch/Solo (state issue number, or if none, valid from date ) 

Card number 

Expiry date 

Cardholder’s signature 

Your customer number 

(if you have ordered before) 

Name 

Billing address 

E-mail address 

Post code 

Delivery address if different 

(If left blank, goods will be sent to billing address) 

Name 

Address 

Daytime tel number 

Post code 

Product Code Description Price Quantity Total 

Payment method 

❐ I enclose a cheque/postal order made payable to Speed Graphic Mail Order Ltd 

Validation code* *3 digit number on reverse of card 

ORDER FORM 

Carriage charge 

(see p54 for details) 

Next day delivery required? 

Please tick this box � 

TOTAL 

Thank you for your order! 

If you would like a friend to receive a copy of the 

Speed Graphic catalogue, please enter their details in 

the box overleaf. 

W04 

ORDER FORM

Send a friend the Speed Graphic catalogue! 

Name 

Address 

Postcode 

Any comments? 

Please let us know what you think of our service, our products, or if there’s something you think we should know. Tick the box if you’d like a reply. 


❏ Please reply

Quantum 

High power guns get through a lot of 

alkaline AA batteries, and AA nicads 

only give a marginal performance 

improvement. A Quantum battery 

dramatically improves full power 

recycling times, greatly extends working 

charge times and offers far more ‘bang 

for your buck’ than camera manufacturers’ 

own offerings! 

All Quantum batteries can be 

adapted to a variety of flashguns by 

using a specially-designed lead (module 

in Quantum’s parlance), so 

you need to add the price 

of this to that of the 

battery. All batteries are 

supplied with 

a UK 3-pin 

mains 

charger. 

Alternative 

chargers are 

available at 

extra cost. 

NEW Turbo Compact 

The most compact battery of its type 

currently available – an ideal choice for a 

digital SLR/flash combination. Both flash 

and camera can be simultaneously 

powered. Shoe mount flash recycles in 

1.4sec from full power, gives 400 

flashes, or 250-350 with a camera in 

use. High strength polymer case 

weighing just 450g. QUTC £319.00 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30 

Battery 1+ / Battery 2 

Popular workhorses, for 6-volt and 9-volt 

guns respectively. They feature dual 

output sockets, allowing two flashguns to 

be powered simultaneously, and use a 

heavy-duty coiled module lead. 

Typical performance full power 

Battery 1+ – 250 flashes, 3.5–5 sec recycle 

Battery 2 – 270 flashes 3.2–5.5 recycle 

QUB1+ Battery 1+ . . . . . . . . . £165.00 

QUB2 Battery 2 . . . . . . . . . . £189.90 

Short cables 

for neat 

attachment 

of camera 

and flash. 

Turbo Compact leads 

0.5m cables for under camera mounting. 

QUYDC1 Nikon D1 series . . . . . . . 34.00 

QUYDC100 Nikon D100 . . . . . . . . . . 34.00 

QUYDC3 Kodak 720X / 760 . . . . . . 31.50 

QUYDC30 Canon EOS D30/10D . . . . 45.00 

QUYDC6 Canon EOS 1D, 1DS. . . . . 65.00 

QUYDC8 Kodak DCS PRO14N . . . . . 31.00 

QUCCK Nikon SB24–27. . . . . . . . 34.00 

QUCCKE Nikon SB28/80/800 . . . . 34.00 

QUCCM4 Metz 45 CL1/3/4, CT3/4 . 34.00 

QUCCM5+ Metz 54MZ3/4, 50/70MZ 39.95 

QUCCS5 Sunpak G4500 . . . . . . . . 34.00 

QUCCZ Canon 430/540EZ, 550EX 34.00 

Long Turbo flash leads (e.g. CKE) can also 

be used with the Turbo Compact. See right. 

Battery 1 Compact 

Ideal for digital or conventional cameras. 

Gives four to six times the power of 

rechargeable cells. That’s 200–800 auto 

flashes, or around 240 shots on a Nikon 

Coolpix. Uses either short Bantam or 

Battery 1+ leads, and can also be belt 

mounted. QUB1C £142.50 

Bantam battery has been discontinued, 

but leads are still available (see right) 

FLASH 

Battery 1+/1 Compact leads 

Long coiled cord for belt mounting. 

QUMF3 Canon 380EX/420EX . . . . 49.00 

QUMKZ2 Canon 540EZ/550EX, Nikon 

SB24/25/26/27/28/29/80DX/800 . 49.00 

QUMi5 Minolta 5400/5600 . . . . 49.00 

QUMA2 Vivitar 283, 285HV, 4600 44.00 

Battery 1 Compact/Bantam 

Short leads for under camera mounting. 

* leads for Battery 1 Compact only 

QUXF3 Canon 380EX/420EX . . . . 35.00 

QUXKZ2 Canon 540EZ/550EX, Nikon 

SB24/25/26/27/28/29/80DX. . . . . 44.00 

QUXKZ3 Nikon SB800 . . . . . . . . . 44.00 

QUXi5 Minolta 5400/5600 . . . . 35.00 

QUXA2 Vivitar 283, 285HV, 4600 35.00 

QUXDC2* Kodak DC2xx, Nikon Coolpix, 

Olympus E10/20 etc, . . . . . . . . . . . 28.00 

QUXDC4* Fuji S1/S2, Kodak DC4800, 

Minolta Dimage 5/7, Sigma SD9 . . . 28.00 

Battery 2 leads 

Long coiled cord for belt mounting. 

QUMM All Metz 45CT series . . . . 50.00 

QUMS Sunpak 4500, 3600 . . . . 49.00 

This is not a complete list. Please ask if your 

gun or camera is not featured, or check the 

Quantum website: www.qtm.com 

Turbo 2x2 

Puts the power through the flashgun’s AC 

or high voltage input socket (for this 

reason some guns can’t use them) and 

uses the latest NiMH cells to generate 

massive power with less weight than the 

original Turbo. 700 full power flashes, or 

400-600 with a camera attached gives allday 

perfomance. Like all Turbos, has a 

‘fuel gauge’ displaying remaining capacity. Two built-in sockets for camera and flash. Fast 

3 hour charging time (1.5 hours with second charger) Weight 900g. QUT2X2 £407.00 

Turbo 

Uses lead cells which give consistent performance, albeit with a small weight penalty. Shoe 

mount flash recycles in 1 sec from full power; handle mount 1.25 sec. Capacity of 500 full 

power flashes with shoe gun. Can power two guns or camera/gun with optional QT48 dual 

connector (£68.00). Shoulder strap attachment points. Weight 1.1kg. QUT £319.00 

Turbo/Turbo 2x2 leads 

2m coiled cables for belt mounting. 

QUCD1 Nikon D1/D1H/D1X . . . . 33.00 

QUCD100 Nikon D100 . . . . . . . . . . 33.00 

QUCK Nikon SB24–27. . . . . . . . 37.00 

QUCKE Nikon SB28/80/800 . . . . 37.00 

QUCD3 Kodak 720X / 760 . . . . . . 33.00 

QUCM1 Metz 45CT1, 45CT5 . . . . . 37.00 

QUCM4 Metz 45CL1/3/4, CT3/4 . 37.00 

QUCM5+ Metz 54MZ3/4, 50/70MZ 45.00 

QUCZ Canon 43/540EZ, 550EX . 37.00 

QUT49 10’/3m extension cable . 45.80 

Turbo 2x2 leads 

QUCD30 Canon D30/60/10D/300D56.00 

QUCD100 Nikon D100 . . . . . . . . . . 33.00 

QUSD2 Nikon Coolpix. . . . . . . . . 33.00 

QUSD4 Fuji S1/S2, Sigma SD9, Minolta 

Dimage 5/7, S404, Kodak DC4800 . . 33.00 

QUSD6 Canon EOS 1D/1DS . . . . . 33.00 

QUSD8 Kodak DCS PRO14n . . . . . 33.00 

Check www.qtm.com for latest additions 

Speed Graphic 

57

FLASH 

Wein slave units 

The Peanut 

Tiny, weighs less 

than 15g, 

attaches to a PC 

cord, and has a 

30m indoor 

range. 

WEP £14.00 

Hot Shoe 

Slave 

Attaches 

to the foot 

of any 

shoe 

mounted flash 

(except Minolta 

Dynax). Has a 1/4” tripod socket on base. 

Range up to 45m. WEHSS £27.00 

LPA Radio Slaves 

PocketWizard 

CE-approved radio triggering system 

for flash or camera. Uses 16-bit 

encoded signals to eradicate interference 

and give a range of around 800’ 

(245m). No more 

accidental firing of your flash by 

other photographers! Four independent 

channels allow different flash 

heads to be switched at will. 

PocketWizard Set comprises 

Transmitter, Receiver, PC Plug to Wizard 

lead, WizardPlug to PC socket, batts and 

lanyard. 

PWSET £289.95 

Flash Cables 

PWMH1 H-prong to WizardPlug . . 11.75 

PWMP1 1/4” jack to WizardPlug . 13.50 

SSR slave system 

Has a transmitter and receiver to allow 

cordless operation in the studio. Range of 

30m. Transmitter recycles in 1/2 second 

with fresh 9v battery (lasts for 100,000 

shots). SSL Ultra Slave receiver units can 

be either jackplug (standard) or H-prong 

(to order); also have velcro-type mounting. 

WESSRKIT SSR c/w SSL slave . . . . . 156.20 

WEUS SSL Ultra Slave . . . . . . . . 76.30 

Camera Cables 

PWN3 Canon N3 drive lead 3’ . . 96.90 

PWT3 Canon T3 drive lead 3’ . . 57.50 

PWHB Hasselblad drive lead 3’ . 58.15 

PWNK Nikon 10 pin lead 3’ . . . 135.00 

PWRZ Mamiya RZ drive lead 3’ 116.30 

MultiMax 

A fantastically versatile digital radio transceiver. Each unit can be used 

as either the transmitter or receiver unit. 

32 channels each with four zones plus local flash. 

Built-in sync voltage control limits voltage at camera to 3.3v. 

Intervalometer: up to 64,000 sec delay to 9,999 times. 

Multiflash and rear curtain sync with any camera. 

Audio confirmation 

Programmable delays to limit trigger frequency to recycle time, sync 

delays for shutter speeds or autofocus system. 

PWMM £229.00 

BUY TWO FOR £435.00 (PWMMKIT) 

Continuous lighting 

Interfit 

3200K Tungsten kit 

Excellent solution for anybody looking for 

low cost studio lighting – for example for 

product shot photography with digital 

cameras, where the lower light output of 

tungsten avoids over-exposure. For conventional 

film use of an 80B filter is recommended. 

Kit includes: 

� 2 x 3200K tungsten heads with 21cm 

reflectors 

� 2 x Interfit air-cushioned stands 

� 1 x silver brolly 

� 1 x white translucent brolly 

� 2 x P2/1 500w Photopearl lamps 

IN3200KIT £189.95 

Interfit 3200K accessories 

IN3200K 3200K head inc reflector 54.00 

INB100S 100cm silver brolly . . . . . 27.95 

INB100T 100cm translucent brolly 21.95 

INST21 Air damped stand 2.1m. . 33.50 

INST24 Air damped stand 2.44m 39.95 

Spare lamps 

LMP2/1ES P2/1ES 500w Photopearl . 6.00 

LMP1/1ES P1/1ES 275w Photoflood . 2.25 

Carrying bag 

INHB500 Takes 2 x 3200K heads with 

21cm reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.00 

60x60 Softbox for tungsten heads 

INSB60T £65.00 

Barndoor Set to contain light spill 

INBD £32.95 

45cm reflector for extra-soft light 

INR45 £29.95 


Interfit 

Halogen Pro 

The Halogen Pro is a 1000w light with 

internal low noise fan cooling. Power can 

be adjusted from zero to 1000w with a 

colour temperature change across the 

range of just 300ºK. 

It uses the same S-bayonet accessories 

as the Interfit Combo Pro flash 

heads on page 61 including softboxes, and 

is supplied complete with reflector and 

lamp. INHP £139.60 

LM1000 1000w halogen lamp . . . . 9.95 

Halogen Pro Kits 

Single Head/ Softbox Kit 

shown right 

1 x Pro Head 

1 x Std reflector 

1 x Compact Stand 

1 x 60x60cm Softbox 

INHSKIT1 £199.95 

Two Head/Softbox 

Kit 

2 x Pro Head 

2 x Std reflector 


2 x 60x60 Softbox 

Head and stand 

carry bags 

INHSKIT2 £369.95 

Two Head Umbrella Kit 

2 x Pro Head 

2 x Standard reflector 

2 x Umbrella reflector 


1 x 100cm silver umbrella 

1 x 100cm translucent white umbrella 

Head and stand carry bags 

INHUKIT1 £279.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Panel lights 

Interfit cyberLITE 

Ideal for product photography, this fluorescent 

tube panel gives a soft, even, and 

almost shadowless illumination, and the 

negligible heat generation makes it ideal 

for lighting heat sensitive subjects like 

food. 

� 5 x 5600ºK 18w daylight balanced tubes 

� Flicker-free noiseless operation 

� Electronic continuous adjustment 

� Illumination surface 29 x 20.5cm 

� Dimensions 31.5 x 34 x 5.4cm 

� Weight 2.7kg 

INCL £216.00 

Interfit digitLITE 

Larger and brighter version with 34 x 

44.5cm illumination surface. 

� 6 x 5600ºK 24w daylight balanced tubes 

� Dimensions 47x 49.5 x 6.5cm 

� Weight 3kg 

INDL £307.50 

Carrying bags 

INCLBAG Softbag for 2 x cyberlITE 33.00 

INDLBAG Softbag for 2 x digitLITE . 47.00 

Elinchrom Minilite 

The Minilite is a simple, almost silent, fancooled 

light, with the option of either 

tungsten or halogen light sources and 

accepting most of the Elinchrom 

accessories. 

It’s available singly, or in a great value kit 

comprising: 

� 2 x Minilite heads with leads 

� 2 x 18cm reflectors 

� 2 x 100w Super Leuci lamps 

� 2 x 250w Halolux lamps 

� 2 x 88-235cm Cliplock stands 

� 2 x 85cm translucent brollies 

� 1 x 85cm silver brolly 

ELMLKIT £245.00 

ELML Minilite c/w 18cm reflector, 

mains lead and two lamps. . . . . . . . 92.50 

EL100W Super Leuci 100w . . . . . . . 5.85 

EL250W Halolux 250w . . . . . . . . . 17.50 

see pages 62–63 for Prolinca and Elinchrom 

accessory prices. 

Minilite Cubelite Kits 

Add a Lastolite Cubelite (for more information 

see page 65) to create a versatile 

product or general purpose lighting 

outfit. 

DKIT5 with Cubelite 90 . . . . . . 340.00 

DKIT6 with Cubelite 120 . . . . . 355.00 

LIGHTING 

With the advent of digital imaging, 

more and more businesses are realising 

that producing small product 

photos for use in catalogues and 

brochures is something they can 

achieve themselves with a modest 

amount of effort and expenditure. 

Tungsten or halogen lighting 

sets provide continuous lighting 

ideal for this purpose – and of course 

can be used for general studio shots 

as well. 

Tungsten lamps are cheaper to 

replace than halogen, but have a 

shorter working life. They run at a 

slightly higher colour temperature 

than household bulbs, and an 80B 

filter is required if you are using slide 

film (the orange colour cast can be 

removed during printing when using 

colour neg film), but of course with a 

digital camera, the white balance 

control will correct the colour. 

Halogen lamps will give a 

brighter light, so can be useful if a 

small aperture is required. 

Both types of lamp produce lots 

of heat, so they are less pleasant 

than flash for the sitter in a portrait 

session, and for heat-sensitive 

product photography either flash or 

the latest fluorescent lighting would 

be a better choice. 

Lastolite Cubelite Outfits 

Get perfectly-lit product shots with 

these Interfit combinations. 

DKIT1 Cubelite 90 + 3200KIT . 284.95 

DKIT2 Cubelite 120 + 3200KIT 299.95 

For more information on the Lastolite 

Cubelite, see page 65. 

Speed Graphic 

Choosing continuous lighting 

59

Buying studio flash 

LIGHTING 

Selecting the flash heads 

Excellence in photography is as much 

about light control, as about composition, 

subject matter and so forth, and 

many photographers will invest in a 

studio flash system when they wish to 

achieve this degree of control – for 

portraiture, still life and many other 

purposes. 

As with most things, the more you 

spend, the more power, flexibility, 

sophistication and, to some degree, 

build quality, you will get. 

Flash heads aimed at the amateur 

will typically have a power output of 

125 or 250 joules, and will have a 

switchable full/half power output, and 

sometimes a fixed modelling light 

output. These will be fine for small 

studio use, and will give required 

working apertures of f8/f11 at typical 

distances. 

Moving up the scale will get power 

outputs of 500 joules or more, and 

continuously adjustable power output 

over a 5 or 6 stop range, fan cooling, 

remote control, and the power to light 

groups of people at 4–5m distances at 

small apertures even when bounced 

from an umbrella. 

You can do a lot with one flash 

head, an umbrella, and a reflector or 

two, so getting into studio flash can 

cost around the same as a new zoom. 

Joules and guide numbers 

A joule is an expression of electrical 

power, and is sometimes shown as 

w/sec (watt second). Guide numbers 

with studio flash are a less reliable 

guide to power, as the choice of reflector 

will change the figure. Manufacturers, 

of course, will tend to choose 

the reflector which gives the highest 

figure, so accurate comparison 

between makes is not always possible. 

Choosing accessories 

Some subjects will benefit from direct 

flash, but the big benefit of using a 

studio flash head is the ability to add 

an umbrella, or a softbox, or restrict 

the spread of light with a snoot or 

barndoor. The kits we show on these 

pages all include several light modifiers 

which will enable sophisticated 

lighting effects to be achieved straight 

out of the box! 

Flash lighting 

Interfit 

Colorflash i 

Top-value new series of studio flash 

heads featuring good power and 

continuously variable power output 

from full to 1/8th power (4 stops) – 

now with upgraded tube. The 60w 

modelling lamp also adjusts in line with 

the selected power output, and can be 

turned off if required. 

Built-in infra-red sensitive slave allows use of infra-red 

flash triggers, as well as triggering by the supplied sync cord. 

Side-mounted controls are easy to get at, even if the head is 

tilted down. Each head is supplied with mains lead, sync lead, 

modelling lamp and removeable reflector. 

150i 

150 joules, recycling 1.5 secs, weight 

2.1kg. IN150 £129.00 

300i 

300 joules power, recycling 2.5 secs, 

weight 2.3kg. IN300 £169.00 

SAVE UP TO £189 ON 

INTERFIT KITS! 

based on manufacturer’s RRPs. 

Our exclusive kits include: 

� 2 x heads inc reflectors 

� 2 x Interfit air-cushioned 

stands 

� 1 x 60x60cm softbox 

� 1 x white translucent brolly 

� Sync lead, mains leads. 

150i/150i Kit 

IN150150 . . . . . . . . £309.95 

150i/300i Kit 

IN150300 . . . . . . . . £339.95 

300i/300i Kit 

IN300300 . . . . . . . . £374.95 

plus add the Interfit 2-head 

and stand carry bags for just 

£29.95 (usually £40.90) 

Higher power heads 

Professional specification models with 5stop 

continuously variable power output, 

auto power dumping, audible recycling 

indicator, and 250 watt quartz halogen 

modelling lamp, plus basic features of the 

‘i’ models. 

500S 


3.98kg. IN500 £295.00 

1000S 


4.27kg. IN1000 £359.00 

Kits available – please ask for a quotation. 

Spare modelling lamps 

INML60 60 watt 150/250S/i . . . . . 4.25 

INL250 250w halogen 500/1000P 12.00 

cyberFLASH 

An innovative alternative to a conventional 

head with a bulky softbox. This 

super-slim unit gives a soft and even 

light, and is ideal for use where space is 

limited. Saves set-up time on location too. 

� 300 joules output, 5400ºK 

� Full to 1/32 power continuously variable 

� Cold 5000ºK flicker-free modelling lamp, 

continuously variable, with 8000hr life 

� 2.8sec recycling (full); 1.6sec (half) 

� Weight 2.8kg 

� 32 x 34 x 5.4cm overall 

INCF £249.00 

Softboxes 

All types have double diffusion producing 

a broad spread of even light. Note that 

there are different boxes for 150/250/300 

heads and the 500/1000 heads. 

For 150/250/300 Colorflash heads 

INSB60 Softbox 60x60cm . . . . . . 62.95 

INSB100 Softbox 100x100cm . . . 117.30 

For 500/1000P Colorflash heads 

INSB2100 Softbox 100x100cm . . . 117.30 

INSB2120 Octabox 120x120cm . . . 144.00 

Brollies 

INB100S 100cm silver . . . . . . . . . 25.20 

INB120S 120cm silver . . . . . . . . . 29.70 

INB100T 100cm translucent . . . . . 19.95 

INB120T 120cm translucent . . . . . 24.50 

Snoot 

INSN150 For 150/250s or i heads . 33.30 

INSN500 For 500/1000P heads . . . 36.00 

Honeycomb 30º 

INH30 30º honeycomb (no adap)45.00 

INHA150 Adaptor for 150/250S/i . 22.50 

INHA500 Adaptor for 500/1000P. . 22.50 

Carrying cases 

INHB150 2-head bag 150/250i . . . 29.95 

INHB500 2-head bag 500/1000. . . 36.95 

INSBAG Stand/umbrella bag . . . . 10.95 

digitFLASH 

Use the larger body of the digiLITE, with 

higher output. 

INDF5 digitFLASH 500 joules . 459.00 

INDF10 digitFLASH 1000 joules. 529.00 


Interfit Combo Pro 

Pro Combo monobloc 

heads offer high power 

outputs and 1/10th stop 

adjustment of power over 

a 6-stop range. 

Features are accessed 

by means of two mode 

buttons with +/- adjustment 

of values on adjacent 

buttons, with an LCD screen 

readout of values. 

Mode 1 button gives a visual reference 

of the modelling lamp and flash output, 

which can be adjusted independently and 

proportionally. 

Mode 2 controls lamp switching, slave 

cell, beep and flash counter. 

Combo Pro heads use the ‘S’ bayonet 

fitting (same as Bowens) which gives 

access to a wide range of other accessories 

as well as those from Interfit. 

High power modelling lamps (650 or 

1000w) allow the heads to be used as a 

continuous light as well, and sync voltage 

is a ‘digital safe’ 6 volts. 

Combro Pro 2 Head Softbox 

and Umbrella Kit 

2 x Combo Pro heads 

2 x Standard reflectors 

1 x Umbrella reflector 

1 x 100x100 softbox 

1 x Silver umbrella 

2 x Standard COR751 stands 

Head and stand carry bags 

INKIT148 Combo Pro 700 heads £869.00 

INKIT159 Combo Pro 1000 heads £999.00 

Other kit combinations available – please 

ask for a competitive quotation. 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Combo Pro 700 

Flash energy 700 w/secs 

GN m/100ISO 45 

Flash duration full t0.5 1/550 sec 

half 1/1605 sec 

Flash adjustment 6 stops (cont) 

Recycling time 0.1–2.7secs 

Modelling lamp 650w 

Fan cooling Yes 

Dimensions 41.8x12cm 

Weight 3kg 

IN700 £445.00 

Combo Pro 1200 


GN m/100ISO 64 

Flash duration full t0.5 1/380 sec 

half 1/1400 sec 

Flash adjustment 6 stops (cont) 




Dimensions 45.3x12cm 

Weight 3.5kg 

IN1200 £535.00 

Combo Pro accessories 

INRF5004 Umbrella reflector . . . . . 19.95 

INRF5005 Background reflector 45º 39.95 

INRF5006 Snoot + honeycomb 20º . 38.95 

INRF5010 Narrow beam reflector . . 71.95 

INRF5011 Wide beam reflector . . . . 79.95 

INRB4001 Barn doors . . . . . . . . . . . 36.95 

INAH6020Honeycomb 20º . . . . . . . 24.95 



INAC8011 Colour filter set . . . . . . . 18.95 

Prolinca 250/250 Special Kit 

Tried and tested design based on 

Elinchrom Classic series head now in an 

even better value kit. 

250 Head Specification 


f stop at 1m/100ISO 45.8 

Flash duration t0.5 1/2000 sec 

Flash adjustment Full or 1/2 



Fan cooling No 

Dimensions 25x13.5cm 

Weight 

Kit comprises: 

2 x Prolinca 250 heads 

2 x 16cm reflector 

2 x Cliplock stands 

1.8kg 

1 x Translucent umbrella 85cm 

1 x Silver umbrella 85cm 

1 x Lighting Guide DVD 

Head and stand bags 

and leads/lamps 

PR250/250 

£ 95 429 

This great value 2-head kit 

includes: 

� 2 x Elinchrom Classic 

500 heads 

� 1 x 16cm reflector 

� 1 x Protective head cap 

� 1 x Portalite 60cm 

softbox 

� 1 x 85cm translucent 

brolly 


� 2 x Clip-lock stands 

� 1 x Sync lead 

� 1 x 3-head hard case 

� 1 x Soft stand/brolly 

bag 

� DVD Lighting Guide 

EL500/500 

£ 00 699 

LIGHTING 

LIMITED 

OFFER! 

Elinchrom Classic 500 ‘Set To Go’ 

500 Head Specification 


f stop at 1m/100ISO 64.5 

Flash duration t0.5 1/2600 sec 

Flash adjustment 3 stop (cont) 

Case supplied is black 



Fan cooling No 

Dimensions 25x13.5cm 

Weight 2.2kg 

Speed Graphic 

61

LIGHTING 

Elinchrom 

Style BX/FX 

Utilising state-of-the-art integrated 

circuit board construction, these heads 

give advanced digital control at affordable 

prices. 

Power is adjustable in 1/10th stop 

increments with digital display and 

control, over a 5 f-stop range, with auto 

power dumping. Even at minimum power 

flash duration is 1/250th sec. 

Day long reliability is assured with fan 

cooling, and there is no problem in using 

these heads with digital cameras as they 

have a low 5v trigger voltage. 

Other features are a switchable slave 

and audio confirmation, centrally-placed 

brolly tube, and compact size. 

FX models have 100w modelling lamp, 

and fixed tube. BX models have selfseeking 

multivoltage (90–260v) adaption 

(you just need to change the modelling 

lamp), user-replaceable tube, and 250w 

modelling lamp. 

Style 100BX/FX 

Flash energy 100w/secs 

f stop 1m/100ISO 32.5 

Flash duration t0.5 1/1800sec 

Flash adjustment 5 stops 


Modelling lamp 250w/100w 


Dimensions 21x14cm 

Weight 1.65/1.55kg 

Style 400BX/FX 






Modelling lamp 250w/100w 



Weight 1.95/1.9kg 

Style BX/FX heads 

with mains cable, sync lead (no reflector) 

EL100FX Style 100FX head . . . . . 295.00 

EL400FX Style 400FX head . . . . . 325.00 

EL100BX Style 100BX head . . . . . 325.00 

EL400BX Style 400BX head . . . . . 357.00 

Style BX/FX Sets To Go 

Prices 

from 

£ 739 00 

These 2-head kits include: 

� 2 x Elinchrom Style BX/FX heads 

� 1 x 16cm reflector 

� 1 x Protective head cap 

� 1 x Portalite 60cm softbox 

� 1 x Translucent deflector and rod 

� 1 x 83cm translucent brolly 


� 2 x Clip-lock stands 

� 1 x Sync lead 

� 1 x 3-head hard case 

(UK kits have case as shown with the 

500 Classic kit on page 61) 

� 1 x Soft stand/brolly bag 

� DVD Lighting Guide 

With FX100/100 £739.00 

With FX100/400 £769.00 

With FX400/400 £799.00 

With BX100/100 £795.00 

With BX100/400 £829.00 

With BX400/400 £859.00 

One head kits 

Prices £ 00 

from 380 

The perfect low cost way of starting a 

home studio. Many great shots are 

possible using just one flash head! Also 

ideal for mixed flash and daylight 

pictures at wet weddings. 

Kits include: 

� 1 x Elinchrom head 

� 1 x 60x60cm Portalite softbox 

� 1 x Muraro 007AB stand 

EL100FXKIT1 £380.00 

EL400FXKIT1 £410.00 

EL100BXKIT1 £410.00 

EL400BXKIT1 £442.00 

EL500KIT1 £429.00 

New Elinchrom 

catalogue now 

available. Ask for 

a copy. 

Style RX 

With groovy translucent and 

fire-retardent body shell encasing 

a die-cast alloy chassis, the RX series 

heads offer state-of-the-art consistent 

digital control, remote control via 

optional handset or Mac/PC, rapid recycling 

times, 6 stop variable power in 

1/10th stop increments, and action freezing 

flash duration. 

Style 300RX 









Weight 2.3kg 

Style 600RX 









Weight 2.6kg 

Style RX Heads 

with mains cable, sync lead (no reflector) 

EL300RX Style 300RX head . . . . . 462.50 

EL600RX Style 600RX head . . . . . 538.00 

EL1200RX Style 1200RX head . . . . 786.00 

Style RX Set To Go 

includes 2 heads, 3 head case, 2 x 16cm 

reflector, snoot, 85cm translucent and 

super white brollies, 2 x cliplock stands, 

stand bag, cables, and DVD lighting guide. 

EL300/300RX 300/300 head Set . 1135.00 

EL600/600RX 600/600 head Set . 1286.00 


Elinchrom accessories 

Portalite 

softboxes 

40 x 40cm 

PR40SB £45.00 

60 x 60cm 

PR6OSB 

£58.50 

90 x 90cm 

PR90S £87.70 

IR trigger 

Will fire any Prolinca 

(or any IR sensitive) 

heads up to 15m 

away, and does away with the 

need for a sync lead. Fits standard accessory 

shoe and takes 2 x AA batts. 

PRIR £49.95 

Reflectors 

for both Prolinca and Elinchrom heads 

ELR16 16cm wide angle 90º. . . . 31.00 

ELR18 18cm GP 60º . . . . . . . . . . 31.00 

ELR21 21cm standard 50º . . . . . 38.90 

The standard 21cm 

reflector has been 

redesigned to take 

new push-in grids 

(honeycombs). The 

18cm GP reflector 

also accepts grids. 

Umbrellas 

ELU85S 85cm silver. . . . . . . . . . . 43.50 

ELU85T 85cm translucent white . 35.50 

ELU85W 85cm super white . . . . . . 43.50 

ELU105S 105cm silver. . . . . . . . . . 56.00 

ELU105T 105cm translucent white 48.00 

ELU105W 105cm super white . . . . . 56.00 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Rotalux softboxes 

Elinchrom’s central umbrella hole allows 

deflectors to be mounted over the tube, to 

modify the softness and colour of the 

Rotalux boxes. Additional diffusers are 

also available. Every Rotalux comes with a 

shoulder carry bag. 

ELR90 Rotalux 90x35cm . . . . . 152.70 

ELR130 Rotalux 130x50cm . . . . 192.60 

ELRS70 Rotalux Square 70cm . . 152.70 

ELRS100 Rotalux Square 100cm . 192.60 

ELRO100 Rotalux Octa 100cm . . . 192.60 

ELRO135 Rotalux Octa 135cm . . . 238.20 

ELDEFSET Deflector Set (gold, silver and 

translucent) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.50 

The Snoot gives a 15º spot of 

light with a hard shadow 

effect. Honeycomb 

grids are available to 

enhance the sharpness 

of the spot. 

Care is needed to 

ensure that 

heat levels do 

not get excessive. 


ELS Snoot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.60 

ELSG Snoot Grids (Set of 5). . . 67.20 

ELBR Background reflector . . . 65.30 

EL21AH 21cm Accessory holder . . 27.50 

ELBS21 21cm Barndoor Set 

(Barndoors and Accessory holder) . 64.20 

ELG2110 21cm coloured gels (10) . 22.95 

ELG2120 21cm coloured gels (20) . 36.70 

EL18HS 18cm grid set (18cm reflector 

plus 12º, 20º, 30º grids) . . . . . . . . 108.80 

EL21HSB 21cm grid set basic (21cm 

reflector plus 20º, 30º grids) . . . . . 73.30 

ELLPS Light Pro stand . . . . . . . 45.80 

ELCAP Protective head cap . . . . . 8.95 

ELADAP 1/4” 6.5mm jack adaptor 19.40 

EL100W 100w Super Leuci lamp . . . 5.85 

EL250W 250w Halolux lamp . . . . . 17.50 

ELSYNC 5m sync lead . . . . . . . . . 22.30 

Elinchrom DVD ‘Studio 

Portrait Lighting’ 

by top photographer Joe Craig 

Running time of 90 

minutes, subdivided into 14 

topics. ELDVD £14.00 

Lastolite 

We carry a wide range of Lastolite equipment 

from stock, and can usually get any 

item within a few days. 

Tri-Grip 

Triflector 2 

Large and standard 

Trigrips compared 

LIGHTING 

Now the solo 

photographer 

can position a 

reflector 

comfortably 

using just 

one hand. 

The large 

comfortable 

grip allows accurate use 

without the need for a stand or assistant. 

Or an assistant can hold two with ease! 

Long dimension is 85cm, and it folds in 

traditional Lastolite style to 38cm 

diameter. Four options: 

LA3631 Silver/White. . . . . . . . . . 56.50 

LA3607 Translucent . . . . . . . . . . 56.50 

LA3641 Gold/White . . . . . . . . . . 56.50 

LA3636 Sunfire/Silver . . . . . . . . 56.50 

Large Tri-Grip 

This 1.5m size version is suitable for full 

body reflection and diffusion. It’s still 

light enough to be held in one hand, just 

like the original version, and folds down 

to a third of its full size. 

LA3731 Silver/White . . . . . . . . . . 71.50 

LA3736 Sunfire/Silver. . . . . . . . . 71.50 

LA3741 Gold/White. . . . . . . . . . . 71.50 

LA3751 1 Stop Diffuser . . . . . . . . 71.50 

LA3707 2 Stop Diffuser . . . . . . . . 71.50 

Widely used in portrait and makeover 

photography, it wraps light around the 

subject, reduces under chin and nose 

shadows, and gives disctinctive and 

attractive catchlights in the eyes. 

Attaches to a standard lighting stand 

spigot. Lightweight, the panels fold like 

Lastolite reflectors 

to fit into a 

compact carrying 

bag. 

LA2933 Triflector 2 

inc sunfire/silver 

panels £104.50 

LA2905 

Gold/white panels 

£38.00 

LA2903 Silver/white panels £38.00 

LA2909 Translucent panels £28.50 

Limited offer - FREE TRIFLECTOR STAND 

worth £30, with every LA2933. Only while stocks last. 

Speed Graphic 

63

LIGHTING 

Reflectors 

Lightweight, compact and convenient – 

invaluable to lighten shadows, or to 

change the quality of the light; for 

instance to warm up skin tones. 

There are five types of surface available: 

White 5600ºK. Soft clean light for general portrait use. 

Silver 5600ºK. Crisp clear light for optimum clarity. Good for products. 

Sunfire 4750ºK. Enhances flesh tones naturally. 

Gold 3800ºK. Adds warmth and glow. Popular for portraits. 

Diffuser Gives diffused illumination; used in front of a light source. 

Most popular combinations and sizes stocked 

To arrive at our code, add the letters and numbers shown under the reflector size to the 

two numbers of the reflector surface; so a 50cm sunfire/silver would be LA2036 

30cm 50cm 76cm 95cm 120cm 1.8x1.2m 

(LA12) (LA20) (LA30) (LA38) (LA48) (LA72) 

Sunfire/white (..06) £11.50 £21.95 £32.25 £52.75 £68.50 £82.95 

Sunfire/silver (..36) £11.50 £21.95 £32.25 £52.75 £68.50 £82.95 

Silver/white (..31) £11.50 £21.95 £32.25 £52.75 £68.50 £82.95 

Silver/gold (..34) £11.50 £21.95 £32.25 £52.75 

Gold/white (..41) £11.50 £21.95 £32.25 £52.75 £68.50 £82.95 

Translucent (..07) £21.95 £32.25 £52.75 £67.50 £70.25 

Bottletops 

Now you can get several reflector surfaces 

in one convenient package! Both the 

reflector and the bottletop are reversible, 

so you can get any combination of the 

surfaces. When mounted, the elasticated 

top is nice and taut, and the package folds 

down to 1/3 of the original diameter. 

Sunfire/Silver panel + Gold/White cover 

LA2099 50cm (20”) . . . . . . . . . . 33.50 

LA3099 75cm (30”). . . . . . . . . . . 42.80 

LA3899 95cm (38”) . . . . . . . . . . 52.30 

LA4899 120cm (48”). . . . . . . . . . 71.20 

LA7299 1.8 x 1.2m . . . . . . . . . . 104.50 

‘5 in 1’: Diffuser Panel + Gold/White and 

Sunfire/Silver covers 

LA3096 75cm (30”). . . . . . . . . . . 42.80 

LA3896 95cm (38”) . . . . . . . . . . 52.30 

LA4896 120cm (48”). . . . . . . . . . 71.20 

Reflector brackets 

Pocket bracket 

shown right, has 

bendy arm and 

clamp. 

LA1113 £35.20 

Diffuser bracket 

LA1104 £51.25 

Panelite bracket 

LA1107 £44.60 

Universal bracket 1100 

Fits 50, 76, 95 and 120cm reflectors to 

any standard light stand. Quick lock swivel 

joint allows almost any position. Wind 

resistant clips for outdoor use. 

LA1100 £44.60 

Lastolite umbrellas 

Basic range (pictured above) 

Good quality brollies with 8mm shafts, 

fitting the majority of flash heads on the 

market, at attractive prices. 

LA3203 80cm (34”) soft silver. . . 23.50 

LA4503 100cm (40”) silver . . . . . 35.00 

LA3207 80cm white translucent . 16.95 

LA4507 100cm white translucent 22.95 

Reversible type 40”/100cm 

Easily detach the fabric cover from the 

frame and turn it over. 

LA4536 Sunfire/Silver . . . . . . . . 39.95 

LA4531 Silver/White. . . . . . . . . . 43.70 

LA4534 Silver/Gold. . . . . . . . . . . 43.70 

Umbrella Box 

An 

umbrella 

which is 

also a 

softbox. 

The front 

diffuser 

has a 3way 

zip 

closure to 

fit all 

sizes of 

flash 

head. The 

white 

inner surface and diffuser panel provide a 

soft even light. 114cm dia. 

LA3226 8mm shaft size. . . . . . . . 38.00 

LA3227 7mm shaft size. . . . . . . . 38.00 

Fittings available: 

Balcar, Bowens, 

Broncolor, 

Elinchrom, 

Interfit, Hensel, 

Multiblitz. 

Interfit softboxes 

A wide range of professional quality boxes 

which will fit most current heads. The 

speedring/adaptors are interchangeable. 

Prices INCLUDE ONE SPEEDRING – please 

specify flash make when ordering. 

INPSB60 Square 60x60cm. . . . . . . 84.50 

INPSB80 Square 80x80cm . . . . . . 103.60 

INPSB100 Square 100x100cm . . . . 113.00 

INPSB39 Strip 30x90cm . . . . . . . . 94.00 

INPSB412 Strip 40x120cm . . . . . . . 97.90 

INPSB510 Strip 50x100cm . . . . . . . 97.90 

INPSB612 Strip 60x120cm . . . . . . 113.00 

INPSB68 Rectangular 60x85cm. . . 99.80 

INPSB710 Rectangular 75x100cm . 113.00 



INPSB1014 Rectangular 100x140cm 155.80 

INOSB60 Octobox 60cm. . . . . . . . 101.70 

INOSB90 Octobox 90cm . . . . . . . 122.50 

INOSB120 Octobox 120cm. . . . . . . 151.00 

Lastolite Ezybox 

Instantly unfolding softboxes. 

LA2445 45x45cm Ezybox . . . . . . 124.00 

LA2460 60x60cm Ezybox. . . . . . 133.00 

LA2490 90x90cm Ezybox. . . . . . 189.00 

LA2351 Bowens ‘S’ adaptor . . . . . 14.95 

LA2352 Elinchrom adaptor . . . . . 14.95 

LA2357 Multiblitz Profilite . . . . . 22.50 

Others available. 


Lastolite Cubelite 

Provides shadowless, soft lighting for any 

item, and isolates reflective objects from 

their surroundings. The cube can be lit 

from any side, and collapses into a fraction 

of its full size, so is equally at home 

in the studio or on location. Inside there 

is a pair of crocodile clips to support a 

sheet of paper to make a gradient curve 

background if required. The Cubelite is 

available in three sizes. 

There’s no need to compensate for the 

tungsten lights with a digital camera – 

just use the auto white balance, or 

tungsten setting if provided. 

LA2486 Cubelite 58cm (2’) . . . . . 85.50 

LA3686 Cubelite 90cm (3’) . . . . 104.50 

LA4886 Cubelite 120cm (4’) . . . 123.50 

CUBELITE KITS 

See the Interfit and Elinchrom 

tungsten lighting on pages 59-60 

for package deals. 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Outdoor Cubelite 90cm 

Comes with a removeable bottom, so that 

it can be placed directly over the subject, 

and the back panel can also be removed to 

allow the subject to remain in its natural 

context, but still remaining largely sheltered 

from the elements. LA3687 £133.00 

Reflective subjects 

like this helmet 

can be quickly 

photographed with 

no distracting ‘hot 

spots’. 

Lastolite light tents 

Provide soft, shadowless lighting when 

photographing small objects. 

Manufactured from translucent neutral 

nylon, the tent loses approx 1 stop of 

light. The camera can be positioned at any 

point in the velcro opening. Very useful 

for plant photography, blocking out wind 

and insects. Less heavy and bulky than a 

Cubelite, but not self-supporting, the 

spring-loaded base folds, reflector-style, 

into a zip bag. 

LA2087 50cm dia/61cm high. . . . 36.00 

LA3087 76cm dia/94cm high. . . . 56.00 

LA3887 95cm dia/122cm high. . . 66.45 

LA6087 1.5m dia/122cm high . . . 79.95 

LIGHTING 

Other studio and flash accessories 

Peli light stand bags 

Sturdy cases made from PVC coated nylon, 

with side pockets for accessories. Interior 

lined for durability and padded with highdensity 

foam. Heavy-duty zippers and 

adjustable webbing strap complete the 

picture. See also page 36 for a shorter 

version for tripods. 

PCTB38E Int dimensions: 96Lx14.5H 

x14.5W cm. PEB38 £39.95 

PCTB48E Int dimensions: 121.25Lx14.5H x 

14.5W cm. PEB48 £47.95 

Lastolite Sand Bag 

22L x25Hx7D cm tough canvas bag with 

zip for weighing down stands/booms etc. 

LA1590 £11.95 

NEW Lastolite Covelite 

The Cubelite copes with 

most kinds of subjects, but 

it’s very difficult to remove 

unwanted reflections from 

glass and chrome objects. 

The Covelite completely 

encloses the subject in soft 

white reflections. Carefully 

placed seams, vinyl background 

and supplied black 

out masks enable the light 

to be carefully controlled. 

Three sizes available. 

Small 48x38x44cm 

LA2489 £123.50 

Medium 75x56x71cm 

LA3689 £156.70 

Large 99x71x97cm 

LA4889 £189.95 

Table top (left) and Covelite 

(right) shots compared 

Wein Safe-Sync 

A hot-shoe PC adaptor with a built-in 

voltage regulator that will protect any of 

the latest digital and conventional 

cameras from the potentially damaging 

trigger voltages of older flash heads, 

reducing it to a safe 6v maximum. 

WESS £45.00 

Kepcor IR flash trigger 

Frees up the camera by 

doing away with a sync lead. Fits standard 

hot shoe (or PC socket with supplied 

cord), and triggers any brand of flash 

head with infra-red sensitive slave sensor 

(most recent ones are). KPIR £39.95 

‘Point and Shoot’ exposure 

The new Lastolite Ezybalance has 

been improved with the addition 

target. This enables autofocus 

cameras to lock focus as well as 

exposure, speeding up photography 

with Cube/Covelites. 

Speed Graphic 

65

LIGHTING 

Muraro lighting stands 

Made by a family-owned company in 

Vicenza in northern Italy, we buy these 

direct from the factory to offer top quality 

stands at average quality prices! 

Check these features: 

� Robust black finish aluminium tubing. 

� Die-cast alloy headsets with brass insert 

for quick secure locking. 

� Wide adjustable footprint for stability 

with ‘lazy leg’ to allow flexible positioning 

of legs and centre tube. 

� Light weight with good load capacity. 

� Standard 5/8” spigot + 3/8” screw 

007AB 

3 sections (25, 22 and 18mm). Height 

250cm max, 88cm min. Closed length 

86cm. Footprint 109cm. Weight 1.5kg. 

Max load 5kg. MU007AB £39.95 

014AB 

4 sections (25, 22, 18 and 15mm). Height 

260cm max, 89cm min. Closed length 

76cm. Footprint 100cm. Weight 1.05kg. 

Max load 5kg. MU014AB £39.95 

005AB 

Heavy duty model. 3 sections (35, 30 and 

25mm). Height 2.9m max, 14cm min. 

Closed length 101cm. Footprint 109cm. 

Weight 3.5kg. Max load 9.5kg. 

MU005AB £59.95 

Interfit lighting stands 

Typical clamp locks 

are slow and imprecise. 

A quarter turn is 

sufficient to unlock 

or lock a Muraro 

stand, with the brass 

headset insert giving 

a secure grip. 

Aluminium stands as supplied in Interfit flash kits, and using the 

standard 5/8” spigot attachment with 1/4” screw top. 

Combi Stand/Boom 

(left) is 5-section with a built-in 

boom arm. Used as a conventional 

stand it will extend to 4m 

height. Unclipping the built-in 

joint allows the top 2 sections to 

become a boom with a 1.5m 

extension. INCSB £74.30 

2.1m Stand (right) is air-cushioned 

with 4-sections with max 

height of 210cm, min 72cm. 

Closed length 69cm. Footprint 

80cm. Weight 1.0kg. 

INST21 £33.50 

2.44m Stand (not shown) is to 

same design, max height 244cm, 

min 99cm. Closed length 91cm. 

Footprint 97cm. Weight 1.6kkg. 

INST24 £39.95 

Manfrotto 

Top-quality stands from the leading 

name in supports. 

051N Mini Compact 

4 sections (25, 22, 19 

and 16mm). Height 

240cm max, 67cm min. 

Closed length 67cm. Footprint 

94cm. Weight 1.1kg. Max load 4kg. 

Black only MA051NB £46.20 

052 Compact 

3 sections (25, 22 and 19mm). 

Height 250cm max, 88cm min. 

Closed 86cm. Footprint 109cm. 

Weight 1.28kg. Max load 5kg. 

Chrome MA052 £45.60 

Black MA052B £45.60 

004 Master 

4 sections (35, 30, 25 and 

20mm). Height 385cm max, 

109cm min. Closed 107cm. 

Footprint 109cm. Weight 

2.15kg. Max load 9kg. 

Chrome MA004 £72.95 

Black MA004B £72.95 

420 Combi 

Heavy duty 4-section lighting 

stand with a pivoting 

collar which allows the top 

two sections to be used either upright, or 

as a telescopic boom arm. Supplied with a 

sandbag (empty) to enable smooth counterbalanced 

operation when the head is 

attached. Supports 9kg vertically; 2kg on 

boom at maximum extension. Max height 

vertical 3.92m; closes to 113cm. Max boom 

extension 1.91m. Weight 2.7kg. 

MA420 chr £125.00 MA420B blk £130.00 


052 

051N 

012 Backlite Stand 

Black steel base with 

detachable 2-section 

aluminium centre 

column. Height 85cm 

max, 9cm min. Closed 

48cm. Footprint 

60cm. Weight 

1.32kg. Max load 3kg, 

or 10kg without 

column. Legs can be 

nailed to floor. 

Black MA012B 

£29.95 

004 

024 Light Boom 

Attaches to shaft of most stands with 

diameters of 19, 20, 25 and 28mm. 3 

sections: max length 200cm. Closed 

length 71cm. Weight 1.4kg. Load 3kg at 

170cm with counterweight attached. 

MA024 chrome £84.30 

MA024B black £87.80

Manfrotto lighting adaptors 

151 converts a tripod with 3/8” 

screw to a 5/8” spigot (add the 

HA5120 bushing if you have a 

1/4” screw) to make a lighting 

support. MA151 £4.70 

119 converts a 5/8” 

spigot socket to either a 

1/4” or 3/8” screw type. 

MA119 £3.50 

118 short spigot creates a 1/4” or 

3/8” fixing from a 5/8” socket. 

MA118 £2.80 

013 double 5/8” spigot connects 

two 5/8” socket items together. 

MA013 £5.30 

158 double socket 

connects two 5/8” 

male spigot items 

together, or creates 

female socket from 

male. MA158 £9.95 

014-14 creates a lockable 

1/4” male thread from 5/8” 

spigot. MA01414 £6.50 

014-38 is the same but with 

3/8” thread. MA01438 £6.50 

Umbrella mounts 

Tilting mounts which allow a brolly to be 

used with a camera flash. 

Manfrotto 026 fits on a standard 5/8” 

flash stand spigot, or 1/4 or 3/8” tripod 

screw. Has a 

1/4” or 3/8” 

reversible top 

screw, so a TTL 

cord can be 

directly 

attached (or 

the Hama 6959 

shoe on p51). 

MA026 £20.00 

Lastolite 

2405 has a 

Metzspecific 

attachment 

to the flash 

base socket, 

as well as 

standard 

shoe mount. 

LA2405 

£28.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Manfrotto 175 clamp 

Strong spring clamps with 

5/8” spigot attachment for a 

wide range of studio accessories. 

Handy for 

lightweight items in 

difficult 

places. Jaw 

opening is 

40mm. 

MA175 £7.40 

Manfrotto 043 Sky Hook 

Gaffer grip for poles 

from 25–65mm with 

attachment points for 

16mm accessories, 

one with 013 

double ended 

adaptor. 

MA043 

£26.40 

Manfrotto cable 

clips 

Three sizes to clamp 

cables to lighting 

stands. Supplied in sets of 4. 

MA093 Large (28–40mm) . . . . . . 3.50 

MA206 Medium (25–28mm) . . . . . 3.50 

MA064 Small (18–26mm). . . . . . . 3.50 

Manfrotto Stand Holder 

Keep stands out of way when not in use. 

Holds 8 stands with standard 5/8” spigot 

tops. 64mm distance between holes. 

Width 115cm; depth 19cm. MA027 £18.80 

Manfrotto Autopole System 

LIGHTING 

The original adjustable lighting pole system. The pole is extended and the 

cantilever lock exerts pressure on the end suctions cups to securely lock in place. 

032B (right) 

Length 210–370cm. Diameter 

40/45mm. Weight 2.2kg. Black 

MA032B £72.00 

076B (middle) 



MA076B £68.90 

Poles are shown in chrome finish 

for clarity. All items priced here are 

in black finish. 

Background supports 

045 B/P Triple 

Hooks 

Set of two background 

paper 

holders for three 

Expan 046. Can 

be fixed to a 

wall with the 

supplied studs and screws, or screwed to 

an 035 Super Clamp for pole mounting. 

MN045 £31.70 

059 B/P Single Hooks 

Set of two background 

paper hooks which fit 

into the 035 Super 

Clamp socket, taking 

the 046 Expan. 

MA059 £15.20 

059WM Single Hooks 

As above, but with 

bracket for mounting direct to a wall. 

Complete with screws. MA059WM £15.20 

046 Expan 

Insert into 

the ends of a 

paper roll 

with core 

diameters 46–76mm, includes plastic 

chain and weight. MA046 £55.50 

046MC Expan as above but with metal 

chains. MA046MC £66.50 

077B (left) 



MA077B £61.50 

032 Base 

Tripod base for above poles. 126cm 

footprint. MA032BASE £35.00 

033 Extension tube 2m length 

MA033B £21.50 

034 Extension tube 1.5m length 

MA034B £18.50 

SAVE 5% 

on these prices 

when you spend 

£150 or more 

on Autopole 

and Expan 

(applies to 

items 

purchased at 

the same time) 

More background 

support options are 

featured overleaf. 

Other background support accessories 

MA047-2 Alu-Core for uncored paper. 

Length 275cm; 50mm dia . . . . . . . . 35.20 

MA062-2 B/P Counterweight. . . . . 23.50 

MA091 Expan Chain 1m plastic. . . 7.00 

MA091MC Expan Chain 1m metal . . 25.80 

MA039 U Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 

MA035 Super Clamp . . . . . . . . . . 16.45 

MA038 Double Super Clamp . . . . 34.00 

see page 25 for other Super Clamp items 

Speed Graphic 

67

LIGHTING 

Backgrounds 

Supports 

Interfit 

Telescopic stands and cross pole pack 

down into a compact carry bag, and have 

a maximum size of 2.4m high x 2.5m wide. 

Small size INBGS £69.95 

Also available in a heavier duty form to 

support a full width background cloth, or 

half roll paper backgrounds. 

2.6m H x 3.15m W. 

Large size INBGL £99.95 

Lastolite 1108 

Suitable for cloth curtain backgrounds, or 

half roll paper backgrounds. Consists of 

two stands (which can be used for lights 

on their own), with a maximum height of 

3.12m and a telescopic cross bar with a 

maximum extension of 2.96m. Comes with 

a waterproof case. Background cloth shown 

not included. LA1108 £137.70 

Manfrotto 314 

Heavy-duty set comprising 272 cross 

pole, 2 x 052 stands and 2 x 275 Mini 

Spring clips and kit bag. Will cope with 

full width cloth or 11m length full roll 

paper. MA314 £166.50 

Manfrotto 272 cross pole 

If you already have 2 suitable lighting 

stands with standard 5/8” spigot fitting, 

this 3-section horizontal pole will convert 

them into a background support. 

Minimum extension 1.1m; maximum 

extension 2.98m. Weight 250g. 

MA272 £55.00 

Other options . . . 

For fixed studio settings Manfrotto’s 045 

background triple hooks coupled with 046 

Expan drive sets are popular, or Autopoles 

can be used. See page 67 for more details. 

Lastolite 1109 stand 

The ideal companion for the majority of 

Lastolite 

collapsible 

backgrounds, 

the 1109 

has a 

maximum 

height of 

1.85m 

(6ft) and 

collapses 

to an easily 

portable 

package. 

LA1109 

£57.95 

Lastolite background colour swatch 

There are 12 colours available in collapsible and curtain styles. Colours are a guide only. 

40 Washington 41 Dakota 

42 Kentucky 43 Virginia 

46 Florida 48 Maine 

49 Colorado 50 Wyoming 

51 Ohio 53 Mississippi 

NEW 54 Arizona NEW 55 New York 

Lastolite background paper rolls 

FULL ROLL 2.72m wide x 11m long 

Delivered direct to you from the Lastolite 

distributor. All types each £46.95 

LA9001 Super White 

LA9002 Heaven 

LA9020 Black 

LA9051 Ivory 

LA9027 Shadow Grey 

LA9059 Dove Grey 

Other colours are also available. 

HALF ROLL 1.37m wide x 11m long £39.50 

LA9101 Super White 

9001 9002 


9020 

9051 

LA9120 Black 

LA9127 Shadow Grey 

available in these three colours only 

9027 

9059

Lastolite 

backgrounds 

The UK’s leading name in 

backgrounds offers a huge 

array of styles and sizes. We 

can supply any, and if you 

need one in a hurry, and if 

it’s in stock at the Lastolite 

distributor, we can send it to 

you direct for a carriage 

supplement of £3.50. 

Three popular sizes for 

the home studio are featured 

on the right, and if you need 

more information, please ask 

us for the Lastolite colour 

catalogue to help you make 

your choice! 

Collapsible Reversible 

– no train (1) 

1.5 x 1.8m (5 x 6’). Have a different but 

complementary colour on the reverse. 

Fold away as shown above, and the size 

suits head and shoulder portraits of one 

or two people. Can easily be hung on a 

wall or propped up behind the sitter. 

LA56FM Florida/Maine 

LA56WD Washington/Dakota 

LA56WU Wyoming/Mississippi 

LA56VK Virginia/Kentucky 

LA56NO New York/Ohio 

LA56CA Arizona/Colorado each £95.00 

Single colour 

Crease-resistant, for passport, ID and 

other uses. 1.5 x 1.8m. 

LA56DB Dark Brown/Light Brwn £95.00 

LA56MB Mid Blue/Light Blue . . . £95.00 

LA56DG Dark Grey/Light Grey . . £95.00 

LA5621 Black/White . . . . . . . . £104.50 

LA5620 Freestyle (white) . . . . . £73.20 

Chromakey 

Traditionally used in video photography as 

a tool to mix two or more images; is now 

often used in digital photography to aid 

cutting and pasting subjects. 

LA5687 Blue/green 1.5 x 1.8m £167.40 

LA5987 Blue/green 1.8 x 2.1m £257.00 

Also available as 

curtains, Mini 

Scrolls and Skylite 

collapsibles. 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

1 2 3 

Collapsible Reversible 

– with train (2) 

1.8 x 2.15m + 1.5m train. Now double 

sided (two trains included – see below). 

Fold up, reflector style, into a circular 

80cm, easily portable unit. Once 

mastered, you will impress family and 

clients with the trick. 

LA67FM Florida/Maine 

LA67WD Washington/Dakota 

LA67WU Wyoming/Mississippi 

LA67VK Virginia/Kentucky 

LA67NO New York/Ohio 

LA67CA Arizona/Colorado . ea £159.95 

Black/White Collapsible 

1.8 x 2.1m + 

1.5m detachable 

black and white 

trains. Creaseresistant,washable 

material 

velcroes in place. 

LA6701 £188.00 

Steve’s guide to folding 

your Lastolite background 

1 Grasp the corners 

of one of the 

shorter sides, and 

bring the long sides 

together. 

2 Fold the edge 

nearest you down 

and let the bottom 

edge come towards 

your feet. 

3 Cross your hands 

to allow the top of 

the background to 

form a circle, and 

hold with one 

hand,and gather up 

the bottom edge. 

4 You should now 

have a circular shape 

to put in the bag. If 

not, go back to 1 

and repeat until 

exhausted. 

LIGHTING 

Curtain style (3) 

3 x 3.5m (10 x 12’). Single-sided. 

Designed for those who work with children 

and pets, or use backgrounds intensively. 

Chuck ‘em in the Hotpoint @ 40ºC when 

grubby. All colours £89.95 

LA7740 Washington 

LA7741 Dakota 

LA7742 Kentucky 

LA7743 Virginia 

LA7746 Florida 

LA7748 Maine 

LA7749 Colorado 

LA7750 Wyoming 

LA7751 Ohio 

LA7753 Mississippi 

LA7754 Arizona 

LA7755 New York 

3 x 7m (10 x 24’) Longer train version. 

All colours £133.00 

LA7840 Washington 

LA7841 Dakota 

LA7842 Kentucky 

LA7843 Virginia 

LA7846 Florida 

LA7848 Maine 

LA7849 Colorado 

LA7850 Wyoming 

LA7851 Ohio 

LA7853 Mississippi 

LA7854 Arizona 

LA7855 New York 

This is not a complete list of Lastolite 

backgrounds – please ask for a quotation 

on anything not shown here. 

Speed Graphic 

69

LIGHT METERS 

Surely, my multi-segment TTL system will do it all? 

Well, yes it will, in about 90% of 

picture-taking scenarios, if you have a 

very good one. But then there’s the 

black cat in the coal cellar scenario, the 

ethereal dawn glow scenario, not to 

mention the control that you get with a 

hand-held meter, which is why most 

serious photographers end up acquiring 

one. 

Some explanation of terms used; 

ambient light refers to a continuous 

light source, usually daylight, but it 

could be a tungsten light as well. Flash 

meters, as the name implies, measure 

Ambient meters 

Gossen Sixtomat 

Shirt-pocket sized meter with a large, 

high contrast digital readout and excellent 

low light capability. An additional 

analogue scale indicates the contrast 

range of the subject. Readout can be set 

as shutter or aperture 

priority. 

� EV range -2.5–18 

@100ISO 

� Speeds 60 

mins–1/8000th 

� Apertures f1–f90 

(1/10th stops) 

� ISO range 3–8000 

With case, strap and 1 

x AA battery. 

GSSIX £104.95 

Capital SP-1 

Straightforward, Japanese-made meter 

designed for ambient metering. It has a 1º 

measurement area, and needle and scale 

viewfinder readout, and cine speeds. 

� EV range 2–18 @100ISO 

� Speeds 30 mins–1/2000th 

� Apertures 

f1–45 

� ISO range 

6–6400 

� Dioptric 

viewfinder adjustment 

Uses 9v battery 

(supplied) 

Includes case, eyecup 

and strap. CPSP1 

£175.00 

the instantaneous light from flash, and are 

increasingly combined with an ambient 

meter. Incident metering means measuring 

the light falling on a subject – by 

holding the meter in front of the subject 

pointing towards the light source, and is 

often the most accurate form of measurement. 

Reflected metering is what all 

cameras do – measuring the light 

reflected from the subject. Spot meters do 

the same, but take an angle of view of 

1–4º rather than the 60º or so of the standard 

meter view. 

Gossen Digisix 

Pocket meter 

weighing only 

40g. Operation 

is traditional: a 

reading is 

taken, the EV 

value displayed 

on an LCD 

screen, and 

this is transferred 

to a 

rotary scale. 

The Digisix stores readings to allow 

contrast measurement, and features 

countdown timer (up to 30 mins), clock, 

alarm and thermometer (-15–70ºC). 


� Speeds 4mins–1/2000th 



� 25º measuring angle 

Uses 1 x CR2032 (supplied). Includes case. 

GSDIG £72.95 

Clip-on Shoe Adaptor for Digisix meters. 

Slots into accessory shoe on camera to fix 

meter in place. GSDSHOE £9.95 

Dual-purpose flash and ambient meters 

Polaris 

Large and clear 

digital readout. 

Ambient metering 

� EV range 1–19.9 

� Speeds 60 

secs–1/8000th 

� Apertures 

f0.7–f45 

� ISO range 

3–8000 

� Scale indicates 

1/10th stop increments. 

Flash metering 

� Speeds 1 sec–1/500th 

� Apertures f0.5–f90 

� 9 multiple flash mem 

Uses 1 x AA (not supplied) 

Includes case and strap. 

NEW Gossen Digipro F 

Development of the Sixtomat Flash, but with the addition of a 

swivelling light receptor measuring a 25º angle. 


� EV range -2.5–18 




� Cine speeds 


� Speeds 1 sec–1/1000th, plus 1/90th 

SPECIAL PURCHASE 

Polaris meter complete with 10º 

spot attachment. RRP181.80 

Our price £ 9995 [Code PLKIT] 

Gossen Digiflash 

The world’s smallest flashmeter. All the 

functions of the Digisix (left) and the 

same diminutive 

size, but with a 1/3 

stop accurate flash 

meter. 


� Speeds 1 

sec–1/500th, plus 

1/90th 


GSDIGF £104.95 


� Up to 10 multiple 

flash memory 

Uses 1 x AA 

(supplied) 

Includes case and 

strap. 

GSDPF £168.70 

Sekonic L-308B II 

Versatile and popular meter, now with 

extra flat Lumidisc for improved metering 

of point light sources. 


� 0–19.9 @100ISO 

� Speeds 60 secs–1/8000th 


� ISO range 

3–8000 

� 1/10th stop 

accuracy. Last 

setting retained 

in memory. 


� Speeds 1 

sec–1/500th 

� Apertures 

f1.4–f90 

Uses 1 x AA 

(supplied) 


strap. SE308B £109.95 

Sekonic T-style sync cord. 15 feet long, 

interconnects camera, meter and flash. 

SESC £24.95 

Minolta Autometer VF 

Update of the popular IVF, with improved 

highlight/shadow and average metering, 

and accepting a wide range of accessories. 


� EV range -2.0–19.9 




in 1/3rd stops 

� 2 reading memory 

with 

highlight/shadow 

metering and 

averaging function 


� Speeds 1 

sec–1/500th 


Uses 1 x AA (not 

supplied) 


strap. 

MNAM5F £188.50 


Sekonic L-358 

With simultaneous measurement of flash 

and ambient light, plus many other 

features, this meter sets a new standard 

at the price point. 


� EV range -2–22.9 @100ISO 




� 1, 1/2 or 1/3 stop 

increment shutter or 

aperture display. 

� Nine reading 

memory. 

� Simultaneous 

metering of flash and 

ambient light. 

� All-weather design 


� Speeds 

30mins–1/1000th 


Uses 1 x CR123A 

battery (supplied) 

Includes case and strap. SE358 £189.95 

Sekonic L-558 

Offers flash and ambient exposure metering 

in both (fixed) 1º spot and incident 

modes, and weatherproof construction. 


� EV range -2–22.9 max @100ISO 


� Apertures f0.5–f161 in 1/10th stops 


� Wide range of cine speeds 

� 3 reading exposure averaging 

� Built-in dioptric 

adjustment 

Compatible with wirelessaccessories. 


� Speeds 30 

mins– 1/1000th 


� Up to 9 repeat 

flashes 

Uses 1 x CR123A 

battery (supplied). 

Inc case and strap. 

SE558 £309.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Minolta Flashmeter VI 

Latest top level professional meter incorporating 

a 1º spot function and dial-in 

latitude to ensure that the tonal range 

will match the final medium used. 

Simultaneous metering and analysis of 

flash and ambient light. 


� EV range -2–19.9 @100ISO 

� Speeds 30 

mins–1/16000th 



� 1/2 or 1/3 stop 

increments. 

� Wide range of 

accessories 


� Speeds 

30min– 1/1000th 


� 9 exposure multiple 

reading 

Uses 1 x AA 

(supplied) 

Inc. case and strap. 

MNFM6 £325.00 

Sekonic L-608 

State-of-the-art meter offering optional 

remote radio triggering of flash heads. 


� EV range -2–22.9 @100ISO 


� Apertures f0.5–f128.9 


� Combined metering of flash and 

ambient 

� 1–4º zoom spot metering 

� Nine reading 

memory 


� Speeds 1 

sec–1/1000th 

� Apertures 

f0.5–f128.9 

� Unlimited 

multiple readings. 

Uses 1 x 

CR123A battery 

(supplied) 

Includes case 

and strap. 

SE608 £379.95 

Gossen Starlite 

All-in-one meter, with comprehensive 

cine, zone system and photometric metering 

options. 1º or 5º spot metering as well 

as standard incident/reflective, waterresistant 

housing, and auto calculation of 

Polaroid exposure value. 


� EV range -2.5–18 @100ISO 




in 1/3 stops 

� Cine speeds 

2–360fps 

� Ambient/flash 

ratio readout 

� 9 memories for 

ambient or flash 


� Speeds 1 

sec–1/1000th 


Uses 1 x AA 

(supplied) 


strap. 

GSSTAR £294.00 

Gossen Spotmaster 2 

1º spot meter for flash or ambient light, 

with a comprehensive viewfinder display. 



� Speeds 60 mins–1/8000th, plus 1/90th 

� Apertures f1–f90 in 1/10th stops 

� ISO range 

1–80000 

� Contrast reading 

and averaging. 

EV and zone 

system scales. 


� Speeds 1/8 sec 

–1/1000th 

� Apertures f2.8–f90. 

Uses 1 x 9v (supplied). 

Includes case and strap. 

RRP £649.99 

GSSM £549.00 

LIGHT METERS 

Meter accessories 

Novoflex 

Zebra 

A 20x15cm 

plastic card, 

with white 

and 18% 

reflectance grey 

sides. NVZEBRA £9.00 

Lastolite Ezybalance 

Gives accurate colour or exposure rendition 

with either 

18% reflectance 

grey or white 

surfaces. 30cm 

diameter folds down 

to a third of size. 

LA1258 £17.95 

Post capture colour correction 

By including a shot of a grey card in 

every sequence of shots and then using 

the levels setting in Photoshop to match 

the other shots to the Ezybalance sample, 

colour and exposure can be quickly 

corrected. 

Wein Meter Mate 2 

An infra-red transmitter for any flashmeter, 

the Meter 

Mate plugs into 

the PC terminal 

of the meter 

and triggers 

most infrared 

sensitive flash 

heads. No more 

need to unplug 

the sync cable from the camera! Works up 

to 10m/35ft away. WEMM £49.00 

Sekonic meter accessories 

SESC T-style sync cord. . . . . . . 24.95 

SESUP Step-up ring L-608/608C . 5.95 

SENP1 NP Finder 1º . . . . . . . . . 119.95 

SEGC Grey Card . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 

Minolta meter accessories 

MNRSD Replacement std diffuser 20.00 

MNRLA2 Refl. light att 40º AMVF. . 15.00 

MNFD Flash diffuser . . . . . . . . . 25.00 

MNSC3 T-style sync cord 5m . . . . 35.00 

Speed Graphic 

71

BAGS 

Zing covers are made primarily of 5mm neoprene, the exact 

same material used for wetsuits. It’s robust, very soft, and 

stretches to form a custom fit for the equipment it covers, 

and provides minimal bulk when not in use. 

The unique one-piece Zing design 

does away with the need for latches. 

The flap has an aperture, which when pulled forward over the lens 

slips snugly into place to give maximum dust and abrasion protection. 

It’s the only pouch of its kind to be exhibited at London’s 

Design Museum. 

While shooting, the cover can either hang from your camera 

strap, or be quickly stuffed in a pocket. 

Zing SLR covers 

Standard SLR Cover 

For most older manual focus SLRs 

plus newer compact body autofocus 

types, together with a lens up to 

8.7cm (3.5”) long. £20.00 

ZSB Std SLR all black 

ZSG Std SLR green 

reversible to black 

Large SLR Cover 

For the majority of autofocus SLRs with a 

body depth of around 10cm and deep body 

manual focus types, together with a lens 

up to 10cm (4”) long. £21.00 

ZLG Large SLR green reversible to 

black 

Zing Telezoom Covers 

Standard Zoom SLR Cover 

For most older manual focus SLRs plus 

newer compact body autofocus types, 

together with a lens from 8.7–17.5cm 

(3.5–7”) long. £22.50 

ZSZG Std Zoom green reversible to 

black 

Zing Large Zoom SLR Cover 

For most autofocus SLRs, together with a 

lens from 10–17.5cm (4–7”) long. £23.50 

ZLZG Lge Zoom green reversible to 

black 

Zing Pro Zoom SLR Cover 

For professional size autofocus SLRs up to 

150mm or cameras with drives, together 

with a lens from 10–17.5cm (4–7”) long. 

Black. ZPZB £26.50 

Green Zing covers can be turned inside out if 

you prefer a more sedate black. 

Zing Pro SLR Cover 

For professional size autofocus SLRs up to 

150mm or cameras with drives, together 

with a lens up to 10cm (4”) long. £24.00 

ZPB Pro SLR black 

Zing Action Covers 

The same as the 

Standard or Large 

SLR covers, but with 

the addition of a 

removable elastic 

waist strap which 

works with your 

camera strap to 

restrain the camera 

while out hiking, biking or climbing. 

ZSACB Std Action Cover black . . 24.00 

ZLACB Lge Action Cover black . . 26.00 

Op/tech D-Series 

One-piece neoprene cases to fit many 

styles of film and digital cameras. Snap 

locks attach the flap cover. 

D-Compact 1 fits Canon G1-G3 and similar 

size 35mm or digital cameras measuring 

approx 12.2W x7.6Hx7.6D cm. OPDC £17.95 

D-Offset 2 fits most cameras like the 

Nikon 5700/Fuji S602 with an offset 

design measuring 12.4Wx7.6Hx11.7D cm. 

OPDO £17.95 

Zing Belt Bags 

Multi-purpose soft neoprene 

pouches with a velcro flap and belt 

loop on the back. Black only. 

Small Belt Bag 

For small 35mm, APS or digital 

cameras, mini binoculars, light 

meters etc. 137x87x37mm 

(5.5x3.5x1.5”) 

ZBBSB £10.00 

Medium Belt Bag 

(middle) For larger compact 

cameras, cell phones, 

personal stereos, organisers 

etc 167x100 x37mm 

(6.5x4x1.5”) 

ZBBMB £11.00 

D-SLR 3 fits SLR bodies 15Wx8H, like 

Nikon D100, Canon D30/60 or EOS1D 

without battery pack, with a lens not 

exceeding 11.4Lx8.25D cm. OPDS £21.95 

D-Pro 4 fits pro digital SLRs or 35mm with 

battery packs 15Wx14H, like Nikon D1, 

Canon EOS with battery pack, Fuji S2 Pro 

with lens size as above. OPDP 27.95 

Large Belt Bag 

(right) For flashguns, larger cameras, PDAs, GPS 

navigators etc. 200x115x37mm (8.25x4.5x1.5”) 

ZBBLB £12.00 


3 

2 

1 

4

Tamrac Digital Series 

Designed specifically for the new generation 

of digital SLRs, these zoomster bags 

have Tamrac’s exclusive system for identifying 

unused and full cards – tuck the red 

flap behind empty cards, and just flip out 

to cover when full. 

With a tough ballistic nylon exterior, 

and combined closed and open cell foam 

for maximum shock damping and snug fit, 

they have belt loops and shoulder strap 

and extra under-lid pocket. 

Further accessories from the Tamrac 

Strap Accessory System can be added to 

increase capacity. Digital Zoom 3 

Sized around the Canon EOS300D with a 

lens up to 9cm long, it will also take most 

SLR-style digitals with fixed zoom lenses. 

Front and under-lid organiser pockets. 

Internal dimensions: 15Wx10Dx15Hcm 

TC5683 £19.95 

Lowepro Rezo 

Neat pouches for digital 

compacts. The stretchy 

padded fabric gives 

quite a bit, so use 

the dimensions as 

a rough guide – a 

slightly larger 

camera will probably fit. 

Camera access is quick, via a zip at the 

top of the pouch, and as well as a belt 

loop there’s a detachable shoulder strap. 

Rezo 10 

Internal dimensions: 

7W x 1.5D x 9.5H cm 

LPR10 £10.00 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Digital Zoom 4 

A little bigger, to accomodate a body with 

a wider or longer zoom up to 11cm long. 

There are two additional side pocket to 

take card reader, 

mobile phone etc. 


15Wx11Dx18H cm 

TC5684 £29.95 

Rezo 20 


7.5W x 3D x 10.5H cm 

LPR20 £12.00 

Rezo 40 


5.8W x 4D x 13.5H cm 

LPR40 £16.00 

Rezo 30 


7W x 3.5D x 12.2H cm 

LPR30 £14.00 

Lowepro Toploader 

Toploader 65AW 

Gives great protection for a typical SLR 

with short zoom. A tough, water-resistant 

ballistic nylon outer covers closed-sell 

foam interior, and when the weather gets 

really bad there’s a pull-out AW cover. 

Drop-down front pocket organises filters 

and films, there are loops for SlipLock 

accessories, and it can be belt mounted, 

or can use the optional Chest Harness. 

16.5W x15Dx20H cm. LPTL65 £46.50 

Rezo 60 


7.5Wx7Dx 14H 

cm. 

LPR60 £20.00 

Rezo 50 


7.5W x 3.7D x 13H 

cm. LPR50 £18.00 

BAGS 


Larger version for average SLR with a 

longer standard zoom, or compact telephoto 

type. 

Includes a 

Chest Harness, 

and has a large 

belt slot to allow 

it to be mounted 

on the Street & 

Field Deluxe 

Waistbelt. 16.5W 

x15D x25.5H 

cm. 

LPTL70 

£54.50 

Rezo 10 

All AW Topload 

pouches include a 

pull-out cover for total 

protection when 

conditions deteriorate. 


The largest model is designed to take prosize 

SLRs with attached fast 80–200 size 

zoom. Instant access is guaranteed with 

the reverse-opening lid and it includes a 

Chest Harness and attachment loops for 

SlipLock accessories. 16.5Wx15Dx32H cm. 

LPTL75 £62.50 

Rezo TLZ20 

Uses the same 

stretchy 

fabric with 

soft tricot 

knit interior 

to house an 

SLR with 

short zoom. 


13.5Wx 

10Dx17.5H cm. 

LPRTLZ20 £25.00 

Rezo TLZ10 

Similar to the above, but shaped to fit an 

offset-style fixed lens digital camera or 

small SLR with compact zoom. Internal 

dimensions: 13.5Wx9.5Dx14H cm 

LPRTLZ10 £20.00 

Speed Graphic 

73

BAGS 

Novoflex wraps 

Other wraps we have tried use standard 

neoprene fabrics which give good protection 

but have limited stretch. 

Novoflex use a brand new fabric (in 

nice bright blue of course) which 

combines all the protection with much 

more stretch, so you can really wrap it 

tight around the equipment. Four sizes: 

Small for pocket cameras, phones etc 

20x20cm. NVWRAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95 

Medium for SLR bodies, lenses, flash, small 

camcorders. 28x28cm NVWRAPM . . . . 9.95 

Large for tele lenses, cameras with lens on, 

camcorders. 38x38cm. NVWRAPL . . . 12.95 

Extra large for long telephotos etc 

48x48cm. NVWRAPXL . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95 

Lowepro Lens Trekker 600AW 

Will take a long lens from 300/f2.8 to 

600/f4 with camera body attached. The 

adjustable cradle ensures a snug fit. 

There’s a quick-release tripod mount, pullout 

all-weather cover, 

plus large external 

pocket for film and 

accessories. 2003 

version now includes a 

built-in backpack 

harness which includes 

a padded back pad with 

lumbar support, and 

padded straps 

and waistbelt. 

LPLT6 

£124.50 

Domke Photogs 

He’s back. Long-time customers will recall 

our cool man of action in the old A5 

smudgy black and white Pocketbook. 

Domke is now back in the UK, and we 

can offer this 100% quality stonewashed 

cotton product again (at a price 18% 

lower than before!). Mesh panels under 

the arms and at the back provide ventilation; 

shoulders are padded and quilted, 

and it has a raised and padded collar to 

cushion a strap. There are 18 pockets in 

total; front ones have weathertight velcro 

flaps, and are lined with waterproof 

nylon. Has moveable press pass holder, 

and two handwarmer pockets. £69.95 

DKPS Photogs Small (36–38”) 

DKPM Photogs Medium (40–44”) 

DKPL Photogs Large (46–48”) 

DKPXL Photogs Extra Large (50–52”) 

Peli Microcases 

Ensure that small but expensive item is 

given complete protection! 

Sizes: see panel on right 

Colours: add suffix in brackets to code 

when ordering. Clear/black liner (CB); 

Clear/blue liner (CBL); Clear/yellow liner 

(CY); Clear/red liner (CR); Black/black 

liner (B); Blue/black liner (BL); Red/black 

liner (R); Yellow/black liner (Y) 

PE1010 Microcase 1010. . . . . . . . 13.95 

PE1020 Microcase 1020. . . . . . . . 17.95 

PE1030 Microcase 1030. . . . . . . . 18.95 

PE1040 Microcase 1040. . . . . . . . 19.95 

PE1050 Microcase 1050 . . . . . . . 20.95 

PE1060 Microcase 1060. . . . . . . . 24.95 

Optional ‘pick n pluck’ foam inserts 

PE1010F 1010 foam insert . . . . . . . 4.50 






Zing XL Stuff Pouch 

An extra thick neoprene pouch big enough for medium 

format rangefinder and smaller SLR cameras, large pro 

35mm and digital SLR bodies, and similarly sized 

equipment. Belt loops and shoulder strap attachments 

are provided. 20cm long x 15cm max dia. ZXLS £18.50 

Waist packs 

Lowepro Off Trail 2 

Big enough for a pro-size SLR with attached 

80–200/f2.8, plus more lenses in the side cases. 

These can be detached, to be replaced if required 

with any Street & Field sliplock item. Bag size: 

18.5Wx16.5D x29H cm. Black. £41.70 

Lowepro Orion AW 

The 2-in-1 bag. Firstly, it’s a heavily padded waistpack 

with room for a pro SLR, four lenses and a 

meter. There’s a pull-out all-weather cover under 

the front pocket. But what makes this pack special is 

the stowaway pack that turns the Orion into a 

modular backpack – ideal for carrying clothing on a 

day out. Now totally upgraded to include a deeper 

main compartment for, say, an 80–200/f2.8, 

improved DayPack with beefier shoulder straps, and 

more. Size 34Wx15Dx20H cm. £107.95 

LPOAWB Orion AW all black 

LPOAWG Orion AW forest green/black 

Peli Micro Case sizing 

All dimensions are interior in cm 

L W D 

1010 11.2 7.4 4.3 

1020 13.6 9.2 4.3 

1030 16.5 6.9 5.2 

1040 16.6 10 4.4 

1050 16.6 10 6.9 

1060 21.4 11.2 5.7 


Kata Elements Cover 

Kata is an Israeli company mainly making 

high-end protection for ENG video 

cameras and military applications. This is 

a well thought out all-weather protector 

for any size SLR with a standard zoom. A 

full length double zipper allows easy 

access and the adjustable hood fits a 

variety of lens diameters and needs no 

velcro attachment. A clear plastic sleeve is 

of a high quality grade that won’t 

discolour or crack. 

For longer lenses there’s the E-704 

Sleeve Kit 

which 

consists of 

a 350mm 

and 650mm 

sleeve which 

attach to the E- 

702. If access is 

needed for focusing, a Hand Sleeve can be 

connected where required. 

Elements Cover KTE702 £52.00 

Sleeve Kit KTE704 £61.00 

Silvestri Protection Sacks 

Padded drawstring pouches for big objects 

(like a Metz hammerhead flash). 

SVPS1 24L x 13D cm . . . . . . . . . 12.50 

SVPS3 30L x 15D cm . . . . . . . . . 16.50 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Peli Protector 

Peli cases are used by NATO forces and 

professional field users throughout the 

world, and feature 1/4” neoprene O ring 

seal, purge valve, extra-thick resin walls 

and massive latches for absolute security. 

We list some of the most 

popular sizes. Most Peli 

cases are available in 

black (B), silver (S), 

yellow (Y) or 

orange (O). 

Case illustrated is 

1550 with foam 

interior. 

FREE PADLOCK! 

worth £7.95, with every Peli case 

over £100 

NEW 1510 ‘Max Carry-On’ 

In response to popular 

demand, Peli have produced 

a 56x35x23cm case – the 

largest hand baggage 

size of most airlines. 

Colours 

Wheels 

Extn Handle 

Carry-on 

Weight (kg) 

Peli Product Codes 

See chart at bottom of page for colour 

options. 

Add letter to code below; thus 1550 with 

foam interior in yellow is ‘PE1550FY’. 

PE1300F Peli 1300 foam interior. . 55.80 

PE1300E Peli 1300 no interior . . . 48.70 


PE1400E Peli 1400 no interior. . . . 74.40 


PE1450D Peli 1450 dividers . . . . . 126.40 


PE1500F Peli 1500 foam interior. 104.00 



PE1510F Peli 1510 foam interior . 152.50 




PE1520E Peli 1520 no interior. . . 109.60 








PE1610D Peli 1610 no interior . . . 196.80 







PES Peli Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 

PECP Peli Combination Padlock . 7.95 

Interior cm Exterior cm 

Model L W H L W H 

1300 B,O,S,Y ✔ 1.60 23.8 18.4 15.5 27.0 24.6 17.4 

1400 B,O,S,Y ✔ 2.00 30.5 23.0 13.1 34.0 29.5 15.2 

1450 B,O,S,Y ✔ 2.90 37.6 26.3 15.2 40.6 33.0 17.4 

1470 B,O,S,Y ✔ 2.47 40.0 26.8 9.5 42.4 33.2 11.1 

1490 B,O,S,Y ✔ 2.70 45.4 29.2 10.5 49.4 35.4 11.9 

1500 B,O,S,Y ✔ 3.20 43.2 29.0 15.5 47.0 35.7 17.6 

1510 B ✔ 5.90 51.4 28.9 19.2 55.9 35.1 22.9 

1520 B,O,S,Y 3.90 45.4 32.4 17.1 48.6 39.2 19.2 

1550 B,O,S,Y 5.40 48.1 36.7 19.7 52.5 43.6 21.7 

1600 B,O,S,Y 6.40 55.2 42.7 20.0 61.6 49.4 22.0 

1610 B ✔ ✔ 10.20 56.3 43.5 26.9 62.4 49.0 30.3 

1620 B ✔ ✔ 11.80 56.0 43.2 32.0 63.0 49.2 35.2 

1650 B ✔ ✔ 13.80 73.6 45.4 26.7 82.5 52.0 28.7 

BAGS 

Lowepro Omni 

Designed for the travelling photographer, 

these are not hard shell cases, being made 

from a closed-cell high density foam, but 

have the unique capability of fitting a 

specific Peli/Lowepro Extreme case for 

total water, dust and shock protection. 

Omni Pro 

Fits under an airline seat, and takes 1–2 

bodies and 5–7 lenses. 43Wx16Dx20H cm. 

LPOP £84.20 

Shown with 

Lowepro Omni 

Extreme shell 

(Peli 1520 size) 

case. 

LPOPS 

£132.00 

Omni Trekker 

An ideal travelling 

case for a large SLR 

system. With reverseopening 

lid, removable 

tripod straps and 

backpack harness, it’s 

discreet and capacious. 44.5Wx13.5D 

x33H cm. 

LPOTK £107.00 

Lowepro Omni Extreme shell (Peli 1550 

size) LPOTKS £165.00 

Other Omni cases 

LPOS Omni Sport (Peli 1400) . . 39.95 

LPOSS Omni Sport Extr. Shell . . 92.50 

LPOT Omni Traveller (Peli 1450) 57.00 

LPOTS Omni Traveller Extr. Shell 99.95 

Speed Graphic 

75

BAGS 

Crumpler 

NEW Photo Bags 

No change to Crumpler’s rugged Oz 

courier bag style, matched by oversized 

zips, seatbelt width webbing straps, and 

large quick-flick buckles, but enhanced by 

some useful detail changes to make access 

easier. 

� The drop-down front pocket now has a 

hidden back section – dubbed ‘The 

Darkroom’ . 

� Part of the upper section base can be 

removed to enable a longer lens to be 

stacked vertically. To wit; ‘the Trapdoor’. 

Colours 

The Darkroom 

plus Red shown top right 

Geekstar 

(above) Largest in the range, for 2 bodies 

and 6 lenses and accessories. 

37Lx28Hx22.5D cm. £98.50 

CRGE001 black CRGE004 navy 

CRGE002 red CRGE005 green 

CRGE003 grey 

Bunny Man 

For 2 bodies and 5 lenses and accessories. 

29Lx25Hx20D cm. £71.60 

CRBM001 black CRBM004 navy 

CRBM002 red CRBM005 green 

CRBM003 grey 

Long Schlong 

Taller bag for 2 bodies and 5 lenses and 

accessories. 26Lx28Hx19D cm. £62.70 

CRLS001 black CRLS004 navy 

CRLS002 red CRLS005 green 

CRLS003 grey 

Stunner 

Takes 1 body and 2 lenses and accessories. 

25Lx23Hx16.5D cm. £49.50 

CRSTU001 black CRSTU004 navy 

CRSTU002 red CRSTU005 green 

CRSTU003 grey 

Lollypop 

Takes 1 body and 1 lens and accessories. 

20Lx22Hx14D cm. £35.90 

CRLL001 black CRLL004 navy 

CRLL002 red CRLL005 green 

CRLL003 grey 

Expand capacity with a Crisp-E! 

New range of pouches for digital cameras, phones, meters etc 

attach to the photo bags – in matching colours. 

CRTC250 Crisp-E 250 

7W x 8H x 3Dcm £12.95 


7W x 9 x 3.5cm £16.95 


8W x 10H x 4.5cm £22.95 

Colours: suffix -01 black, -02 red, 

-03 grey, -04 navy, -05 green 

Photo bags for laptops 

Tamrac CyberPro 

A slim, briefcase-style holdall for laptop and 

photo gear, ideal for a carry-on bag. Separate, 

foam-padded rear compartment carries a large 

laptop like a 17” Mac G4 (max size 28x5x39.5cm) 

with space for cables and charger. Front pocket 

takes all the busy photographer’s paraphernalia. 

Behind this is Tamrac’s excusive SlidePocket with 

the useful memory card flap system for identifying 

full and empty cards. Supplied with grab 

handle, shoulder strap and rear flap to allow it to 

be slipped over the handle of a rolling pack. 

Black. TC5618 £75.00 

Crumpler Brian’s Hottub 

Ah, those names. 

Typical Crumpler 

thinking turns 

backpack 

design back to 

front. Access 

to equipment 

is via 

a large zip 

hatch on 

the back, 

so you can 

put the bag 

down on damp 

ground without suffering subsequent 

discomfort. 

The Hottub is the 

largest of these 

packs, each of 

which has a 

removeable laptop 

compartment. The 

whole photo section 

can also be removed 

if needed, and 

there’s plenty of 

accessory space. 

Brian’s Hottub Ext 

55Hx35Wx25D cm. Holds 2 bodies, 7 

lenses, 17” laptop. £152.95 

CRBHT001 black/olive 

CRBHT002 black/blue 

Farmers Double 55Hx35Wx24D cm. Holds 

2 bodies, 4 lenses, 17” laptop. £107.50 

CRFD002 black CRFD001 navy 

CRFD003 olive 

Shrinkle Ext 50Hx32Wx22D cm. Holds 2 

bodies , 7 lenses, 15” laptop. Black/blue. 

£134.95 

CRSRI001 black CRSRI002 navy/silver 

Tamrac CyberPack 

CyberPack 8 

For a large outfit of 

several camera bodies, 

with a lens up to 34cm 

attached to one, plus a 

laptop up to 17” screen 

size in a rear padded 

compartment. A tripod 

attachment, thickly 

padded shoulder 

harness and hip belt and sternun strap 

help ease the burden. Internal size: 30W x 

15D x 46H cm. Black. TC5258 £139.95 

CyberPack 6 

A more compact option, with space for 2 

pro-sized bodies, several lenses including 

one of 200/f2.8 size, and a 15” laptop. 

Same harness and tripod attachment as 

the larger pack. Internal size: 30W x 15D x 

38H cm. Black. TC5256 £119.95 


Lowepro Stealth AW II 

Designed for the photojournalist, with a 

less bulky profile and discreet exterior. 

There’s room for a laptop, digital SLR 

system, overnight essentials and personal 

electronic equipment. The laptop case is 

removeable, and the Stealth has a fully 

adjustable harness, and all-weather cover. 

Carries 1-2 pro SLRs, 3-4 lenses, large 

laptop and accs. 34.5Wx12Dx53.5H cm. 

LPS £146.50 

Lowepro CompuTrekker 

Version of Mini Trekker AW with 15” laptop 

compartment added behind camera 

section. Black. LPCT £115.60 

Crumpler December Quarter 

Takes 2 large bodies, 4 lenses (or 2 big 

zooms), flash and accessories. 

Internal 

padded 

dividers are 

adjustable. 

Padded 

laptop 

sleeve (up to 

16”) amd 

front compartment. 

40Wx37Hx22D cm. CRDQ £107.00 

Stealth Reporter 650AW 

Shoulder bag with instant-access top flap 

zip. You can get a 300/f2.8 inside plus 

laptop. Liner is customisable and removeable. 

A waistbelt 

can be 

added to 

help take 

the strain, 

and extra 

SlipLock 

pouches can 

be added if required. 37Wx21.5Dx28H cm. 

LPSR65 £112.50 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Billingham 

Top-grain leather, 

vegetable tanned 

and hand dyed. 

Different parts of 

the hide are used 

to suit the 

function of the 

component. 

Solid brass fittings 

– won’t rust or 

break and are 

hand-finished. 

Classic 

For many SLR photographers, these welltried 

bags offer an ideal storage solution. 

Large main compartment, with front zip 

compartment, on the front of which are 

two pockets covered with a flap. Rear 

document zip pocket. The 445 and 555 

designs having extra height to take a 

hammerhead flash. Optional Delta end 

pockets add extra capacity (550 is 

supplied with pockets). 

BL225 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159.90 

BL335 335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168.00 

BL445 445 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.00 

BL555 555 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208.00 

Colours: B, BT, K, NB, NS, O 

BL550 550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220.00 

Colours: B, BT, K, NS, O 

PressTop 

Similar in look to the Classic bags, these 

use lighter SoftWeave canvas and lose the 

front zip compartment, making them less 

deep and so more ‘body hugging’. The 

other main feature is the PressTop 

opening which uses no wires, but gives 

maximum accessibility to equipment. 

BL106 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128.00 

BL206 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144.00 

BL306 306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152.00 

Colours: B, K, N 

Carbon fibre is 

used to stiffen 

the sides – light 

and durable. 

Hadley 

Waterproofed canvas or 

extremely durable Nytex nylon 

– never needs re-proofing. 

Strong 8mm zips 

with woven, not 

sewn, teeth and 

extra-strong 

pullers. 

Lined with soft 

AntiFray and 

anti-wicking 

material so 

no fibres or 

moisture get on 

your equipment. 

Slimline bag design which can be used for 

photo gear or as a general-purpose shoulder 

bag, or in the case of the Original and 

Large Hadleys, will take A4 files or a 

laptop computer. Insert can be removed 

as one piece. Two front pockets have individual 

press stud closure flaps. The Hadley 

Pro is the same size as the Original, with 

extra back pocket, top grab handle and 

the facility to accept AVEA pockets. 

BLSH Small Hadley . . . . . . . . . 85.00 

BLOH Original Hadley . . . . . . . 88.00 

BLLH Large Hadley . . . . . . . . . 96.00 

Colours: B, BT, K, NS, O 

BLHP Hadley Pro . . . . . . . . . . 104.00 

Colours: B, BT, K, O 

FREE LUGGAGE TALLY 

worth £12.95, with every Billingham 

bag over £100 

Other bags 

BLP Packington. . . . . . . . . . 144.00 


BLL2 L2 (former Alice) . . . . . . 77.00 


Colour options 

Khaki canvas/tan 

leather trim 

Code suffix . . . . .K 

Black canvas/tan 

leather trim 

Code suffix . . . .BT 

Olive canvas/tan 

leather trim 

Code suffix . . . . .O 

Black canvas/black 

leather trim 

Code suffix . . . . .B 

Stone Nytex/tan 

leather trim 

Code suffix . . . .NS 

Black Nytex/black 

leather trim 

Code suffix . . . .NB 

BAGS 

Accessories 

Shoulder pads 

BLSP15 SP15 (Tan or black). . . . . 15.95 

BLSP20 SP20 (Tan or black). . . . . 17.95 

BLBPH Back Pack Harness . . . . . 39.95 

(khaki/tan, black/black or black/tan) 

BLTS Tripod Straps . . . . . . . . . 14.95 

(tan/brass, black/nickel) 

BLWS Waist Strap Attachments 22.95 

BLLT Luggage Tally . . . . . . . . . 12.95 

(tan or black leather) 

End pockets 

BLAV3 AVEA 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 

BLAV5 AVEA 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.95 

BLAV6 AVEA 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.95 

Colours: B, K, O 

BLDP Delta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.95 

Colours: B, BT, K, NB, NS, O 

Superflex inserts 

First number denotes the diameter: second 

is the height of the insert. 

6-12, 7-15, 8-15, 8-18 . . . . . . . . . . 11.95 

9-15, 9-18, 9-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 

10-15, 10-18, 10-21, 11-15, 

11-18, 11-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.95 

12-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.95 

Superflex Flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 

Speed Graphic 

77

BAGS 

Lowepro 

Nova AW 

Nova 5AW 

Completely 

redesigned and 

upgraded, the 

popular Nova 5 

takes 1–2 

bodies, 4–5 lenses and accessories. 

There’s a front storage pocket, and mesh 

side pockets. Weatherproofing has been 

improved. 35.5Wx15Dx21.5H cm. £52.00 

LPN5B black 

LPN5G forest green 

LPN5BL navy blue 

Nova 4AW 

All the features of 

the Nova 5 in a 

smaller size. For 

1–2 bodies, 3–4 

lenses. 29Wx15Dx19.5Hcm. £43.00 

LPN4B black 

LPN4G forest green 

Backpack Harness 

Enables Professional, Nova 

and Reporter bags to be 

carried on the back (right 

side up). LPBPH £29.95 

Stealth Reporter AW 

Designed as ‘soft’ holdalls which fit 

around the body, with a well-cushioned, 

but less rigidly arranged internal partionioning 

to protect the equipment, but feel 

less bulky in use. A top flap protects a zip, 

which allows quick access to the contents 

without undoing the clips. Feature: 

� SlipLock attachment loops for additional 

pouches on both sides. 

� S&F Deluxe 

Waistbelt 

slot (not 

100). 

� Built-in 

all-weather 

cover. 


Capacious, for a substantial outfit consisting 

of 2 x SLR bodies, up to 8 lenses, 

handle-mount flash, A4 laptop and lots of 

film and accessories. 36Wx17Dx24H cm. 

LPSR5 £99.95 


Similar in arrangement, but scaled down. 

Takes 2 x SLRs, up to 6 lenses, handlemount 

flash and more. 32Wx17Dx24H cm. 

LPSR4 £89.95 

Smaller Stealth Reporter AW bags 

LPSR3 Stealth Reporter 300AW . 79.95 



Domke F-2 

The original journalist bag, designed by 

working photographer Jim Domke 

(pronounced ‘Dom-key’) back in 1976. Still 

made in America, from soft and supple, 

but heavyweight canvas, the bag moulds 

around your body, so feels less bulky than 

bags of similar capacity, and has a smooth 

texture which is friendly to clothing. 

Inside there’s a padded 4-compartment 

insert system, which allows you to 

tailor the storage to suit different kinds of 

equipment, and as they are a complete 

pocket, you can take them out without 

removing the contents! 

Takes 2 large body cameras, 6-10 

lenses, flash, and accessories. 

Removeable hand carrying strap included. 

Magnum AW 

The original and most popular pro bag, 

now with more versatile interior, removeable 

end pockets, and attachments for 

SlipLock accessories. 

39.5Wx20.5Dx21.5H cm. LPM £116.80 

Other AW holdalls 

LPMM Mini Mag AW. . . . . . . . . . 72.50 

LPE Elite AW . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85.00 

LPCP Compact AW . . . . . . . . . . 99.95 

LPC Commercial AW. . . . . . . 156.00 

LPCMF Commercial AW MF . . . . 156.00 

FREE PARKER PEN 

with every Lowepro bag over £60 

Internal dimensions: 30.5Lx16.5Wx22.9D 

cm. £99.00 

DKF2B black DKF2S sand 

After a long absence, first Domke deliveries 

are due in November 2004. Other bags and 

accessories will be available as well. Please 

ask for a quotation. 

Backpacks 

Lowepro Orion Trekker 

Has an integral unpadded backpack top 

ideal for extra clothing 

and food, 

together with 

maps and books. 

Mesh covered 

back helps wick 

away moisture, 

and it comes 

with adjustable 

shoulder straps 

and waist 

belt. The 

base holds an 

SLR with zoom attached plus 2 

more lenses, flash and film, and can be 

removed if required. Bottom compartment 

size: 30.5Wx16.5Dx 14.5H cm. Overall 

height 41cm. £42.50 

LPOTB Orion Trekker black 

LPOTG Orion Trekker green/black 

Lowepro Mini Trekker AW 

The Mini Trekker takes an amazing quantity 

of equipment, and many professional 

customers use them, so Lowepro have 

responded by offering an upgraded model 

with an AW cover. Takes SlipLock accessories 

and has a tripod holder capable of 

taking a medium size tripod. 

£89.95 

LPMTB black LPMTG green/black 

Lowepro Mini Trekker Classic 

Where the need to carry as much equipment 

as possible is more important than 

space for non-photo items, the Mini 

Trekker is an excellent choice. Capable of 

swallowing 2 SLRs with lenses attached 

plus up to 6 lenses or other items. The 

interior can be easily customised. 

28Wx12.5Dx37H cm. LPMTCB £69.95 


Lowepro Rover AW II 

The Rover is similar to the Orion Trekker, 

but with AW cover and more features. The 

bottom compartment is 28Wx14Dx21.5H, 

big enough for a pro SLR with 

80–200/f2.8 zoom attached, plus other 

lenses, whilst the top section has room for 

lots of lenses and clothes. There’s a tripod 

holder on the front, additional waist and 

sternum straps, and more capacity can be 

gained from optional SlipLock accessory 

pouches. LPR2 £87.50 

Lowepro Rover Plus AW 

A larger version of the 

Rover with a 34W x 

17Dx24H cm 

bottom compartment 

and taller 

top section. 

Upgraded 

harness to take 

the extra 

weight, otherwise 

has the 

same 

features. 

LPRP 

£119.95 

Lowepro 

Photo Trekker Classic 

The latest version of Lowepro’s original 

and best-selling ‘big rucksack’. It has the 

necessary depth for a pro-size 35mm SLR 

or medium-format camera, plus an extensive 

system. If you don’t need the extra 

features or accessories of the Trekker AW 

bags, this offers great quality and size for 

the price. 33Wx15Dx45.5H cm. 

Black/forest green. LPPTC £109.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Lowepro Nature Trekker AW II 

Our most popular quality backpack, the 

Nature Trekker will take a sizeable 35mm 

or medium format outfit, yet does not 

seem bulky. Features a rapid-access tripod 

system, heavily padded harness which can 

be stowed away for travel, and a pull-over 

all-weather cover. Will carry 1–2 bodies 

plus 4–5 lenses (up to 400mm). 29Wx15D 

x42.5H cm. 

LPNT £167.00 

Lowepro Photo Trekker AW II 

Big enough for a body with 400/f2.8 and 

hood attached, plus 5–7 more lenses, and 

plenty of accessories. Ideal for medium or 

large format too. Includes a tripod holder 

which can be front or side mounted, and 

SlipLock accessory mounting points, and 

like all AW packs, a built-in weatherproof 

cover. Also includes a 

DayPack. 30.5Wx15Dx 

48.5H cm. LPPT £199.95 

Bag sizing 

All bag dimensions quoted are internal, 

and are from the manufacturer’s information. 

Soft bags may ‘give’ by about 

1cm to accomodate an item, and adding 

3–4cm to each dimension will give an 

idea of the external size. 

Backpacks for laptops 

are featured 

on preceding 

pages 76-77. 

Lowepro Pro Trekker AW II 

With an internal aluminium frame and 

fully adjustable expedition quality 

harness, this is a backpack designed for 

the heaviest loads. It’s long enough for a 

600/f4 lens, and has the capacity for two 

of the very largest 35mm bodies, plus 6-7 

lenses, or a large medium format system, 

or large format and professional video 

equipment. The tripod mount can be positioned 

at the side or centrally on the 

front. Also includes as standard DayPack, 

Accessory Pouch and 

Lens Pouch. 30.5W x 

15D x52H cm. 

LPPRT 

£239.95 

Lowepro Super Trekker AW II 

A giant among backpacks. If you have an 

800mm lens, or more equipment than you 

know what to do with, this is the one. Inc 

DayPack, Accessory Pouch and Lens 

Pouch. 37Wx16.5Dx65H cm. LPST £349.95 

BAGS 

Lowepro DryZone 200 

Another first for Lowepro - the first soft 

camera bag which is completely waterproof. 

The same size as a Nature Trekker, 

the DryZone is two bags in one. The inner 

watertight container uses a hi-tech TIZIP 

zipper (this can be left open for easier 

access in more hospitable conditions). 

Bonded to this is an outer backpack which 

includes drain holes, tripod holder and 

mesh pockets for wet stuff, and SlipLock 

attachment points. Fall off a boat, walk 

under a waterfall – your equipment is 

completely safe! £219.95 

LPDZ2G DryZone 200 grey/black 

LPDZ2Y DryZone 200 

yellow/black 

Lowepro Dryzone 100 

New smaller, Mini Trekker sized version. 

£149.95 

LPDZ1G DryZone 100 grey/black 

LPDZ1Y DryZone 100 yellow/black 

Trekker AW accessories 

Trekker FilmPack 

Exposed/unexposed 

film can be separated. 

LPTFP £9.00 

All Trekker AW 

backpacks have a 

built-in allweather 

cover 

which pulls out to 

enclose the bag. 

Trekker 

DayPack II 

Can be used on 

its own or 

attached to a 

back pack. 

32Wx7.5D 

x45.5cm. 

LPTDP £44.00 

Speed Graphic 

79

BAGS 

Lowepro modular 

Deluxe Waistbelt 

A wide belt for bigger loads, with mesh 

liner and lumbar padding. Can be used 

with either the Shoulder Harness or Vest 

Harness, with between 9 and 15 SlipLock 

loops depending on size. £30.00 

LPDW9 Dlxe Waistbelt 9 (24–28”) 




Light Belt 

6cm wide, and lightly-padded, in two 

sizes, with 9 and 11 loops respectively. 

£17.00 

LPLB9 Light Belt 9 (28–40”) 

LPLB11 Light Belt 11 (32–46”) 

Shoulder Harness 

When you need to carry more weight, this 

helps support the load, and adds extra 

capacity with an extra 3 loops. £29.00 

LPSHS Shoulder Harness Small/Med 

LPSHL Shoulder Harness Large 

LPSHX Shoulder Harness X-Large 

Vest Harness 

Provides maximum 

support and carrying 

capacity with an 

extra 10 SlipLock 

loops, and wide foam 

padded shoulders 

and mesh body. 

One size 

LPVH £39.00 

Bottle Bag 

takes an average bike 

bottle (not included) 

LPBB £8.00 

Film Drop AW 

Ideal for the busy film 

burner – just push the 

exposed cassette 

through the sprung 

‘cross’ top. Has a builtin 

AW cover. Holds 25 x 

35mm or 16 x 120. 

LPFD £19.00 

Film Organiser AW 

Stores film in 3 

compartments. 

Sized to take the 

Filter Pocket. 

Holds 35 x 35mm 

or 25 x 120. 

LPFO £24.00 

Snap Top AW 

Bigger ‘instantaccess’ 

film pouch 

with ‘spring-ring’ 

closure which snaps 

open or shut immediately. 

LPSTAW £27.00 

MFB Pouch 100 AW 

A simple clip-top holder for 

film backs or a 

battery pack 

Complete with 

AW cover. 

LPMF1 £10.00 

Pro AW Side Pocket 

14.5Wx4.5Dx16.5H cm zip 

pocket to provide extra space 

on many 

Lowepro packs. 

LPPSP £8.00 

Cinch Straps (2) 

Extra straps (51cm max length) for securing 

loads. LPCS £5.00 

SlipLock pouches 

Protect everything from 

a compact camera or 

binoculars to a 35mm 

SLR body or battery 

pack. All pouches come 

with a shoulder strap 

and a SlipLock attachment 

tab (right). Small 

pouches have a front mesh pocket; Pouch 

50 and 60 have a built-in all-weather 

cover for added protection. All have a 

drawstring hood. 

Pouch 20 

9Wx4.5Dx14H cm 

LPP20 £14.00 

Pouch 50AW 

12.5Wx8.5Dx15H 

cm. LPP50 £20.00 

Utility Case 

A useful multipurpose 

padded 

pouch with 3 

zippered compartments. 

LPUC £22.00 

Pouch 10 

9.5Wx5.5Dx15H cm 

LPP10 £13.00 

Pouch 30 

9.5Wx5.5Dx15H cm 

LPP30 £16.00 

Pouch 60AW 

16Wx7.5Dx 

18H cm 

LPP60 £22.00 

Lens cases 

Case 1 

8.5Dx12.5H 

LPLC1 

£11.00 

Case 1N 

7.5Dx12.5H 

LPLC1N 

£10.00 

Case 1S 

7.5Dx9H 

LPLC1S 

£10.00 

Case 1W 

10Dx12.5H 

LPLC1W 

£13.00 

Case 2 

9Dx21H 

LPLC2 

£13.00 

Case 3 

11.5Dx20.5H 

LPLC3 

£16.00 

Case 4 

11.5Dx25.5H 

LPLC4 

£22.00 

Case 5 

15Dx30H (not 

SlipLock) 

LPLC5 £28.00 

Case 4S 

11Dx15H 

LPLC4S £21.00 

Case 5S 

15Dx23H (not SlipLock) 

LPLC5 £28.00 


Braun 

Novamat 130AF 

A solid basic 150 watt projector manufactured 

in Germany. Features include: 

� Autofocus 85/f2.8 multi-coated 

Super Paxon lens. 

� Takes Universal, LKM and CS type 

slide magazines. 

� Single slide preview lift. 

� Fan cooling, with overheat protection. 

� Anti-jamming system. 

� Wired remote control which retracts 

into the casing. BN130AF £99.95 

Novamat M330AF Monitor 

Project prints, text from 

books, charts and many 

other opaque objects. The XL 

has aprojection glass size of 

15x15cm, 300w fan-cooled 

halogen lamp, 15w interval 

lamp and multicoated lens. 

There’s also a removeable 

cover to crop the projected 

image. BNPXL £199.95 

Braun 

offers a 

wide range 

of electric 

and 

mobile 

screens, 

whiteboards,flipcharts, 

AV 

trolleys and 

tables and overhead 

projectors 

for education 

and industry. 

Ask for a 

brochure. Most 

items are 

special order 

within 3-4 

weeks. 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

A single action converts this projector to 

a 21.5cm square monitor viewer, giving 

brilliant colours without the need to 

darken a room. It may also be used as a 

conventional projector, with these 

features: 

� 85/f2.8 multi-coated autofocus lens. 

� Takes Universal, LKM and CS type mags 

� Fan cooling, with overheat protection. 

� 150 watt lamp 

� Wired remote control. 

� Built-in carrying handle 

BNM330 £149.95 

M350AFI Monitor 

Has all the above features but 

with an infra-red remote control. 

BNM350 £169.95 

Paxiscope XL Paxiscope XXL 

The Rolls-Royce of text 

projectors, capable of 

taking flat or 3D objects 

up to 28.5 x 28.5cm. 4 x 

360w lamps enable 

3.5–9.5x enlargment of 

the image up to a 

projected width of 2.7m 

at 3.5m. 

BNPXXL £799.95 

SLIDE PROJECTION 

Paximat SC600 series 

All models accept six magazine types – Paximat 

straight, rotary and compact, plus 

Universal, LKM and CS types – 

and have high power 250 watt 

output with brightness 

control, precision lens 

guides, slide preview 

screen, anti-jamming 

mechanism, and infra-red 

autofocusing system. 

SC668 

� Multi-function infra-red remote control 

with illuminated keys. 

� LCD control panel display. 

� 3-phase fade-in/fade-out slide change. 

� Cordless dissolve slide projection with 

another SC668/9 without additional 

accessories. 

� Electronic 0–99 secs timer for auto slide 

changing. 

� 14-pole AV connection socket. 

BN668-85 With 85/f2.8MC £369.00 

BN688-90U With 90/f2.4 Ultralit £469.00 

BN668-ZU With 70–120 Ultralit £469.00 

Reveal the real quality of 

your slides with a top 

notch Ultralit lens 

The Braun Profi-Line 

Ultralit multicoated 

glass 

lenses rival 

anything 

on the 

market. 

The 

90mm/f2.4 

was rated ‘Super’ quality by Germany’s 

FOTO magazine. 

Our price saves up to £60 on 

importer’s RRP! 

Braun slide magazines are listed on 

page 85. 

Braun carrying cases 

BNNBAG Soft case Novamat . . . . . 29.95 

BNMBAG Soft case Monitors . . . . . 34.95 

BNPBAG Soft case Paximats . . . . . 29.95 

BNPCSE Hard case Paximats. . . . . 39.95 

SC663 

Lacks the electronic controls of SC668, but 

retains 14-pole AV socket and IR remote. 

Has stepless lamp control. 

BN663-85 With 85/f2.8MC £279.00 



SC640 

Cable remote control with control of 

focusing and slide change. 6-pole socket 

for timer or tape control. 2-step lamp 

brightness control. 

BN640-85 With 85/f2.8MC £217.00 



FREE DIAMONITOR 

WITH EVERY SC600 

SERIES – 

WORTH 

£120! 

The 

Diamonitor 

allows 

daylight 

viewing 

via a 

bright 

28cm 

square screen. 

Picture size can be adjusted. Also 

doubles as a carrying case for the projector 

when closed. BNDIA 

Spare projector lamps 

LMA216 A1/216 150watt/24v 2.50 

LMA223 A1/223 250watt/24v 2.95 

Speed Graphic 

81

SLIDE PROJECTION 

Leica 

Pradovit P150 

Leica build quality and reliability at a 

modest price. 

The P150 has all you need for successful 

home projection. 

� Autofocus with manual over-ride 

� 150 watt lamp. 

� Takes Universal, LKM and CS type mags. 

� 85/f2.8 Hektor lens 

� Back-lit preview screen 

� Heat filter and fan cooling 

� Single slide projection slot 

SAVE £30 ON LEICA RRP! 

LCP150 . . . . . . . . . . . £ 139 00 

Rollei 

Rolleivision Twin dissolve slide 

projection makes presentations 

more interesting and dynamic, gets 

rid of tiring dark intervals and best 

of all keeps your audience fully 

engaged! Rollei’s unique design 

does away with the bother of twin 

projector set-ups and is easy to 

carry. 

MSC325P 

Offers ‘hard cut’ (0.1 sec), medium (3 

secs) and soft (6 secs) dissolves, plus first 

and last slide fades and two shot overlay, 

all controlled by an infra-red remote. 

Using RAM modules, you can run through 

a show, set up times and dissolves, and 

store everything (you can make corrections 

afterwards). Up to 400 slides can be 

memorised, so that programmes may be 

repeated exactly. Programming can be 

done via the projector’s keyboard, or a 

connected PC. 150w lamps. With 2 x 

90/f2.4 AV-Apogon MC matched lenses. 

RLMSC325P £1129.00 

P150IR 

As the P150, but with infra-red remote 

control instead of wired. This allows autofocus 

over-ride. LCP150IR £184.00 

Other lenses and carrying cases 

For 70-120 Vario-Elmarit-P2 instead of 

90/f2.5 Colorplan . . . . . . . . . add £20.00 

For 90/f2.5 Super-Coloplan-P2 instead of 

90/f2.5 Colorplan . . . . . . . . . add £85.00 

LCP90P2 90/f2.5 Colorplan-P2 . . 120.00 

LCO90P2S 90/f2.5 Super-Clrpln-P2 210.00 

LC150P2 150/f2.8 Elmarit-P2 . . . 237.00 

LC37323 Carrying case P300/600 . 69.00 

LC37321 Carrying case P150 . . . . . 33.00 

FREE CASE 

worth £139.95 with MSC325/535 

MSC535P 

Specification as the MSC325P, but with 

250w output. RLMSC535P £1349.00 

Accessories 

RLEDIT DiaEdit software (Win) . . 64.60 

RLCM CM55/50 magazines (2) . . 9.95 

RLCM24 CM55/50 magazines (24) 99.95 

RL100M 100 Module (black). . . . . 18.80 

RL300M 300 Module (red) . . . . . . 28.20 

RLTREX Track extenders . . . . . . . 39.95 

RLLE Spare lamp extractor . . . . 5.00 

Pradovit P300/P300IR 

The single best reason for buying a Leica 

projector is the world-renowned 90/f2.5 

Colorplan lens. If you have owned another 

projector, you may well see a stunning 

transformation in the quality of your 

pictures! With the solid build quality you 

would expect of a Leica, the P300 has a 

cable remote; the P300IR an infra-red 

type. Features include: 

� 250 watt lamp. 

� Takes Universal, LKM and CS type mags. 

� Built-in triac for dissolve control. 

� Integrated light pointer in the remote 

(P300 only). 

� Built-in fold-out carry handle. 

P300 with 90/f2.5 Colorplan-P2 . £389.50 

P300IR with 90/f2.5 Colorplan-P2 £439.50 

66 Dual P 

The only projector capable of taking both 

35mm slides in 5x5 mounts, and 6x4.5 

and 6x6 format slides in 7x7 mounts. 

The slide holder, magazine transport 

and focusing are directly driven under 

microprocessor control. Autofocus with 

manual over-ride; program memory 

control or auto timer, variable fade-in and 

fade-out, IR remote control controlling 

the above. 250w lamp with auto switching 

to reserve. Output can be reduced in 5% 

steps. Quiet fan cooling. Complete with 

with Schneider AV-Xenotar 150/f2.8 HFT 

RL66DPK £1450.00 

RLDPCC Dual P Carrying Case . . . 119.80 

RLM77 Box 2x77 mags (3) . . . . . 43.50 

Slide accessories 

Braun Dual tripod screens 

These 

screens 

have 

white 

pearl 

side for 

dark 

viewing, 

and a 

silvered 

reverse 

for 

projection 

in 

daylight. 

The screen can be tensioned to present a 

flat surface for viewing. With tripod 

support and built-in carry handle, they 

are easy to transport. Two sizes available. 

BNTS125 125x125cm (4’) . . . . . . . 54.95 

BNTS155 155x155cm (5’) . . . . . . . 64.95 

Braun projection table 

A sturdy metal model 

with extra platform 

for stacking slide 

magazines. Top platform 

measures 

45x30cm; lower 

35x20cm. The top 

platform angle is 

adjusted by means of 

a crank, and one leg 

foot is adjustable to 

compensate for 

uneven floors. 

BNPTL £39.95 

Manfrotto projector platform 

A solid 25x 35cm aluminium base which 

screws on to any 1/4” or 3/8” tripod 

thread to turn it into a sturdy projector 

platform (if you have a sturdy tripod). 

Supports up to 20kg. 

MA183 £24.95 


Ohnar zoom slide copier 

Far from being a simple duplicating 

device, a zoom slide copier will allow you 

to copy slides on to negative film, crop 

the picture to improve composition, 

remove colour casts with filtration, and 

sandwich slides together to create new 

compositions. 

You can use daylight as illumination, 

but colour temperature can vary if you 

simply point towards a window. We recommend 

a diffused flash as the light source. 

It will copy from 1:1 (same size) to 1:2.5 

and the film holder can be raised, 

lowered, and rotated to allow fine adjustment 

of the image. 52mm filters can be 

used on the front filter ring. A T2 mount 

adaptor is required to mount it on the 

camera body. 

OHZC £89.95 

KDT2C T2 Mount Canon FD. . . . . . 9.95 

KDT2CAF T2 Mount Canon EOS. . . . . 9.95 

KDT2CY T2 Mount Contax/Yashica . 9.95 

KDT2M T2 Mount Minolta MD . . . . 9.95 

KDT2M42 T2 Mount M42 screw . . . . . 9.95 

KDT2MAF T2 Mount Minolta AF. . . . . 9.95 

KDT2N T2 Mount Nikon . . . . . . . . 9.95 

KDT2O T2 Mount Olympus . . . . . . 9.95 

KDT2PK T2 Mount Pentax K . . . . . . 9.95 

Hama LP laser pointer 

This small and neat pointer weighs just 

30gm and is 127mm long, has a range of 

50m. Comes complete with pocket clip and 

case, and meets all current safety regulations. 

HA3547 £34.95 

Projector bulbs 

LMA216 A1/216 150w/24v . . . . 2.50 

LMA223 A1/223 250w/24v . . . . 2.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Magnifiers 

Also known as ‘lupes’, or ‘loupes’. All of 

these models except the Horizon linen 

tester feature adjustable dioptric 

eyepieces. 

Our range has been carefully selected 

to give the best quality available for the 

price. 35mm models under £40 will give a 

sharp central image, but will show some 

edge curvature. From £50 the edge definition 

improves and the very top quality 

loupes have virtually perfect drawing i.e. 

lines at the edge will be straight. 

Most come with either an opaque (for 

lightbox viewing) or translucent (for 

daylight viewing) base. 

Horizon 4x 

Folding ‘linen 

tester’ style 

with 30x30mm 

field of view. 

Multicoated 

lens and metal 

body. 

HZ4X £18.80 

Horizon 8x 

Covers a 35 x 

24mm field of 

view. Fixed 

translucent 

base. 

Multicoated 

lens; complete 

with lanyard. 

HZ8X £27.00 

Silvestri 8x 

Metal bodied 

with a 45mm 

field of view. 

Complete with 

opaque and 

transparent 

bases, lanyard 

and drawstring 

pouch. 

SV8X £34.00 

SLIDE ACCESSORIES 

Ohnar 4x 

All-metal 

construction 

with translucent 

and 

opaque bases. 

45mm field of 

view. Very 

good image 

quality, comparable 

with 

much more 

expensive 

models. OH4X £49.95 

Horizon 4x for 6x6 

Medium quality 

lupe which 

covers 

60x60mm 

format, and 

also includes 

an insert for 

58x24mm 

panorama 

pictures. 

Translucent and opaque bases and lanyard 

included. HZ604x £54.00 

Ohnar 8x 

High quality, 

with metalbody. 

Includes 

translucent and 

opaque bases 

and lanyard. 

30mm field of 

view allows 

close study of 

fine details. OH8X £79.95 

Schneider 4x 

The industry standard. Sharp right to the 

edge, with no 

distortion. 

48mm field of 

view. Opaque 

or translucent 

base, and 

lanyard. 

SC4X £95.00 

Schneider 10x 

(not shown) 

For small 

formats and 

checking of 

finest details. 

For lightbox work only. SC10X £149.00 

Ohnar 3.5x for 6x6 

Metal body 

lupe made 

in Japan 

with 80mm 

field of view 

to give 

unfettered 

viewing of a 

6x6 slide. 

Includes 

opaque and 

translucent 

bases. OH66 £119.95 

Schneider 3x for 6x7 

7 x 7 cm field of 

view with excellent 

edge to 

edge sharpness 

with no distortion. 

Also 

useful for 

checking 

larger format 

films. 

Opaque and 

translucent 

bases. SC3X £135.00 

Leica 5x 

From the home of 

optical excellence, 

a magnifier 

that offers a 

slightly greater 

than normal 

magnification 

with full frame 

viewing of a 

35mm slide. 

50mm field of 

view. Opaque or translucent base. 

Includes a handy filmstrip viewing attachment, 

lanyard and pouch. LCM5X £149.00 

Schneider 

6x aspheric 

Ultimate image 

quality and with a 

greater magnification 

for precise 

evaluation of 

35mm images. 

Opaque and 

translucent bases, 

and lanyard. 

SC6XAS £165.00 

Speed Graphic 

83

LIGHT BOXES & VIEWERS 

Gepe Slim Lights 

A range of high quality light panels at 

attractive prices. They use cold cathode 

fluorescent lamps with a colour temperature 

of 5000ºK and a life of 10,000 hours. 

G2001 

Compact and 

highly portable, 

for 2–4 35mm 

slides at a time. 

Viewing surface 

10 x 12.5cm (4 x 

5”). Overall size 15Dx16Wx1.4H cm. Uses 

6 x AAA batteries, or optional 9v adaptor. 

GP2001 £33.00 

G2002 

Viewing 

surface of 

12.7 x 17.8cm 

(5 x 7”) so 

better for 

larger 

formats. 

Overall 

dimensions 

19Dx22Wx2H cm. Powered by 6 x 1,5v AA 

batteries, or an optional 9v AC adaptor. 

Includes protective pouch. 

GP2002 £42.00 

G2004 

Has a viewing surface of 20 x 30cm (8 x 

12”), which is just larger than A4, with 

overall dimensions 28Dx37Wx2.5H cm. 

The viewing angle is adjustable, and it can 

be wall mounted. Comes with film holder 

and protective pouch. GP2004 £72.00 

Requires 12v power adaptor (see below). 

Power adaptors for Gepe Slim Lights 

GP12V 12v/1000mA adaptor . . . 11.00 

GP9V 9v/600mA adaptor . . . . . 10.00 


Hama mini viewer 

An inexpensive 

pocket 

daylight 

viewer 

which 

magnifies 

the image 

5x. HA3640 

£3.95 

Gepe Hand Held Viewer 

For 35mm mounted slides. The folding 

lens gives 

1.8x magnification. 

Uses 4 x AA 

batteries. 

Fitted with 

neck cord 

GP5002 

£22.00 

Gepe Professional Slimlights 

Brushed aluminium frames only 1.5” (3.8cm) thick with edge calibrations 

in inches and cm. Use two 13w 5000ºK tubes with a 3000 hour life. 

Both units feature a front-mounted on-off switch, and a base mounted 

prop to allow viewing at an angle. They can also be wall mounted, and 

have built-in strips to hold film in this position. An AC adaptor is 

included. 

G2024 

Viewing area 20x45.8cm (8x18”) 

GP2024 £105.00 

Gepe Table Viewer 

Has a cold cathode fluorescent lamp with 

5000ºK colour temperature, and glass 

lens. Takes 

35mm 

mounted 

slides and 135 

filmstrips. 3x 

magnification 

71x71mm. 

Uses 4xAA 

alkaline 

batteries. 

GP5001 

£28.00 

G2025 

Viewing area 30.5x45.8cm (12x18”) 

GP2025 £135.00 

Gepe Lightbox Magnifier 

A simple and inexpensive 2x viewer for 35mm mounted slides 

or strips, giving a shielded view. GP5004 £5.50 

DW Pulsar 

A stylish and high quality range from the UK’s largest light 

box manufacturer. White finished profiled aluminium with 

flush fitting acrylic screen. All have a colour temperature of 

5000ºK (+/- 10%), and depth of 90mm. With 3m cable and 

plug. 

Pulsar 1 

Screen size 209x305mm 

DWP1 £137.00 

Pulsar 2 Screen size 254x459mm 

DWP2 £166.00 

Gepe G5003 viewer 

Takes 35mm or 120 film, and has a 2x 

magnifier which slides along the 23cm 

(9”) viewing area. It folds for convenient 

storage and is supplied with case. Uses 

6xAA batteries or optional 9v AC adaptor 

(£10.00). GP5003 £44.00 

Pulsar 3 

Screen size 254x605mm 

DWP3 £179.00 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Slide mounters and slide mounts 

Gepe hand mount presses 

35mm 

Suitable 

for all Gepe 

glass or 

glassless 2part 

slide 

mounts, 

and any 

other 

similar types. 35mm version includes a 

light (requires 1 x AA) in the base to aid 

transparency positioning. 

Tweezers included. GP8001 £35.90 

GP8007 Film cutter (35mm model) 6.20 

GP8102 Mounting tweezers . . . . . . 1.60 

GP8111 Mount opener for 1.9–2.3mm 

mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50 

5x5cm 35mm mounts 

Suitable for the Gepe 8001 mounter above 

Price per box 1–4 5+ 

Gepe 

GP6002 AN glass x 20 4.70 3.99 

GP6020 AN glass LKM x 20 6.20 5.29 

GP7001 Glassless x 100 5.70 4.89 

GP7003 Glassless x 1000 44.50 

GP7011 Glassless+mask x 100 7.80 6.69 

120 

Takes 

7x7cm 

mounts 

(6x6/ 

6x4.5). 

Does not 

have 

internal 

light, 

but can be used on a lightbox. Adaptor for 

6x7 available. GP8002 £27.30 

GP8005 85x85 adaptor for 6x7 . . . 4.70 

7x7cm 6x6/6x4.5 mounts 

Suitable for the Gepe 8002 above 


Gepe 

GP7030 6x4.5 AN g/less x 20 4.80 4.25 

GP2501 6x4.5 AN glass x 20 10.95 9.80 

GP2601 6x6 AN glass x 20 10.95 9.80 

Hama 

HA1161 6x4.5 glassles x 50 10.95 9.95 

HA1162 6x6 glassless x 50 10.95 9.95 

We can order any Gepe line – delivery in 

around a week if in stock at the distributor 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

A-P film cutter 

For 35mm film. Has a shear-action cutter 

which, unlike scissors, ensures a straight 

cut. APSC £8.95 

Gepe lightbox film cutter 

As this has no bottom, it’s designed to be 

illuminated from below by a lightbox or 

panel. 5 frames can be viewed at a time, 

and it includes a 1.8x magnifier and a pair 

of tweezers. GP8009 £39.00 

Secol ‘TECS’ Slide sleeves 

A simple and effective way of giving 

handling protection to mounted slides. 

Clear polyester, open on two short sides. 

Price per pack of 100 1–4 5+ 

SLTE35 35mm (5x5 mount) 4.35 3.85 

SLTE66 6x6cm (7x7 mount) 7.95 7.25 

SLIDE MOUNTING 

Gepe CS mounter/cutter 

Single lever cutting and mounting makes 

this the fastest type of CS mounter. 

Integral guiding bars and clamp ledges in 

the mounts ensure accurate positioning. 

GP8010 £34.30 

5x5cm CS 35mm mounts 

Suitable for the Gepe 8010 mounter 


GP7050 Glassless x 100 5.50 4.85 

Suitable for Reflecta CS mounters 

GP7054 Glassless x 100 5.50 4.85 

Kaiser CS mounter/cutter 

For Kaiser CAM type CS mounts. A springloaded 

wheel takes the film evenly 

through the gate, the 2.5x magnifier 

enables precise alignment of the cutter 

position, and the film is inserted in the 

mount and the mount sealed automatically. 

Uses 2 x C batteries. 

KA2167 £36.95 

5x5cm CS 35mm mounts 

Suitable for the Kaiser 2167 mounter 


KA2156 Glassless x 100 5.50 4.75 

Slide sundries 

Herma slide titling labels 

Left to right: 

HX1831 8mm colour dots (540). . . 1.50 

HX1731 17x5mm colour strips (360)1.50 

HX3736 35x5mm slide labels with 6 

different colour coding (180) . . . . . . 1.50 

HX3735 35x5mm labels white (252)1.50 

HX3724 36x8mm labels white (168)1.50 

Not shown: 

HX4128 8mm numbers white 1-540 1.50 

Avery slide labels 

42 labels per A4 sheet; 25 sheets per 

pack. Template is standard across many 

MS apps or Avery’s DesignPro 2000. 

AVJ865725 for inkjet printers . . . . . 19.00 

AVL7656 for laser printers . . . . . . 19.00 

Hama CD-R/Slide Pen 

An indelible, 

anti-smear pen for marking 

slide mounts – plastic as well as card – or 

prints, plastic and even glass. 

HA50479 £1.95 

Choosing a slide storage system 

If you prefer to use process-paid slide film you will receive the slides back in plastic 

mounts 1.9–2mm thick. These will fit in Universal, LKM, Carousel and Braun pattern 

magazines, but not CS magazines. If you get your film back unmounted you can use 

any system. CS mounts have slots in the sides which, when inserted into a CS magazine 

mean they won’t spill. They can also be used in any other type of slide magazine, 

and are the most compact in terms of storage. 

All magazine boxes occupy pretty much the same shelf space, and this is what 

you can store in the typical box: Universal 2 x 50 slide mags; LKM 2 x 80 slide mags; 

CS 2 x 100 slide mags. The anomaly is the Braun Compact 50 magazine which stores 

singly (has a dust cover) and is about the same pro-rata as the Leica. 

Speed Graphic 

85

FILING 

Slide magazines 

Universal type 

Beware very cheap types, which often 

have bendy magazines, prone to jamming. 

Each box contains two magazines, and can 

be stacked. 

Price per box 1–4 5–9 10+ 

Gepe GP4302 2x50 3.89 3.69 3.39 

Leica LC50U 2x50 6.50 6.30 5.99 

LKM type 

Will accept any type of slide mount up to 

1.9mm thickness. Cheap ones again 

should be avoided as they often warp, so 

we just stock Leica. Each box contains two 

magazines, and can be stacked. 


Leica LC80LKM 2x80 9.95 8.50 7.99 

Gepe CS type 

Available in 4x40 and 2x100 styles. Will 

only accept CS mounts. Boxes can be 

stacked. 


Gepe GP4309 2x100 6.70 6.25 5.99 

Braun Paximat type 

Only for use in Braun Paximat projectors. 

For slimline 2mm mounts. 


Compact 1x50 

BNCM50 3.95 2.95 2.75 

Circular 100 slide 

BNCIRCG 9.95 8.70 8.29 

Other types of Braun magazine to order. 

Kodak Carousel type 

AP APKC 80 slide 9.95 8.70 8.29 

Leica circular 

Only for use in the P600 series projectors. 

Takes 120 slides. 


LC37327 12.00 11.50 10.50 


A-P slide filing tray 

Stores approx 200 35mm slides (depends 

on mount thickness), and includes plastic 

dividers and index cards. Transparent 

hinged lid. APSFT £7.95 

APSFT4 Four trays for £27.95 

6 tray magazine case 

A tough 

plastic 

briefcase 

style case 

which 

holds 

(and is 

supplied 

with) six 

50-slide 

Universal 

type 

magazines. ES650 £11.95 

10x50 slide magazine box 

Solves the transportation problem when 

you have a big presentation to do. Will 

take any Universal 50-slide magazines, 

and is supplied complete with 10 magazines. 

ES1050 £16.50 

DW Preview System 10/8 

A complete system for filing transparencies, 

DW Preview is unique in that all components 

are modular. 95 x 68mm black card masks 

are a uniform size for all formats from 

35mm to 6x7, including X-Pan format 

panoramic slides, plus 6x8 and 6x9 without 

masks. 

It’s ideal for photo libraries, or for 

anyone who needs to present transparencies 

to clients or picture editors. 

With various sleeve options, and the 

choice of ringbinder or cabinet filing, you 

can customise it to your requirements. 

To secure against unauthorised reproduction, 

place a security grid either inside the 

mask, or use a grid type sleeve, insert into a 

presentation pocket, and secure with a seal 

(wording ‘Full fees payable if seal is broken’). 

Complete protection is thus assured. 

10% DISCOUNT 

off these prices when you spend 

£40+ on DW Preview products 

Ringbinder 

Will hold aroung 15 A4 format pages, and 

has clasp. DWRB015 £10.95 

Filing pages 

Available in two formats. Packs of 10. 

A4 8-pocket page DWPV024 £5.30 

Foolscap 10-pocket page DWPV031 £5.30 

File bars 

For storage in filing cabinets. Packs of 10. 

A4 size. DWVA003 £2.95 

Foolscap size. DWVA001 £2.95 

Black card masks 

DWCM021 35mm (pack of 50) . . . . . . 8.20 

DWCM022 6x4.5 (pack of 50) . . . . . . 8.20 

DWCM023 6x6 (pack of 50). . . . . . . . 8.20 

DWCM024 6x7 (pack of 50). . . . . . . . 8.20 

DWCM025 24x54mm (pack of 50) . . . 8.20 

DWCM026 24x65mm (pack of 50) . . . 8.20 

Filing sundries 

Cotton gloves 

Keep fingerprints 

off slides and negs! 

100% cotton. One 

size fits all but the 

largest hands. 

HA8469 £3.50 

Mounting tape 

Scotch Magic tape for taping slides in 

masks. DWVA058 £3.50 

Protective sleeves 

DWVA028 Transparent, open at two ends. 

Pack of 100. £9.95 

DWVA029 As above, but complete with 

security grid. Pack of 100. £9.95 

Security seals 

Prevent unauthorised opening. Pack of 

250. DWVA057 £5.85 

Security grid 

Place inside the card mask to create a line 

across the picture to prevent copying. 

Pack of 100. DWVA059 £4.70 

Presentation pocket 

A thicker pocket, with space for a label, 

and clear front and translucent back, to 

give protection when handling. Pack of 50 

DWVM006 £7.00 

Negative handler 

Avoid marking negatives. Insert into file 

sleeve and 

safely withdraw 

the strip 

without 

scratching. 

KRKL027 £ 

DISCONTINUED 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Kenro 

The leading name in storage systems, 

Kenro’s professional quality pages are 

made from heavy duty semi-rigid cadmium 

and lead-free material to ensure stable 

storage conditions. They are ‘Europunched’ 

to fit most types of UK and 

European binder systems, and have a 

diffused back. 

Storage pages 

Arrows on the diagrams show the 

direction of loading. 

35mm mounted slides 

20 mounts up to 2mm thick. 

10 pages. KRKEN001 

Price each 1–4 5+ 

£5.99 £5.45 

6x6 unmounted slides 

12 per page. 10 pages. 

KRKEN002 


£8.39 £7.60 

6x6 mounted slides 


KRKEN003 


£8.39 £7.60 

6x7 unmounted slides 


KRKEN004 


£8.39 £7.60 

6x4.5 unmounted slides 


KRKEN005 


£8.39 £7.60 

4x5” unmounted slides 


KRKEN007 


£8.39 £7.60 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Storage binder 

Shown 

with the 

optional 

matching 

slip 

case, 

this has 

a capacity 

of 

around 

30 

pages, 

and is 

complete 

with spine data 

card and reference 

pocket. Black. 

KRKEN127 £6.50 

Four or more 

binders each £5.85 

Slip case 

KRKEN129 £10.95 

Major binder 

With a 65mm ring 

mechanism, this 

has around 50% 

more capacity than the standard type. 

KRKEN131 £7.75 

35mm negatives 

Translucent. 6 strips of 6. 

25 pages. KRKNF08 


£3.89 £3.50 

120 negatives 

Translucent. 25 pages. 

KRKNF07 


£3.89 £3.50 


Translucent. Strips of 4. 25 

pages. KRKNF12 


£6.45 £5.80 


Acetate print-through. 25 



£8.25 £7.45 

120 negatives 

Acetate print-through. 25 



£8.25 £7.45 

Black mask tranny sleeves 

Precision-cut frames with anti-static clear 

matt sleeves, and sealed on three sides for 

maximum protection. Overall size 9x12cm. 

Fit into KEN007 binder pages. 

35mm 

Pack of 25 masks and sleeves 

KRKBM001/A £12.50 

Pack of 100 masks only 

KRKBM027/1 £25.90 

KRKBM022 100 sleeves £21.95 

6x6 


KRKBM002/A £12.50 


KRKBM027/2 £25.90 


Pages for filing cabinets 

n.b. pages do not include filing bars. 

Suspension file bars 33cm A4 

Plastic (pack of 10) 1–4 5+ 

KRKEN162/P £3.69 £3.35 

Metal (pack of 10) 1–4 5+ 

KRKEN162/S £3.69 £3.35 

Suspension file bars 39cm Foolscap 

Plastic (pack of 10) 1–4 5+ 

KRKEN166/P £3.69 £3.35 

Metal (pack of 10) 1–4 5+ 

KRKEN166/S £3.69 £3.35 

A4 storage pages (packs of 10) 

include a white write-on reference strip 

35mm mounted slides (20) 1–4 5+ 

KRKEN030 £9.95 £8.95 

6x6/645 mounted slides (12) 1–4 5+ 

KRKEN032 £9.95 £8.95 

Foolscap storage pages (packs of 10) 

include a white write-on reference strip 

35mm mounted slides (24) 1–4 5+ 

KRKEN168 £9.95 £8.95 

6x6/645 mounted slides (15) 1–4 5+ 

KRKEN164 £9.95 £8.95 

FILING 

6x7 


KRKBM003/A £12.50 


KRKBM027/3 £25.90 


6x4.5 


KRKBM005/A £12.50 


KRKBM027/5 £25.90 


24x65mm panoramic 


KRKBM017/A £12.50 


KRKBM027/7 £25.90 


Gepe HFS System 

Standard binder systems have one 

problem – the contents sag, and wear out 

the pockets. Gepe’s Hang Filing System 

solves this problem by placing the ring 

mechanism at the top. The Gepe HFS filing 

pockets have special HFS punching on the 

top edge as well as standard punching on 

the left. The contents are guaranteed to 

hang straight and flat. 

GP9155 HFS ringbinder . . . . . . . . 5.10 

GP9160 20 5x5cm slide mts (10) . . 3.70 

GP9162 20 5x5cm slide mts (100) 24.30 

GP9165 9 7x7cm slide mts (10) . . . 3.70 

GP9180 35mm film strips (10) . . . 3.70 

GP9182 35mm film strips (100). . 24.30 

GP9185 120 film strips (10) . . . . . 3.70 

GP9187 120 film strips (100) . . . 24.30 

GP9200 Pages for 3 CDs PVC (10). . 6.20 

GP9202 Pages for 3 CDs PVC (50). 22.90 

GP9205 Pages for 3 CDs PP (10). . . 3.70 

GP9207 Pages for 3 CDs PP (100). 24.30 

GP9210 Pages for 6 Diskettes (10). 3.70 

GP9212 Pages for 6 Diskettes (100)24.30 

Speed Graphic 

87

PRINT SUNDRIES 

Kenro print mounts 

Good quality slip-in folders with embossed 

finish and gold border. Packs of 50. 

Brown photo folders 

KRPM017 6x4” upright . . . . . . . . . 26.00 

KRPM018 6x4” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.00 

KRPM020 7x5” upright . . . . . . . . . 34.00 

KRPM021 7x5” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.00 

KRPM022 8x6” upright . . . . . . . . . 38.00 

KRPM023 8x6” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.00 

KRPM024 8x8”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.80 

KRPM025 8x10” upright. . . . . . . . . 46.80 

KRPM026 8x10” view . . . . . . . . . . . 46.80 

White photo folders 

KRPM029 6x4” upright . . . . . . . . . 26.00 

KRPM030 6x4” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.00 

KRPM032 7x5” upright . . . . . . . . . 34.00 

KRPM033 7x5” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.00 

KRPM034 8x6” upright . . . . . . . . . 38.00 

KRPM035 8x6” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.00 

KRPM037 8x8”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.80 

KRPM038 8x10” upright. . . . . . . . . 46.80 

KRPM039 8x10” view . . . . . . . . . . . 46.80 

Black photo folders 

KRPM078 6x4” upright . . . . . . . . . 30.20 

KRPM079 6x4” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.20 

KRPM080 7x5” upright . . . . . . . . . 36.60 

KRPM081 7x5” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.60 

KRPM082 8x6” upright . . . . . . . . . 40.60 

KRPM083 8x6” view . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.60 

KRPM150 8x10” upright. . . . . . . . . 52.20 

KRPM151 8x10” view . . . . . . . . . . . 52.20 

Oval photo folders 

As the rectangular styles on the left, but 

with oval aperture with gold embossing. 

Brown 

KRPM043 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.00 

KRPM044 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.00 

KRPM045 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.00 

KRPM046 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.80 

White 

KRPM048 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.00 

KRPM049 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.00 

KRPM050 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.00 

KRPM051 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.80 

Brown strut mounts 

Free-standing cardboard frames, each 

strut mount can be used for view or 

portrait format. Packs of 50. 

Rectangular 

KRPM099 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.80 

KRPM100 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.80 

KRPM101 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.80 

KRPM102 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00 

Oval 

KRPM104 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.80 

KRPM105 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.80 

KRPM106 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.80 

KRPM107 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00 

Coloured strut mounts 

Black rectangular 

KRPM129 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.70 

KRPM130 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.70 

KRPM131 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.50 

KRPM145 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00 

Smoke Grey rectangular 

KRPM123 6x4”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.70 

KRPM124 7x5”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.70 

KRPM125 8x6”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.50 

KRPM144 8x10”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00 

Blue and red available – same sizes /prices 

Tetenal SpotPen 

Handcolouring Set 

Create hand-tinted photographs easily on 

resin-coated and fibre-based glossy or 

matt finish prints. The SpotPen dyes penetrate 

the emulsion and require no laquer 

coating. The technique is to gradually 

build up the colour, and because you are 

using a pen rather than a brush, this gives 

most users much better control. 

Starter Kit includes 8 pens with the most 

popular colours, sponge, pre-moisturising 

solution, cotton swab and dye remover 

pen. TLHCS £31.00 

Black & white spotting pens 

These pens are equivalent to a 000 sable 

brush, and will retain their points for the 

working life. Each set contains 10 pens. 

TLBWN B&W Neutral Set 

TLBWW B&W Warmtone Set 

Either set costs £27.00 

Kenro special orders 

We order at least once a week from 

Kenro, so anything unusual can usually 

be supplied to you in 7–10 days if from 

stock there. 

Print trimmers 

Kaiser Mini Trimmer 

Designed for inkjet papers, thin card, foils 

and film, and is supplied with three 

cutters which slide along a metal guide 

attached to a 12”/31cm clear acrylic ruler, 

marked in inches and cm. The cutters are: 

� Straight cut 

� Decorative deckle-edge cut 

� Perforation 

Also supplied is a self-healing cutting mat 

markied in 1cm squares to aid alignment. 

KA4315 £16.95 

Tetenal Super Adhesive 

A strong spray adhesive, specifically 

designed for photographic 

use. CFC-free. 400ml can. 

TLSSA £7.95 

Dulling spray 

Safe on most surfaces (best to test first), 

and can easily be removed with a clean 

cloth. 500g cans. £10.50 Fine Matt 

(slight sheen) KRKENR08 Full Matt (no 

sheen) KRKENR07 

Please use our codes 

When ordering by phone it will take 

less time and ensure we get the exact 

product if you quote our product code. 

Same applies for post and fax orders, 

so thanks in anticipation! 


Hama Procut 

A versatile cutter with self-sharpening blade, 

aluminium baseboard and guide bar, designed 

for paper (up to 5 sheets – 0.5mm) or thin 

card. A transparent clamping bar keeps the paper 

secure during the cut. Picture formats and angle lines printed on 

the baseboard. Three sizes. 

HA8263 Procut 260 (26cm cut) . . 24.95 



Rotatrim Eurocut 

A heavier-duty model with a longer 

cut which will cope with a variety of 

materials from film to 1mm card. Has 

metric and imperial markings and a self- 

sharpening blade. 

16” (40cm) cut 

KRT010 £109.95 

Portfolios 

26” (66cm) cut 

KRT011 £146.95 

Kenro Envoy 

A deluxe portfolio with 

zip closure at a competitive 

price. Finished in 

black simulated leather 

with edge stitching, 

strong carry handle, and 

an inside storage pocket. 

A4 format 

(page size 21 x 29.7cm). 

Overall size 31 x 36cm. 4 

ring mechanism. 

Not supplied with pages KRENV101 £15.50 

Pack of 10 pages (black card centre) for Envoy A4 KRKEN011 £9.95 

A3 format (page size 29.7 x 42cm). Overall size 40 x 47cm. 3 ring mechanism. 

Not supplied with pages KRENV102 £19.95 

Pack of 5 pages (black card centre) for Envoy A3 KRKEN532 £11.95 

Secol Mini Portfolio 

Miniature 4-ring binder mechanism holds 10 glass-clear 

polyester display pocket (for 20 A4 images back-toback). 

The superb quality of these pages really gives 

pictures a lift, and the 3mm binder boards will give 

years of service. Complete with 10 pockets. 

SLMP £22.00 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

PRINT SUNDRIES 

Longridge Duo 

Mount Cutting System 

Everything you need (except the board) 

to make professional quality mounts 

The Longridge Duo enables the hobbyist or light professional user 

to make good clean cuts through mountboard to create windows up 

to 560mm (22”). It accomodates A1 mountboard sideways for 

cutting, and can make mounts up to 610mm (24mm) external size. 

The cutter can be used left or right-handed, thus removing stress 

on thumb or fingers. The kit contains: 

� Bevel cutter with retractable blade, variable depth control and 

stop/start indicator 

� Hook-on vertical cutter for cutting mountboard to size 

� Non-slip guide rail, with mount and cutter stops, 650mm (26”) 

long 

� Base with integral squaring facility 

� Border marker 

� Retractable steel tape measure 

� Protective mountboard cutting strip 

� Packet of 5 blades 

� Visual and audio instruction CD for PC/Mac and instruction leaflet 

Duo System LG032 £124.50 

NEW Duo Plus 

Same high 

specification 

and kit 

contents 

of the 

Duo but 

longer 

and 

wider to 

accomodate 

A0 mountboard 

shortways and 

A1 lengthways. 

Maximum external 

mount size with guide rail located on base 

865mm (34”). Maximum window size 

765mm (30”). LG034 £165.00 

Accessories 

Corner Gauge 

Locates in the corner of the window to 

enable a line or border decoration to be 

accurately placed. LG007 £12.50 

Cube Cutter 

Hand-held cutter for 

freestyle curved 

decorations. Cuts 

straight and bevelled 

edges. LG003 £13.50 

LG324/5 Pack of 5 blades for above 3.95 

Burnishing Bone 

Settles the mount 

edge after cutting. LG025 £4.50 

LG024/4 Border Marker pencils (4) . 2.50 

LG030/10 Mount Cutter blades (10) . 3.95 

LG030/50 Mount Cutter blades (50) 16.00 

Speed Graphic 

89

ALBUMS 

Greenlife 

Rustic look slip-in albums with unbleached paper pages and space for memo next to each 

picture. Colour choice will be supplied where possible, but cannot always be guaranteed. 

Add suffix: R (red), G (green), BL (blue), Y (yellow) 

Slip-In for 6x4” prints 

Holds 200 prints. 

GR6200 £7.50 3+ £6.75 

Kenro Grace 

Good quality albums with grained and gold blocked covers and white pages, available in 

three styles. Colours supplied will be either dark blue, dark red or green with tan. 

Self-adhesive Album (left) 

Clear-film on thick board 

pages. 40 33x32cm postbound 

pages store up to 

200 6x4” prints. 

KRKD104 £15.50 3+ £13.95 

KRKD106 5 extra pages 

£3.95 



GR6300 £11.50 3+ £10.35 

Memo Album (front) 

100 22x23.5cm pages hold 

200 6x4” (10x15cm) prints. 

Each page has two landscape 

pockets, next to 

which is a space to write a 

caption. KRKD101 £12.50 

3+ price £11.25 



GR7200 £9.95 3+ £8.95 

Traditional Album (right) 

White photoboard pages 

interleaved with pergamin 

paper for long-term protection 

of photos. 100 32x 

29cm pages hold up to 500 

6x4” prints, or 200 5x7”. 

KRKD103 £15.50 3+ £13.95 

BUY THREE & SAVE 

All albums show a ‘3+’ price. Buy 

any three albums at the same 

time (can be mixed between 

brands and styles) to save 10% 

Walther Roma 

Excellent quality, traditionally bookbound albums from a leading German manufacturer. 

The Roma series have acid-free glassine interleaved cream coloured pages, and an attractive 

simple linen-finish binding with the words ‘Photo Album’ embossed on the front. Dark 

blue, Mid Grey and Dark Grey colours. 

Roma FA-345 (right) 

26W x 25H cm with 60 pages. Holds 120 

6x4” prints. £11.95 3+ £10.75 

WA345G Mid Grey 

WA345DG Dark Grey 

WA345BL Dark Blue 

Roma FA-346 (middle) 


6x4” or 120 7x5” prints. 

£14.95 3+ £13.45 




Walther Classic 

Roma FA-348 (left) 


6X4” or 240 7X5” prints. 

£21.95 3+ £19.75 




Building a collection? 

We have tried to select designs which are 

likely to be available for a number of 

years, to enable buyers who wish to have 

matching albums to do so. 

Padded synthetic leather covers with 

stitched edges. Acid-free pages with interleaving. 

Black or Dark Red. 

Classic FA-372 


6x4” or 120 7x5” prints. 

£13.95 3+ £12.55 

WA372B Black 

WA372R Dark Red 


Heritage English Library 

Hand-made by English craftsmen, Heritage 

albums provide a top quality home for your 

photographs. Acid-free cream or black 

pages are interleaved with glassine; traditional 

bookbinding techniques ensure that 

pages stay in place after years of handling, 

and the classic styling of the covers is 

enhanced by hand gold blocking. 

Colours available: 

Green with tan corners 

Green/tan 

and Blue/tan 

English Library albums 

are available with black 

pages. Model shown is the supercapacious 

Classic 4 ‘Country House’. 

Blue with tan corners 

English Library Collection: Sizes 

Model Sheet Size Capacity Pages 

Classic Mini 205x151mm 60 6x4” or 5x7” 60 

Classic Compact 205x243mm 160 6x4” or 80 5x7” or 6x8” 80 

Classic 1 230x300mm 120 6x4” or 5x7” 60 

Classic 2 320x310mm 400 6x4” 80 

Classic 3 350x350mm 600 6x4” 100 

Classic 4 419x350mm All size photos up to 11x14” 100 

Country House Album including all APS sizes 

Self-adhesive LP 315x325mm 300 6x4” 60 

Self-adhesive EJL 415x330mm 600 x 5.7” 60 

English Library Collection: Prices 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Also available with 

self-adhesive pages 

Model Cream pages 1–2 3+ Black pages 1–2 3+ 

Classic Mini HGECMC 14.20 12.75 HGECMB 15.95 14.35 

Classic Compact HGECCC 19.50 17.55 HGECCB 21.50 19.35 

Classic 1 HGEC1C 21.50 19.35 HGEC1B 24.95 22.45 




Self-adhesive albums 

LP HGLP60 43.70 39.30 

EJL HGEJL60 54.90 49.40 

Please specify colour when ordering. Green/tan (GT) or blue/tan (GT). Letters in brackets 

are suffixes for our codes, so a Classic 2 with cream pages and blue/tan binding is HGEC2CBT 

ALBUMS 

Heritage Bonded Leather Collection 

Traditional 

style albums 

made from 

‘Hydra’, the 

highest 

quality recycled 

leather 

which uses 

80% genuine 

leather fibres, 

thus preserving 

the 

quality, look 

and feel of 

genuine 

leather, but 

without the 

high cost. Like the English Library albums, 

these feature acid-free cream or black pages 

and glassine interleaves, with hand gold 

blocked spine lines. 

Available in Black (B) and Burgundy (BG). 

e.g. Classic 1 with cream pages in black – 

HGIC1CB. 

Bonded Leather Collection: Sizes 

Model Sheet Size Capacity Pages 

Classic 2 320x310mm 400 6x4” 80 

Classic 3 350x350mm 600 6x4” 100 

Classic 4 419x350mm All size photos up to 11x14” 100 

Country House Album including all APS sizes 

Bonded Leather Collection: Prices 

Model Cream pages 1–2 3+ Black pages 1–2 3+ 

Classic 2 HGIC2C 36.50 32.85 HGIC2B 41.50 37.35 



Bonded Leather Handy Range 

All the convenience and high capacity storage of slip-in albums, 

but traditional bookbinding means the pages won’t fall out even 

after years of use. Included are a negative pocket and memo 

card inserts for each page. n.b. these albums are plain with no 

gold spine blocking. Black only. 

Model No of prints Code 1–2 3+ 

Handy 200 6x4” 200 HGIH200B 23.50 21.20 

Handy 200 7x5” 200 HGIH2007B 26.95 24.30 

Handy 300 6x4” 300 HGIH300B 26.95 24.30 

BUY THREE & SAVE 

All albums show a ‘3+’ price. Buy 

any three albums at the same 

time (can be mixed between 

brands and styles) to save 10% 

Speed Graphic 

91

ALBUMS 

Heritage Wedding Albums 

Traditional style albums with acid-free cream pages and glassine interleaves. Each Wedding 

album contains a Wedding Page for details of the day to be recorded. We offer two styles, 

in two sizes. Each style can be ordered with either the word ‘Wedding’ in gold-blocked 

script, or a simple wedding rings design. 

Romantica is an all-white silk finish cover (right). 

Harmony has discreet ostrich-feather patterning with walnut beige binding and gold 

blocking. 

NEW Cameo versions of the above. Options are the same, but with the addition of an inset 

gold bordered oval window 

in the front cover. Cameo 

albums come complete with 

presentation box. 

Sizes 

Studio 80 album is sized to 

take 160 6x4” or 80 8x6”, 

8x8” or 7x5” photos. 

Classic 2 album will take 80 

x 10x8” photos in landscape 

or portrait format. 

Wedding albums: Prices 

Model 1–2 3+ 

Romantica 

HGRS80W Studio 80 ‘Wedding’ 21.20 19.00 

HGRS80WR Studio 80 ‘Wedding Rings’ 21.30 19.00 

HGRC2W Classic 2 ‘Wedding’ 29.20 26.30 

HGRC2WR Classic 2 ‘Wedding Rings’ 29.20 26.30 

Romantica Cameo 

HGCRS80W Studio 80 ‘Wedding’ 32.50 29.25 

HGCRS80WR Studio 80 ‘Wedding Rings’ 32.50 29.25 

HGCRC2W Classic 2 ‘Wedding’ 41.50 37.35 

HGCRC2WR Classic 2 ‘Wedding Rings’ 41.50 37.35 

Harmony 

HGHS80W Studio 80 ‘Wedding’ 21.30 19.00 

HGHS80WR Studio 80 ‘Wedding Rings’ 21.30 19.00 

HGHC2W Classic 2 ‘Wedding’ 29.20 26.30 

HGHC2WR Classic 2 ‘Wedding Rings’ 29.20 26.30 

Harmony Cameo 

HGCHS80W Studio 80 ‘Wedding’ 32.50 29.25 

HGCHS80WR Studio 80 ‘Wedding Rings’ 32.50 29.25 

HGCHC2W Classic 2 ‘Wedding’ 41.50 37.35 

HGCHC2WR Classic 2 ‘Wedding Rings’ 41.50 37.35 

Wanting a different look? For a contempary black and white album, see the Bonded 

Leather albums over the page – available with black pages. 

Hermafix 

The fastest and cleanest way of 

mounting prints – and suitable for 

many other jobs around home and 

office. Simply press the glue roll 

dispenser down and roll it backwards. 

The dispenser is reloadable. 

Now available in either 

removeable (glue can be rubbed off), 

or the new permanent version. 

Hermafix Vario tab 

dispenser 

Loaded with 1000 self-adhesive doublesided 

squares to form a permanent bond 

for photos in albums. 

HX1030 Hermafix Vario. . . . . . . . . 5.50 

HX1051 Vario refill rolls (1000). . . 1.99 

HX10515 Vario refill 5 pack. . . . . . . 9.00 

Herma Photo Glue 

Transparent, non-drip, 

water-resistant and acidfree. 

Good for mounting to 

cardboard. Residual glue 

can be rubbed off cleanly. 

70g tube. HX1251 £3.50 

Heritage Photo Corners 

Herma Photo 

Corners 

Self-adhesive and virtually 

invisible. 15mm edge. 250 

roll pack. HX1380 £1.99 

1060 will be supplied in black 

Original removeable Hermafix Transfer 

HX1060 £4.99 

HX1061 Glue refill for 1060 . . . . . . 2.25 

HX10615 Glue refill 5 pack . . . . . . 10.00 

New permanent Hermafix Transfer 

HX1014 £4.99 

HX1011 Glue refill for 1014 . . . . . . 2.25 

HX10115 Glue refill 5 pack . . . . . . 10.00 

Herma deckleedged 

scissors 

Spice up your family album 

with these scissors. 

HX7813 £2.99 

Measure 10mm along each outer edge, 

so are very neat, and come in transparent 

or black vinyl in packs of 500. The 

black ones can look very effective with 

black and white prints. 

HGPCT Transparent (500) 1.65 

HGPCB Black (500) 1.75 

Heritage Photo Mounts 

Double-sided 10mm squares for invisible 

mounting of prints. 

HGPM pack of 500 1.50 


Contacts 

If we can’t help, here’s details of the UK suppliers of products we sell: 

Product Company Telephone Fax Website (www....) 

B+W Sangers 0844 477 0121 0121 554 4108 schneideroptics.com 

Beattie Morco 01623 422828 01623 422818 intenscreen.com 

Benbo Paterson 0121 520 4830 0121 520 4831 patersonphotographic 

Billingham M Billingham 01384 482828 01384 482399 billingham.co.uk 

Braun Sangers 0844 477 0121 0121 554 4108 

Bronica Intro 2020 01628 674411 01628 771055 intro2020.co.uk 

Canon Canon UK 01737 220000 01737 220022 canon.co.uk 

Capital Kauser Intl. 01727 821571 01727 821425 

Cokin Intro 2020 01628 674411 01628 771055 cokin.fr 

Crumpler Intro 2020 01628 674411 01628 771055 intro2020.co.uk 

Cullmann Newpro UK 01367 242411 01367 241124 cullmann.de 

DW DW Viewpacks 01908 642323 01908 640164 dw-view.com 

Elinchrom PSC 0113 247 0037 0113 247 0038 elinchrom.com 

Gepe JP Distribution 01782 753300 01782 753399 gepe.com 

Giottos Paterson 0121 520 4830 0121 520 4831 patersonphotographic 

Gitzo Hasselblad UK 020 8733 0666 020 8902 2565 gitzo.com 

Gossen Sangers 0844 477 0121 0121 554 4108 gossen-photo.de 

Heritage Foto Store 01273 494989 01273 492649 heritagephotoalbums 

Hermafix Fotolynx 0117 963 5263 0117 963 6362 herma.de 

Hoya Intro 2020 01628 674411 01628 771055 intro2020.co.uk 

Interfit Paterson 0121 520 4830 0121 520 4831 patersonphotographic 

Kata Optex 020 8441 2199 020 8449 3646 kata-bags.com 

Kenko Intro 2020 01628 674411 01628 771055 intro2020.co.uk 

Lastolite JP Distribution 01782 753300 01782 753399 lastolite.com 

Lee Lee Filters 01264 366245 01264 355058 leefilters.com 

Leica Leica Camera 01908 666663 01908 671316 leicacamera.com 

Lowepro DayMen Intl. 01902 864646 01902 864647 lowepro-uk.com 

Mamiya JP Distribution 01782 753300 01782 753399 mamiya.co.uk 

Manfrotto DayMen Intl. 01902 864646 01902 864647 manfrotto.com 

Metz Hasselblad UK 020 8733 0666 020 8902 2565 metz.de 

Minolta Minolta UK 01908 200400 01908 618804 minolta.co.uk 

Nikon Nikon UK 020 8541 4440 020 8541 4584 nikon.co.uk 

Novoflex Speed Graphic 08453 305530 01420 543544 novoflex.com 

Ohnar Kauser Intl. 01727 821571 01727 821425 

Op/tech Newpro UK 01367 242411 01367 241124 optechusa.com 

Paterson Paterson 0121 520 4830 0121 520 4831 patersonphotographic 

Peli JP Distribution 01782 753300 01782 753399 peli.com 

Pentax Pentax UK 01753 792792 01753 792794 pentax.co.uk 

PocketWizard PSC 0113 247 0037 0113 247 0038 

Prolinca PSC 0113 247 0037 0113 247 0038 elinchrom.com 

Quantum Hasselblad UK 020 8733 0666 020 8902 2565 qt.com 

Rollei Studio Workshop 0870 444 680 0870 444 6871 rollei.de 

Sekonic JP Distribution 01782 753300 01782 753399 sekonic.co.uk 

Sigma Sigma Imaging UK 01707 329999 01707 327822 sigma-imaging-uk.com 

Slik Intro 2020 01628 674411 01628 771055 intro2020.co.uk 

Stroboframe Speed Graphic 08453 305530 01420 543544 www.tiffen.com 

Sunpak Intro 2020 01628 674411 01628 771055 intro2020.co.uk 

Tetenal Tetenal 0116 263 0306 0116 263 0087 tetenal.com 

Velbon Intro 2020 01628 674411 01628 771055 intro2020.co.uk 

Visatec Studio Workshop 0870 444 6870 0870 444 6871 visatec.com 

Wein (flash) PSC 0113 247 0037 0113 247 0038 tiffen.com 

FLM, Zing, Q-top, Ergorest, Flash X-tender....that’s us! 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Enlarging 

Paterson Paragon 35 

With mainly metal construction, this is a 

robust product ideal for the home or 

college 35mm enthusiast. 

Its 75w condenser illumination is ideal 

for black and white printing, and it has a 

built-in filter drawer for multigrade or 

colour filters. 

Twin bar/bellows focusing guarantees 

that the lens stays parallel to the baseboard, 

and it will produce a maximum 

print size of 12x16” (30x40cm) on the 

baseboard – the head can be swung round 

to project on to a wall or floor for larger 

prints. 

Comes complete with a quality 4element 

lens and glassless negative 

carrier. PTPE £169.95 

LMP3/3ES 75w ES lamp. . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 

Durst M370BW 

A rugged and durable black and white 

35mm enlarger capable of being upgraded 

to 6x4.5, 6x6 and 6x7 formats. The square 

section column is made from heat-resistant 

cast aluminium, marked with magnification 

and head height scales for a 

50mm lens, so with any change of magnification 

the new exposure can be calculated 

from the scales. Head movement is 

by smooth friction drive. 

Print sizes up to 12 x 18” (30.5 x 

46cm) can be made on the baseboard, and 

the head can be reversed to allow floor 

projection. Supplied with 75w opal lamp 

and hinged neg carrier. Not supplied with 

lens. Filter set shown is extra (see below). 

DUM370B £199.95 

Accessories for Durst M370BW 

DULS66 LIDISET 66 (conversion kit for 

6x6 format negatives) . . . . . . . . . 199.00 

DULS67 LIDISET 67 (conversion kit for 

6x7 format negatives) . . . . . . . . . 199.00 

DUSCUF SIRIOCUF dust cover . . . . 19.95 

DUVWAL VEGAWAL wall bracket. . . 47.00 

DUVSET B/W Vario Filter Set (consists of 

glass plate and 6 variable contrast filters, 

grades 0-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.30 

LMP3/3ES 75w ES lamp. . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 

DARKROOM 

Enlarging lenses 

Top quality lenses from Nikon and 

Schneider. Available to order, and usually 

obtainable within 3-4 working days. 

NKEL50 EL-Nikkor 50/f2.8 N . . . 152.95 

NKEL75 EL-Nikkor 75/f4 N . . . . . 143.50 

NKEL80 EL-Nikkor 80/f5.6 N . . . 162.50 

SCCR50 Componar-S 50/f2.8 . . . . 72.00 

SCCR90 Componar-S 80/f4.5 . . . . 72.00 

SCCN50 Componon-S 50/f2.8 . . 183.80 

SCCN80 Componon-S 80/f4 . . . . 237.90 

Speed Graphic 

93

DARKROOM 

Enlarging 

Paterson 

Focus Finders 

Micro Focus Finder 

Makes finding exact 

focusing easy by 

magnifying the grain 

of the enlargement. 

PTFF £18.50 

Major Focus Finder 

Larger design makes 

for easier working 

with bigger enlargements 

– saves 

fumbling for the 

focus control. 

PTMFF £38.50 

Paterson Texture Screens 

These are sandwiched 

with a 35mm neg and 

printed as normal to 

produce an effect. 

There are 12 in the 

pack, ranging from 

Old Master to dot 

screen newspaper. 

PTTS £19.50 

Multigrade filters 

Ilford 

ILFDK 3” filter drawer kit . . . . . 21.50 

Paterson 

PTVCF Set of 12 3” filters . . . . . 17.50 

Kaiser Test Strip Printer 

Separate shutters can be opened in turn 

to allow six different exposures to be 

tested. 5x7” paper can be turned around 

to allow a second series of six exposures. 

KA4009 £10.95 

LPL Easels 

LPL 2-bladed easels are of durable metal 

construction, with lockable sliding blades 

to allow precise adjustment to the 

maximum size. 

LL108 10 x 8” (25.4x20.3cm) . . 56.00 

LL1012 10 x 12” (25.4x30.5cm) . 60.50 

LL1114 11 x 14” (27.9x35.6cm). . 72.20 

LL1417 14 x 17” (35.6x43.2cm) . 95.90 

LL1620 16 x 20” (40.6x50.8cm) 131.00 

LLU4 14 x 17” 4-blade . . . . . . 217.00 

Exposure meter 

Durst Variolux 

Simple exposure meters are not particularly 

good for variable contrast papers, as 

a change in the grade means that the 

meter needs recalibration. The Variolux, 

as well as measuring the amount of light 

and displaying the correct exposure via 

two small control lamps, also measures 

the contrast range of the negative and 

then recommends a suitable paper 

contrast. 

This will enable a reasonably accurate 

print to be produced immediately, and 

avoid the need for test strips. Metering is 

either integrated or spot, and the Variolux 

is equally suitable for black and white or 

colour negatives, and is powered by a 9v 

battery. 

DUVL £76.00 

Paterson proof printers 

35mm Proof Printer 

For 8 x 10” paper. Takes six strips of six 

35mm negatives. Ideal for keeping a file 

copy of each film. PTPP35 £38.50 

6x6 Proof Printer 

As above but taking four strips of 120 roll 

film. PTPP66 £38.50 

Pro Proofer 

10x12” size with a plain glass top. Will 

take four 4 x 5” format negs, or 120 size. 

Also useful for keeping prints flat for 

copying. PTPRO £38.50 

Paterson 2000D 

A simple digital enlarger timer which can 

be set from 0.1–9.9 secs in 0.1 sec increments, 

or from 10–99 secs in 1 sec increments. 

Display brightness can be 

adjusted. PT2000D £59.95 

Durst Labotim 

A compact 

and precise 

quartz 

digital timer 

with a large 

display. 

Times from 

0.1 to 99 

seconds 

with interrupt 

facility. The ergonomic design is 

simple to operate with just 4 control keys. 

DULT £89.95 

Processing 

Paterson Film and Print 

Processing Kit 

Contains all the essential equipment for 

processing both film and photographic 

paper, so is the ideal ‘one box’ addition to 

the purchase of an enlarger. 

� Universal Developing Tank with 1 spiral 

� Set of three 8x10” trays 

� Paterson Safelight 

� 3 measuring graduates 

� Chemical mixer 

� Thermometer 

� Print tongs 

� Pair of film clips 

� Film squeegee 

Safelight 

PTDEV 

64 95 

Paterson 

Can be stood on the bench or hung on a 

wall. The A (red/orange dome) is now the 

only model offered (Paterson discovered 

that the VF type could fog some of the 

more sensitive modern MG papers). 

PTSLA 18.40 

PTSLDA Replacement A dome . . . . 8.70 

LM15WES 15w spare bulb. . . . . . . . . 2.50 

We can also supply Kaiser Duka sodium 

safelights. 


Paterson tanks 

As used in thousands of darkrooms worldwide 

– durable and easy to use. 35mm 

model takes 1 x 35mm film; Universal 

model 2x 35mm or 1 x 120 film. 

PT35T 35mm tank. . . . . . . . . . . 16.60 

PTUT Universal tank . . . . . . . . 17.50 

PTMRT3 Multi-Reel 3 tank . . . . . . 17.50 



Multi-reel tanks do not include reels. 

PTALR Auto-load reel . . . . . . . . . 8.80 

PTALR6 Auto-load reel pack of 6 . 45.90 

Paterson tank accessories 

Force Film Washer 

A hose which fits the core of 

the tank to provide rapid 

washing of films. 

PTFFW £7.95 

Water Filter 

Used in 

conjunction 

with the 

Force Film 

Washer to 

prevent any 

mains-borne 

contaminants entering the 

tank. PTWF £11.50 

Large changing bag 

27 x29” size is roomy enough to fit a 

camera and a typical developing tank. 

KDCBL £17.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Film clips 

Paterson Film Clip 

Set 

Durable plastic, 

one weighted. 

One pair. 

PTFCS £6.00 

Kenro stainless 

steel clips 

One clip weighted, 

one pair. 

KRFCS £5.25 

Film squeegee 

Soft 

rubber 

blades 

rapidly 

remove 

water from the film surface to aid markfree 

drying. PTFS £7.95 

Thermometers 

Kaiser wide range tray thermometer 

(top) Angled stem and hook, 0–50ºC. 

85mm long plus 45mm of angled stem. 

KA4083 £7.50 

Kaiser precision thermometer 

(middle) Alcohol filled. 10–50ºC +/- 2º. 

Length 7.7”. KA4086 £10.95 

Paterson colour thermometer 

(bottom) Dual scales +/- 1.4ºC. 12” long. 

PTCOL £9.70 

Paterson certified thermometer 

13–30ºC +/- 0.3ºC. 9” long. PTCERT £9.20 

Kaiser digital thermometer 

Battery powered all-purpose model with 

LCD display. ºC or 

ºF. Min/max 

temperature with 

beep warning. 

Countdown timer 

included. 1m cable 

and stainless 

probe. 

KA4091 £43.95 

Process timer 

Kaiser 4219 

Has three independent 

channels 

for separate 

timing, plus 

clock, alarm and 

calendar, and a 

beep signal for 

various functions. 

Starting times are retrievable, and timing 

interruption is possible. Belt clip, stand or 

magnet fixing. KA4219 £27.50 

Paterson Triple Timer 

Can be used as a clock, 

stop-watch, or three 

stage timer. The three 

countdown stages can 

run simultaneously, or 

as separately switched 

timers. PTTT £12.50 

Print developing 

Dishes 

Sets of three, each dish in a different 

colour. 

APDD8 8x10” (20x25cm) . . . . . . . 8.95 

APDD10 10x12” (24x30cm) . . . . . 11.95 

APDD12 12x16” (30x40cm) . . . . . 17.95 

APDD16 16x20” (40x50cm) . . . . . 24.95 

Print tongs (pairs) 

APPT AP plastic tongs (1) . . . . . 3.50 

PTTONG Paterson plastic tongs (2) 5.80 

KRPT Kenro stainless steel (3). 11.95 

3 

1 2 

DARKROOM 

Chemical mixing 

Paterson Graduates 

Accurate and high quality measures made 

from transparent polysty-rene, which is 

very resistant to staining. Jugs and funnel 

are made from tough polypropylene. 

PTG45 45ml graduate . . . . . . . . . 3.40 

PTG150 150ml graduate . . . . . . . . 3.80 



PTG1200 1200ml graduate . . . . . . . 7.60 

Funnel 

PTF 11cm/4.25” funnel. . . . . . 3.30 

Mixing jugs 

PTJUG1 1 litre mixing jug . . . . . . . 6.70 

PTJUG2 2 litre mixing jug . . . . . . 10.70 

Chemical mixer 

PTCM Chemical mixer. . . . . . . . . 3.80 

Storage bottles 

Opaque accordion bottles prevent 

oxidation of chemicals by collapsing to 

expel any air. 

APAB1 1 litre size . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 

APAB2 2 litre size . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.40 

Latex gloves 

Disposable thin 

latex, alkaline 

chemical resistant 

gloves. 

10 pairs 

KRLG20 

DISCONTINUED 

Speed Graphic 

95

DARKROOM 

Paterson High Speed Print 

Washer 

Washes resin-coated papers in 2–4 

minutes. Two sizes available: 

PTHSW8 for 8x10” prints . . . . . . . 19.30 

PTHSW12 for 12x16” prints . . . . . . 34.00 

Paterson Rapid 

Print Drying Rack 

Holds up to ten 8x10” prints, and allows 

air to circulate to allow resin-coated 

papers to dry quickly. PTRACK £25.00 

Paterson RC print squeegee 

Large soft rubber blades. For prints up to 

16x20”. PTPS £17.40 

Kaiser darkroom apron 

A washable, 

acid-resistant 

apron, 

matt black 

with seamed 

edges and 

front 

pocket. 

KA4065 

£15.95 

Darkroom materials 

Black and white 

film developers 

Ilford ID-11 

The ‘standard’ developer giving fine-grain 

results with all films including T-grain 

types, without loss of film speed. Can also 

push-process HP5 to ISO1600. The same 

as Kodak D76. 

ILID100 ID-11 powder 1l . . . . . . . . 3.45 

ILID250 ID-11 powder 2.5l . . . . DISC 

ILID500 ID-11 powder 5l . . . . . . . . 6.90 

Ilford Microphen 

Gives an extra 1/2 stop without compromising 

fine grain. Allows pushing of HP5 

up to ISO3200. 

ILMIC100 Microphen powder 1l . . . . 3.45 

ILMIC250 Microphen powder 2.5l DISC 

Ilford Perceptol 

DISCONTINUED 

Ilford Ilfosol S 

A universal and economical developer for 

all films at standard dilution of 1+9. At 

1+14 has small compensating effect on 

high contrast subjects 

ILSOL Ilfosol liquid 250ml . . . . . 2.69 

Ilford Ilfotec DD-X 

A fine grain developer producing easy to 

print negatives at full film speed. 

Recommended for Delta 3200. 

ILDDX Ilfotec DD-X liquid 1l . . . 10.95 

Kodak XTOL 

New technology developer using ascorbic 

acid. Mixes at room temperature. For all 

types of b+w films. 

KKXTOL XTOL powder 5l. . . . . . . . . 7.20 

Kodak T-Max 

Recommended for all T-Max films. 

KKTDEV1 T-Max liquid 2 x 1l . . . . . . 9.20 

Kodak Technidol 

The best developer for Technical Pan film. 

KKTDOL Technidol liquid 4 x 600ml10.25 

Paterson Acutol 

Classic acutance developer for films up to 

ISO125. Increases apparent edge definition. 

Also contrast compensates at high 

dilutions. 

PTATOL5 Acutol liquid 500ml . . . . . 3.45 

PTATOL10 Acutol liquid 1l. . . . . . . . . 5.95 

Paterson Aculux 2 

One-shot fine grain developer for all 

films, with long tonal range and a speed 

increase of 1/3 stop. 

PTALUX5 Aculux liquid 500ml . . . . . 3.95 

PTALUX10 Aculux liquid 1l . . . . . . . . 6.95 

Paterson FX-39 

One-shot high definition developer for 

T-grain films like Delta, T-Max, APX and 

Neopan. 

PTFX39 FX-39 liquid 500ml . . . . . . 3.95 

Paterson FX-50 

New eco-friendly developer with a very 

long shelf life in concentrate, with the 

choice of single or 2-bath development. 

PTFX50 FX-50 liquid 2 x 250ml . . . 6.95 

Paper developers 

Ilford Multigrade 

Fast-working developer, for Ilford and 

other variable-contrast papers. 

ILMGD50 Multigrade liquid 500ml . . 4.75 

ILMGD100 Multigrade liquid 1l . . . . . 6.80 

ILMGD500 Multigrade liquid 5l . . . . 14.20 

Paterson Acuprint 

DISCONTINUED 

Paterson Acugrade 

Gives maximum density with short development 

times with resin-coated papers. 

PTAGR5 Acugrade liquid 500ml . . . 3.95 

PTAGR10 Acugrade liquid 1l . . . . . . 6.95 

Fixers, stop baths, 

wetting solution 

Ilfofix 2 

Economical, non-hardening (so keeping 

wash times to a minimum), for all films 

and papers. 

ILFIX500 Ilfofix powder 5l . . . . . . . 6.90 

Ilford Rapid Fixer 

Non-hardening fixer where the dilution 

determines fixing time. Replaces Hypam 

and standard Paper Fixers. 

ILRF50 Rapid Fixer liquid 500ml. . 4.99 

ILRF100 Rapid Fixer liquid 1l . . . . . 7.15 

Ilfostop 

Odourless print stop bath with indicator. 

ILSTOP Ilfostop liquid 500ml . . . . 3.60 

Ilfotol wetting solution 

Add to final rinse for films to reduce 

streaking and lower static. 

ILTOL Ilfotol 250ml . . . . . . . . . . 2.60 

Galerie Washaid 

Speeds washing of fibre prints by removing 

by products of fixation. Dilutes 1+4. 

ILWASH Washaid 1l . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.75 

Paterson Acufix 

Diluted 1+3, Acufix is rapid-acting and 

suits all films and papers. 

PTAFIX5 Acufix liquid 500ml . . . . . 3.45 

PTAFIX10 Acufix liquid 1l. . . . . . . . . 5.95 

Paterson Acuwet 

PTAWET5 Acuwet 500ml . . . . . . . . . 3.95 

Paterson Acustop 

Prolongs fixer life and contains indicator. 

PTASTP5 Acustop 500ml . . . . . . . . . 2.95 

Paterson Acutone 

Acutone Sepia 

Variable from warm, almost yellow, to a 

dark sepia-brown. 1l kit. PTATSP £10.45 

Acutone Red 

Best with warmtone paper. Gives tones 

ranging from warm black through purple 

to red – the longer you leave it, the 

lighter it gets. 2 litre kit. PTATR £10.45 

Acutone Blue 

DISCONTINUED 

Acutone Selenium 

Single solution which can be re-used, 

Gives a warm purple-black with archival 

properties. 500ml. PTATSL £8.95 

Photocolor 

Chrome Six 3+ 

For E6 process slide films. Easy to mix 3 

bath formulation giving excellent results. 

Standard process time 30 minutes at 38ºC. 

Kits include bleach-fix and stabiliser. 

PTSIX6 Chrome Six 600ml. . . . . . 16.95 

PTSIX12 Chrome Six 1.2l . . . . . . . 22.95 

Photocolor II 

For C41 process colour negative films. A 

single concentrate developer. Use with 

Universal Bleach Fix. 

PTPC5 Photocolor II 500ml . . . . . 5.95 

PTPC10 Photocolor II 1l . . . . . . . . 9.95 

Universal Bleach Fix 

For use with both Photocolor II and 

Printmaster chemistry. 

PTUBF10 Univ. Bleach Fix 1l . . . . . . 8.45 

PTUBF20 Univ. Bleach Fix 2l . . . . . 14.95 

Tetenal Protectan spray 

An anti-oxidant gas which greatly 

increases the storage life of chemicals. 

Use a quick burst before stoppering the 

bottle. CFC-free. 400ml can. TLPS £5.99 


Ilford paper 

Multigrade IV RC Deluxe 

A mid-weight 190gsm resin-coated 

variable contrast paper noted for its high 

maximum density and excellent highlight 

detail. Available in three surfaces. 

Glossy (Ilford code MGD.1M) 

ILMG5100 5 x 7” 100 sheets . . . . . 11.20 

ILMG825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . . 7.75 

ILMG850 8 x 10” 50 sheets . . . . . 12.50 

ILMG8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 22.95 

ILMGA100 A4 100 sheets . . . . . . . 29.95 

ILMG950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 17.50 

ILMG1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . . 8.20 

ILMG1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 28.90 

ILMG1610 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 12.95 

ILMG1650 16 x 20” 50 sheets . . . . 43.95 

Pearl (Ilford code MGD.44M) 

ILMP5100 5 x 7” 100 sheets . . . . . 11.20 

ILMP825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . . 7.75 

ILMP850 8x 10” 50 sheets . . . . . 12.50 

ILMP8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 22.95 

ILMPA100 A4 100 sheets . . . . . . . 29.95 

ILMP950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 17.50 

ILMP1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . . 8.20 

ILMP1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 28.90 

ILMP1610 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 12.95 

ILMP1650 16 x 20” 50 sheets . . . . 43.95 

Satin (Ilford code MGD.25M) 

ILMS5100 5 x 7” 100 sheets . . . . . 11.20 

ILMS825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . . 7.75 

ILMS8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 22.95 

ILMSA100 A4 100 sheets . . . . . . . 29.95 

ILMS950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 17.50 

ILMS1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . . 8.20 

ILMS1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 28.90 

ILMS1610 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 12.95 

ILMS1650 16 x 20” 50 sheets . . . . 43.95 

The Ilford situation . . . 

At the time of going to press, Ilford’s UK 

business was in administrative receivership, 

but supplies were still forthcoming. 

The Swiss inkjet printing materials 

business is unaffected. 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Multigrade IV Warmtone RC 

Variable contrast resin-coated paper with 

a warm white base, and which reacts 

extremely well to toning. Available in 

Glossy or Pearl finishes. 

Glossy (Ilford code MGRCW.1M) 

ILMWG5100 5 x 7” 100 sheets . . . . . 16.85 

ILMWG825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . 10.99 

ILMWG8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 34.90 

ILMWG910 9.5 x 10” 10 sheets . . . . 6.50 

ILMWG950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 26.40 

ILMWG1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . 11.50 

ILMWG1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 42.95 

ILMWG1610 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 18.30 

Pearl (Ilford code MGRCW.44M) 

ILMWP5100 5 x 7” 100 sheets . . . . . 16.85 

ILMWP825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . 10.99 

ILMWP8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 34.90 

ILMWP910 9.5 x 12” 10 sheets . . . . 6.50 

ILMWP950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 26.40 

ILMWP1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . 11.50 

ILMWP1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 42.95 

ILMWP1650 16 x 20” 50 sheets . . . . 65.00 

Multigrade IV FB 

Variable contrast paper with a heavy 

225gsm fibre base. 

Glossy (Ilford code MGF.1K) 

ILMFG825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . 11.95 

ILMFG8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 38.50 

ILMFG910 9.5 x 10” 10 sheets . . . . 6.95 

ILMFG950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 28.50 

ILMFG1110 11 x 14” 10 sheets . . . . 10.50 

ILMFG1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . 12.50 

ILMFG1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 46.95 

ILMFG1610 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 19.80 

Matt (Ilford code MGF.5K) 

ILMFM825 8 x 10” 25 sheets . . . . . 11.95 

ILMFM8100 8 x 10” 100 sheets . . . . 38.50 

ILMFM910 9.5 x 12” 10 sheets . . . . 6.95 

ILMFM950 9.5 x 12” 50 sheets . . . 28.50 

ILMFM1110 11 x 14” 10 sheets . . . . 10.50 

ILMFM1210 12 x 16” 10 sheets . . . . 12.50 

ILMFM1250 12 x 16” 50 sheets . . . . 46.95 

ILMFM1650 16 x 20” 10 sheets . . . . 19.80 

Warmtone fibre base paper also available. 

Paper size conversion 

4 x 6” 10.5 x 14.8cm 

5 x 7” 12.7 x 17.8cm 

8 x 10” 20.3 x 25.4cm 

8.25 x 11.75” (A4) 21 x 29.7cm 

9.5 x 12” 24 x 30.5cm 

12 x 16” 30.5 x 40.6cm 

16 x 20” 40.6 x 50.8cm 

20 x 24” 50.8 x 61cm 

DARKROOM / FILM ACCS 

Film accessories 

Reloadable 

35mm 

cassettes 

Price per cassette 1–9 10–25 25+ 

Plastic, twist-off end cap 

APPC £0.35 £0.29 £0.25 

Metal, push-on, pull-off cap 

APMC £0.45 £0.40 £0.36 

Metal, ISO100 DX-coded 

APPC100 £0.45 £0.40 £0.36 

Metal, ISO400 DX-coded 

APPC400 £0.45 £0.40 £0.36 

Cassette opener 

Makes short work of 

removing end caps from 

metal cassettes, and 

save fingernails. 

KDCO £3.95 

Film changing bag 

For standard use in the darkroom, but also 

very useful if your film is jammed in the 

camera. Light, and infra-red light proof 

black material. 

KDCBS 21x23” (53x58cm) . . . . . 14.95 

KDCBL 27x29” (68.5x73.5cm) . . 17.95 

Discount film 

Ask for our Film List or 

check website for 

latest prices 

Low prices and fresh stocks! And, 

unlike other mail order suppliers, all 

film comes from official sources, and is 

usually supplied same day by 

1st class post. 

Hama 

film retriever 

Ideal for photographers 

without the luxury of two camera bodies, 

or with a camera which always rewinds the 

leader. Now you can part use a film and 

rewind it safe in the knowledge that you 

won’t waste frames. Very ease to use; 

won’t damage the film. HA8025 £5.50 

Hama Filmsafe-X 

Film memo holder 

Fixes to a camera back and 

takes 35mm film box ends. 

HA5090 £3.95 

Good travel protection for up to four 

35mm or APS canisters or two 120 rolls. Xray, 

sand and water resistant. For films up 

to ISO3200; will pack in a pocket. 

HA5990 £3.95 

Hama FilmShield bags 

Although most 

airports advertise 

their X-ray 

machines as 

film-friendly, 

repeated checking 

on a long 

journey will 

have an accumulative 

effect. 

To be absolutely sure, we recommend use 

of one of these lead-lined bags for protection 

during hand luggage inspections, and 

they are also resistant to heat and water 

exposure. Each will take up to 22 x 35mm 

or 18 x 120 films. 

FilmShield Standard (up to ISO200) 

HA5980 £9.95 

FilmShield Super (up to ISO1000) 

HA5985 £11.95 

Speed Graphic 

97

Battery information 

BATTERIES 

Battery descriptions 

Although there is an international 

standard for naming batteries, not 

all manufacturers stick to this, and 

Duracell’s dominance in the market 

has led to some types (‘AA’ for 

example) becoming the norm. 

Here are some alternatives for 

some types which we sell: 

2CR5 2CR5M, DL245 

CRP2P CRP2, EL223A, DL223A 

CR123A EL123A, DL123A, CR17345 

CR1/3N 2L76, DL1/3N, K58L, 

CR11108 

PX28L L544, K28L, 2CR1/3N, 

2CR11108 

PX28 4SR44, KS28, V28PX 

PX76 EPX76, D357, SR44, V76PX 

SLR batteries 

This is a brief list for popular 

models: for other SLRs, compacts, 

meters, please phone – we can 

usually find the type you need. 

Canon 

EOS 1, 1n, 1v, 3, 5, 50 50E, 500n, 

600, 620, 630, 650, 700, 750, 1000 

series, RT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2CR5 

EOS 30, 33, 3000, 500, 

5000, IX. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x CR123A 

EOS 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x CR2 

Minolta 

Dynax: all except those below . 2CR5 

Dynax 505si, 505si Super, 404si, 

303si . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x CR2 

Dynax 7, 9. . . . . . . . . . . 2 x CR123A 

9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x AA 

7000, 5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x AAA 

Nikon 

F3. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x PX76; CR1/3N 

F4 (std version) . . . . . . . . . . . 4 xAA 

F401 all types . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x AA 

F50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2CR5 

F60, F70, F80. . . . . . . . . 2 x CR123A 

F601. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRP2P 

FM, FE, FM2, FE2 . 2x PX76; CR1/3N 

Pentax 

All MZ series . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x CR2 

Z1, Z1-P, other Z series . . . . . . 2CR5 

SF1, SFX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x AA 

SF1-N, SF7, SF10 . . . . . . . . . . . 2CR5 

Mercury batteries 

PX27, TR164 and other mercury types 

do not have an alternative available 

in the EC markets (they may be still 

available elsewhere in the world). 

Digispeed 4 

One hour ultra-fast NiMH charger for 

1–4 AA or AAA batteries. Mains/car use. 

Microprocessor control using Delta peak 

techniques ensures that each cell is indivually 

monitored to prevent damage. Each 

slot has a charging indicator, and it comes 

with a mains or car lighter adaptor. 

Complete with 4 x 2200MaH AA batts 

ANDS4 £49.95 

Energy 8 

Quick desktop charger for 1–6 AAA or 

AA, 1–4 C or D, plus 1–2 9v block. 

Charges NiCad or NiMH batteries in any 

combination. Automatic micropocessor 

control of charging for each cell. Faulty 

cell detection. As a guide, a 2000MaH AA 

battery takes 4 hours from fully 

discharged. Not supplied with batteries. 

ANE8 £49.95 

Also available: 

Energy 4 As above, but taking 1–4 AA or 

AAA plus 1–4 9v block. Not supplied with 

batteries. ANE4 £39.95 

Energy 16 As above, but taking 1–16 AA 

or AAA or 1–6 C or D, plus 1–4 9v block. 

Not supplied with batteries. ANE16 £89.95 

Digicam Traveller 

Ideal for all mobile applications 

including flash, CDs, PDAs etc. 

Charges 4 x 2000mAh NiMH AA batteries 

in 4 hours. Will also discharge safely. Each 

cell is monitored and faulty cells are 

detected. Multi-voltage use; complete 

with UK, US, and Euro adaptors. 

Complete with 4 x 2000mAh AA batts 

ANDT £44.95 

Photocam Plus 

Economical charger 

for AA or AAA batts 

9 hour overnight 

charge for NiMH batteries. 

Complete with 4 x 

2000mAh batts 

ANPP £15.95 

Ansmann NiMH batteries 

AN4AAA AAA 700mAh x 4. . . . . . . . 7.99 

AN4AA AA 2200mAh x 4 . . . . . . . 10.50 

AN2C C 3500mAh x 2 . . . . . . . . 11.50 

AN2D D 8000mAh x 2 . . . . . . . . 17.50 

AN9V 9v block 250mAh x 1 . . . . 9.25 

Battery storage box 

Store up to 8 x AA, or CR123A or memory 

cards. Avoids accidental shorting or 

discharging. Charged and uncharged 

sections are marked. ANBB £2.95 

Battery Box including 8 x 

2200mAh Ansmann batteries 

ANBBKIT £ 22 

DISCOUNT 

BATTERY PRICES 

Buy more and save money – because of our 

rapid stock-turn all batteries have long shelf 

life. Lithium batteries are Panasonic, Fuji, 

Kodak or other top quality brands. We don’t 

sell ‘no-name’ type batteries! 

Lithium camera 

1–2 3–5 6+ 

BA2CR5 2CR5 6v 3.99 3.59 3.25 

BACRP2P CRP2P 6v 4.09 3.69 3.45 

BACR123A CR123A 3v 1.99 1.85 1.69 

BACR2 CR2 3v 2.29 2.15 1.99 

BACR2016 CR2016 3v 0.99 0.89 0.79 

BACR2025 CR2025 3v 0.99 0.89 0.79 

BACR2032 CR2032 3v 0.99 0.89 0.79 

BAK58L CRL1/3N 3v 3.35 3.09 2.89 

BAK28L PX28L 6v 6.09 5.69 5.29 

Lithium general purpose 

BAL2AA AA 2 pack 5.39 4.99 4.65 

Alkaline general purpose 

BA4AA AA 4 pack 1.49 1.39 1.29 

BAD4AA Duracell AA x4 2.89 2.59 2.45 

BA4AAA AAA 4 pack 1.49 1.39 1.29 

BAC2 C 2 pack 1.79 1.59 1.45 

BAPP3 PP3 9v block 1.79 1.59 1.45 

Silver oxide camera 

BAPX28 PX28 6v 3.35 3.09 2.89 

BAKS76 PX76 1.5v 1.35 1.19 1.09 

Wein Zinc-Air cells 

Mercury cell sale and production now outlawed 

in the EC, there is a problem for owners of older 

cameras using PX625, PX400 and PX675 

mercury batteries. These require a voltage of 

1.35v, and any alkaline replacement will be 

1.5v which will lead to metering errors. These 

cells give the correct voltage, are environmentally 

safe, and have a 10 year shelf life. 

1–2 3+ 

WEB400 Wein PX400 4.99 4.49 

WEB625 Wein PX625 4.99 4.49 

WEB675 Wein PX675 4.99 4.49 


Collectors’ Guides 

Nikon Compendium 2 

Stafford, Hillebrand and Hauschild 

Completely 

revised including 

chapters 

devoted to 

digital 

cameras, this 

is the most 

recently 

published 

book of its 

type. With 

over 1000 

pictures of 

equipment past and present, it’s a must 

for the Nikon devotee. Hardback 424pp. 

BK113 £39.95 

Hasselblad Compendium 

Rick Nordin 

Covers the 

early history of 

Hasselblad 

through to the 

latest cameras 

and accessories,including 

flash, 

projectors and 

underwater 

housings in 763 

photographs. Hardback 300pp. 

BK112 £34.95 

Other titles 

BK106 Canon Compendium . . . . 24.95 

BKH01 Zeiss Compendium . . . . . 29.95 

BKH02 Nikon Rangefinder Cams. 19.95 

BKH03 Japanese 35mm SLRs . . . 22.95 

BKH04 Kodak Cameras . . . . . . . . 29.95 

BKH05 Spycamera - Minox story. 19.95 

BKH06 Exakta Cameras . . . . . . . 19.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

International Blue Book 

14th Edition 

Edited by John Wade, and bigger than 

ever, including more cameras from the 

post-1945 period, this is the most 

comprehensive directory of collectable 

cameras there is. As well as being a directory 

of equipment, there is much general 

information, including a section about 

collecting via the Internet. Softback 

630pp. BK125 £24.95 

Collector’s Guide to Classic 

Cameras 1945-85 John Wade 

Here are the 

cameras which will 

be familiar to 

many, and the 

author gives a 

comprehensive 

exposition of the 

many different 

styles and specifications 

and 

advances in technology in the period, 

with many illustrations. Hardback 192pp 

BKH07 £22.95 

Asahi Pentax 35mm Cameras 

Danilo Cecchi 

In recent years in 

the shadow of Nikon 

and Canon, the 

classic Pentax SLRs 

of the ‘60s and ‘70s 

are now becoming 

collectible (as well 

as being still very 

useable). The book 

covers the period 

1952–1989. Hardback 192pp. 

BKH08 £19.95 

Leica Guides 

Leica M7 & Leica MP 

Richard Hünecke 

An in depth 

appraisal of the 

latest models in the 

M rangefinder 

series. Hardback 

240pp. 

BKH09 £19.95 

Leica Pocket Book 7th edition 

An illustrated compact 

guide to Leica cameras and 

lenses from 1925 to the 

new products launched at 

Photokina 2002. With 

latest available production 

figures and serial numbers. 

An essential companion to 

the Leica Price Guide. 

Softback ‘diary’ style. 

280pp. BK163 £19.95 

Leica International Price 

Guide 8th edition 

Items are keyed to the page on which they 

are shown in the 7th Edition Leica Pocket 

Book, Leica Accessory Guide and Leica 

Collector’s Guide. Softback 120p. 

BKH10 £9.00 

Leica M Compendium Eastland 

Covers all models 

from 1954 up until 

the M6. Jonathan 

Eastland is a wellknown 

Leica buff 

and photojournalist, 

so the text has 

plenty of advice for 

the budding 

Lartigue or 

Cartier-Bresson. 

Hardback 208pp. BK138 £29.95 

Leica R Compendium 

Jonathan Eastland 

Covers the SLR system from its inception 

in 1965 to 1996. As well as a guide to 

handling and useage, it covers all the 

many lenses and accessories in detail, 

with copious illustration. Hardback 

186pp. BK139 £29.95 

BOOKS 

Leica Lens Compendium 

Erwin Puts 

The author is an 

expert on Leica 

lenses, having 

used and tested 

them for many 

years. The book 

covers the majority 

of lenses 

produced up until 

Photokina 2002, 

and discusses their suitability for various 

photographic projects. Hardback. 240pp 

BK127 £34.95 

Leica Collectors’ Guide 2nd Ed 

Dennis Laney 

The definitive 

and most 

comprehensive 

reference book 

for all Leica 

enthusiasts, 

collectors and 

dealers. A 

historical introduction 

is 

followed by 

chapters 

describing all cameras, lenses, accessories, 

medical and scientific, enlarging 

and projection equipment, and binoculars. 

With production figures, serial 

numbers, code-word details. Hardback. 

500pp BK155 £59.95 

Leica R8 Jonathan Eastland 

A comprehensive 

guide to the 

camera and R 

system for the 

owner or prospective 

purchaser. 

Hardback. 190pp 

BK153 £19.95 

Other Leica titles 

Leica M6 TTL Hunecke 

BK132 £19.95 

Leica M6 to M1 Matheson/Laney 

BKH11 £19.95 

Leica R7 Landt 

BKH12 £19.95 

Leica R6 Meisnitzer 

BKH12 £19.95 

Speed Graphic 

99

BOOKS 

General reference 

Hove Manuals 

take you stepby-step 

through the 

camera functions 

with reference 

to common 

photographic 

techniques. 

Major system 

accessories are 

also covered. 

Hove Guides 

All priced at £10.95 

BK049 Bronica ETR-Si/SQ-Ai/GS-1 

BK010 Canon EOS 100 


BK062 Canon EOS 30/33 



BK012 Canon EOS 50/50E 

BK011 Canon EOS 500/500N 

BK014 Canon Speedlites (inc 550/380) 

BK043 Minolta Dynax 7xi 

BK026 Minolta Dynax 9xi 

BK065 Minolta Dynax 500si Spr/300si 

BK047 Minolta Dynax 600si 

BK046 Minolta Dynax 700si 

BK027 Minolta Dynax 7000i 

BK041 Minolta Dynax 8000i 

BK042 Minolta X300/X700 

BK032 Nikon F4/F4S/F4E/F3 

BK036 Nikon F401/S/X 

BK033 Nikon F601 AF & M 

BK034 Nikon F70 

BK031 Nikon F801S 

BK048 Nikon Speedlites SB24/25/26 

BK037 Pentax K1000/P30n 

BK057 Pentax MZ5/MZ10/Z1P/Z70 

The Nikon Handbook 

by Peter Brasczko 

The most 

complete and upto-date 

guide of 

Nikon equipment. 

This is a 

whopping book 

which details 

nearly every Nikon item ever made, from 

rangefinders to accessories, compacts to 

other maker’s cameras with Nikon lenses. 

Over 1200 products illustrated. Softback 

460pp BK2580 £29.95 

The Hand Exposure Meter 

Book 

A concise guide to 

using meters, 

with three top US 

photographers 

showing how they 

use them to get 

spot-on exposure 

accuracy in all 

kinds of 

situations. Softback 84pp BK 228 £15.95 

The Complete Guide to 

Colour Fraser and Banks 

Explains key elements of colour theory, 

practice and 

application. 

CMYK, RGB and 

more – it’s all 

here in this 

definitive reference 

book. 

Softback 224pp 

BK869 £19.95 

Photographer’s Guide to 

Using Filters Joseph Meehan 

A more technically 

oriented book, 

which offers 

detailed information 

on colour 

compensation 

filters as well as 

more general filter 

applications. 

Softback 144pp 

BK509 £18.95 

Night & Low Light 

Photography Lee Frost 

Twilight, moonlight, 

cityscapes, lighting, 

fireworks – all are 

covered by this 

book, as are film 

types and film 

uprating, filtration, 

mixed flash and 

ambient lighting, 

recriprocity, and 

more. Softback 192pp BK2671 £14.99 

Infra-red Photography 

A complete workshop guide by Hugh Milsom 

Covers both black and white and colour 

infra-red photography. There’s a step-bystep 

guide for the beginner on both 

exposing and developing the film, and the 

book has over 200 photographs from 

leading practioners of the craft. Softback 

176pp BK2574 £24.95 

Medium and Large Format 

Photography Hicks and Schultz 

Aimed at the 

35mm user 

wishing to make 

the step up to a 

larger format. 

Covers a wide 

range of 

cameras old and 

new, lenses, 

techniques and 

darkroom. 

Copiously illustrated. 

Hardback 160pp BK2692 £22.50 

Medium Format 

Photography by Lief Ericksenn 

Covers choice of format, the various 

camera systems, lenses and their performance, 

film loading and processing, exposure 

and lighting, and projection. 144pp. 

BK577 £17.99 

Creative Exposure Control 

Les Meehan 

Excellent title 

explaining the intricacies 

of precise 

exposure control with 

great clarity. Covers 

in-camera and handheld 

metering, 

through adjusting 

exposure at the 

camera and exposure 

stage, plus visualising 

the finished result with reference to the 

Zone System concept. 

Softback 126pp BK382 £14.99 

Using the View Camera 

by Steve Simmons 

Covers view 

camera design, 

lenses, movements, 

optical 

principles, 

camera operation, 

plus film 

choice and 

processing, with 

particular reference 

to the Zone 

System. Softback 140pp. BK511 £17.99 

Photographs that sell and 

sell Roger Antrobus 

Stock photography 

can be a 

lucrative and 

steady source 

of income. 

Antrobus is a 

UK photographer 

with over 

5000 images 

lodges with 

libraries. This 

book shows 

which kind of images are most wanted, 

how to go about selecting them, and 

photographing them to ensure the quality 

which is required by the libraries. Covers 

both film and digital pics. Hardback 

128pp. BK385 £17.99 

Professional Architectural 

Photography Michael Harris 

Starting with some architectural information 

including 

a glossary of 

terms, the 

book then 

takes a 

detailed look 

at photographic 

equipment 

and techniques, 

and 

then has a 

step-by-step 

review of an actual assignment. Softback 

184pp. BK638 £22.99 

Also in the same series: 

Professional Interior Photography 

BK637 £22.99 


Nature and landscape 

John Shaw’s Landscape 

Photography 

Those with a yen 

for the Great 

American 

Outdoors will 

revel in the fabulous 

photographs 

in this popular 

book, and proves 

that with the 

right technique, 

stunningly sharp 

and detailed photographs can be achieved 

on 35mm. America’s leading outdoors 

photographer also packs in a lot of solid 

detail, technique and equipment advice, 

with a highly readable style. 


Large Format Nature 

Photography Jack Dykinga 

A check through 

Outdoor 

Photography 

each month 

reveals that 

many leading 

landscape 

photographers 

are wedded to a 

4x5” camera. 

The quality of 

the images in this book shows just what 

can be achieved, and if you are planning 

to move to a larger format and want to 

know how it’s done, this is an excellent 

introduction. Softback 142pp 

BK537 £19.95 

Nature Photography Field 

Guide John Shaw 

A detailed guide to 

the equipment and 

techniques 

needed. Covers 

animal and landscape 

subjects. 

Superb photos 

accompany the 

typically pithy and 

well-written Shaw 

text. Softback 144pp BK532 £16.95 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Complete Guide to Close-Up 

and Macro Photography 

Paul Harcourt- 

Davies 

The original 

complete guide 

to close-up and 

macro photography 

from a 

flower and 

insect specialist. 

Large 

format 160pp 

hardback. 

Recommended. 


Small Things Big 

Paul Harcourt-Davies 

Covers much of the 

ground of the book 

above, but slightly less 

technical approach and 

includes digital. Hardback 

160pp BK2698 £19.99 

Photographing Plants & 

Flowers Paul Harcourt-Davies 

Leading UK specialist in this area explains 

what techniques are required to shoot 

plants from infinity to a few cm. Includes 

outdoor and indoor photography. 


Photographing Wild Birds 

Chris Gomersall 

A lavishly illustrated 

guide to 

techniques 

used by the 

author and 

many other 

leading bird 

photographers. 

There’s an 

extensive 

section on light 

control, and the book concludes with 

several case studies of particular species. 


Other titles 

Creative Landscape Photography Benvie 

BK2672 £19.99 

Art of Landscape Photoraphy Chris Coe 

BK2584 £19.95 

Photographing Plants and Gardens 

BK274 £14.99 

Photographing the Patterns of Nature 

BK573 £17.99 

Digital Nature Photography 

Jonathan Cox 

Techniques and 

advice on the 

subject with 

specific advice for 

the digital camera 

user. Softback 

160pp 

BKA02 £16.95 

Photographic Hints and Tips Series 

Nicely produced hardback books with 112pp 

written by UK experts in their fields, packed 

with hints and tips and good photographs. 

Photographing Animals in the Wild 

Andy Rouse 

Aimed at the novice nature photographer. 

There are specific chapters on badgers, foxes, 

deer and urban wildlife, plus equipment choice 

etc. Hardback 112pp BK2590 £12.95 

Photographing Butterflies & Other Insects 

Paul Hicks 

Offers many tricks of the trade to help master a 

difficult but very rewarding branch of photography. 


Photographing Birds in the Wild Paul Hicks 

Hide and car photography, fill-in flash and 

more are all covered in this excellent primer. 

BK2591 £12.95 

BOOKS 

First Light Joe Cornish 

Anybody who 

regularly reads 

most of the UK 

photo magazines 

will be familiar 

with the work of 

Joe Cornish, and 

this book covers 

subjects from his 

native Yorkshire 

to Colorado and 

beyond. Shot on 

4x5” in the main 

and superbly reproduced, this is an exceptional 

book. Although technical details 

are given for each photograph, the narrative 

concentrates on the thought 

processes involved in the making of the 

photograph, and it makes for excellent 

reading. Hardback 160pp. BK2774 £25.00 

The Making of Landscape 

Photographs Charlie Waite 

One of the UK’s 

leading practitioners 

sets out the 

thinking and techniques 

which 

enable a good 

landscape shot to 

be made. Great 

ones often include 

patience and luck 

as well, and there 

are many stunning 

photos included, each chosen to illustrate 

a theme or point of technique. Softback 

160pp BK376 £12.99 

The Business of Nature 

Photography John Shaw 

One of the most lucrative and enjoyable 

areas of 

photography, if 

you can find a 

way in. 

America’s most 

prolific author 

of nature 

photography 

books tells you 

how, in a typically 

detailed 

and well-written book, with some of his 

stunning photographs to inspire. 


Speed Graphic 

101

BOOKS 

People 

Digital Photography Expert 

Photographing People 

Michael Freeman 

The first 

title in a 

new series 

of books by 

Freeman for 

ILEX 

publishing, 

is aimed at 

the novice 

photographer, 

and 

shows professional techniques for improving 

portraits, with particular reference to 

digital capture and manipulation. 


Weddings Annabel Williams 

One of the 

leading exponents 

of 

reportage style 

wedding 

photography 

reveals her 

approach to 

weddings. As 

well as covering 

some of 

the technical aspects of the photography 

and organisation, there is a good section 

on album presentation and marketing. 


Photographing People 

Edited highlights 

from 

three of the 

best-selling 

Rotovision 

titles – 

Portraits, 

Fashion and 

Glamour. 

Stylistically it 

tends towards 

the modern, 

especially in 

the last two 

sections, but at the low price it’s top value 

for money. Hardback 304pp 

BK2631 £16.95 


Commercial Portraits 

Annabel Williams 

Gone are the stiff, slightly unreal portraits 

of old. Today’s family buyer wants relaxed 

‘unposed’, often monochrome shots, 

which demand a different client/photographer 

relationship. Williams is a pioneer 

of the style, and explains her approaches 

and how to 

market 

yourself to 

increase 

income. 

Softback 

144pp 

BK2611 

£22.50 

Professional Techniques for 

the Wedding Photographer 

George Schaub 

A US bestseller, 

recently 

updated to 

include the 

latest trends in 

digital photography 

and 

internet 

marketing. 

Although styles 

of wedding 

photography differ on this side of the 

Atlantic, this book includes hundreds of 

tips for improving photos and boosting 

sales which will have universal application. 

Softback 144pp. BK536 £17.95 

Creative Canine Photography 

Larry Allan 

People to 

some people. 

An expert’s 

guide to 

achieving 

best-in-show 

photos. Shows 

you how to 

avoid dog redeye, 

expose 

detail in fur, 

and most importantly, how to get the 

pooch to look at the camera. Softback 

192pp BKA01 £17.99 

Darkroom & black and white 

Darkroom Basics Hicks and Schultz 

. . . and beyond. 

Starting with 

how to put 

together a darkroom, 

the 

authors guide 

you through the 

essential equipment, 

basic 

processing and 

printing techniques, 

to end with some more advanced 

printing techniques. Well-illustrated, with 

reference to older as well as current 

equipment. Softback 128pp 

BK398 £12.99 

The Master Photographer’s 

Toning Book Tim Rudman 

As it says on the 

cover, this truly 

is ‘the definite 

guide’. Sepia, 

polysulphide, 

selenium, gold, 

blue, copper, 

green, FSA, 

silver, bronze, 

even tea and 

coffee! As well 

as a detailed step-by-step exposition of 

the process, there are practical tips highlighted, 

and recipes for making your own 

toners. Printed on quality art paper. 

Softback 208pp BK 2785 £25.00 

Way Beyond Monochrome 

Lambrecht & Woodhouse 

For the advanced and more technicallyminded 

printer, this book explores 

techiques of negative and print control 

using pictures, graphs and tables. It also 

has useful information on setting up a darkroom. 


Other darkroom titles 

The Master Printer’s Workbook McLeod 

BK2636 £24.95 

Larry Bartlett’s Black & White Printing 

BK244 £24.95 

Beyond Monochrome - A Fine Art Printing 

Workshop BK2587 £29.95 

Ilford Multigrade IV Deluxe Manual 

ILMGMAN £7.50 

Hand Colouring & Alternative Darkroom 

Processes Sanderson BK2539 £19.95 

Advanced Processing and 

Printing Adrian Ensor 

Even if you 

never get 

around to trying 

some of the 

techniques of 

this master 

printer, you’ll 

enjoy the superb 

photos from 

many famous 

photographers 

and the print quality achieved. Straight 

prints are compared with the finished 

image. Softback 128pp BK2536 £22.50 

Historic Photographic 

Processes 

How to create handmade photographic 

images. Covers salted paper prints, 

albumen, cyanotype, kallitype, platinum/palladium, 

carbon/carbo, gum 

bichromate and bromoil. Fascinating 

stuff, and interesting even if you never 

get to try them out. Better if you do, of 

course. BK2780 £22.50 

Ansel Adams and the Zone System 

The Practical Zone System (Focal Press) 

BK628 £27.50 

The Zone System for 35mm Photographers 

BK633 £25.99 

The Camera Ansel Adams 

Softback BK461 £16.99 

The Negative Ansel Adams 


The Print Ansel Adams 


Ansel Adams – An Autobiography 

BK410 £10.99 

PHONE: 0845 3 30 55 30

Digital 

Adobe Photoshop Elements 

Philip Andrews 

Adobe’s muchimproved 

‘starter’ version 

of Photoshop, 

now being 

bundled with 

many products, 

offers most 

photographers 

all they will ever 

need to produce 

top-quality prints. The author assumes no 

previous knowledge of digital techniques, 

and as well as taking you through the 

features of the program, explains many of 

the terms and procedures of image 

capture and output. Latest edition covers 

version 2.0 as well as 1.0. Softback 294pp 

BK672 £19.99 

Advanced Photoshop 

Elements Philip Andrews 

Having mastered 

the basics, this 

book will 

develop skills 

and show just 

how powerful 

this ‘basic’ 

program is. 

Aimed at the 

digital photographer, 

the book 

covers best practice techniques for 

capture by camera and scanner, 

Photoshop’s Selections, Layers and useful 

effects. Panoramas, web site building, 

graphics and colour managing workflow 

are also covered. Excellent book. 

Softback. 278pp BK821 £19.99 

Photoshop CS A-Z Peter Bargh 

Alphabetical visual 

reference to all the 

features of the 

latest Photoshop, 

but including a 

chart indicating 

differences of 

earlier versions. 

Softback. 188pp 

BK822 £16.99 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Photoshop CS - Essential 

Skills Galer & Andrews 

A comprehensive 

guide to 

using 

Photoshop, 

from ensuring 

best possible 

capture of the 

image, colour 

management 

and printing, 

to carefully 

graded tutorials 

on using layers and channels, selections, 

retouching and special effects, 

filters, plus preparing images for the web 

and more. Sample images and more are 

downloadable from a companion website. 

BK824 £18.99 

AVA ‘Comprehensive Guide 

to...’ Series 

Digital Landscape 

Photography John Clements 

Clements as 

usual includes a 

lot of good 

information, 

and if your preference 

is for 

landscape 

photography 

and you have, or 

intend to buy a 

digital camera, 

this book will serve as a solid introduction. 


Digital Portrait Photography 

Duncan Evans BKAVA1. . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 

Digital Glamour Photography 


Digital Black & White Photography 

John Clements BKAVA3 . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 

Digital Close-Up Photography 

John Clements BKAVA4 . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 

Digital Image Output 


Digital Darkroom 

Masterclass Max Ferguson 

A leading 

monochrome 

printer 

explains how 

he has 

converted 

established 

darkroom 

techniques to 

Photoshop. 

Dodging and 

burning, tinting restoring old photos, the 

‘digital stocking filter’, and more are 

covered in this thorough book, aimed at 

the more advanced user. With CD-ROM 


Adobe Photoshop CS for 

Photographers Martin Evening 

This is not a comprehensive guide to 

Photoshop, but a practical guide to all the 

features relevant to the photographer, 

written in clear 

fashion, with 

many example 

tutorials. 

Features of v7.0 

not available in 

earlier versions 

are highlighted, 

and all 

commands are 

given for Mac 

and PC. 

Complete with CD-ROM. Softback 554pp. 

BK820 £29.99 

Photoshop 7.0 for Photographers 

Still available at press time. BK677 £29.99 

Digital: Wedding & Portrait 

Photography Lacey and Henshall 

Expressly aimed 

at the photographer 

converting 

to digital capture. 

Covers the technology, 

compares 

digital with film, 

the cons and (as 

you can imagine) 

largely pros of 

doing so, and has many case histories of 

professionals who have made the leap to a 

purely digital workflow. Softback 128pp 

BK2677 £24.95 

BOOKS 

The Photographer’s Website 

Manual Philip Andrews 

The Internet is proving to be an important 

promotion and 

information tool 

for the photographer. 

This book 

takes you from 

Web basics to 

choosing a 

program to 

create a site, and 

then into detail 

about image optimising, planning the 

structure of the site and more advanced 

design features, with clear step-by-step 

illustrations. Softback 144pp 

BK2676 £16.99 

Step-By-Step Digital 

Landscape Photography 

Tim Gartside 

A well-known 

name from UK 

magazines for 

many years, 

the author 

gives a full 

exposition of 

his techniques 

from image 

capture to 

output, with 

many superb photographs. There are 

several easy to follow tutorials explaining 

some of these techniques. Softback 144pp 

BK864 14.95 

Creative Digital Printmaking 

Theresa Airey 

For those 

looking to go 

beyond a 

straightforward 

inkjet print, 

this may well be 

an inspiring 

book. It 

discusses 

colour management, 

ink types 

and papers as well as Photoshop techniques 

aimed at achieving painterly and 

artistic techniques. There are many stepby-step 

examples, as well as a gallery of 

images from leading US and UK exponents. 


Speed Graphic 

103

Some notes about ‘dpi’ etc. 

DIGITAL IMAGING 

Choosing a scanner 

We assume that most of our customers 

will be looking to make high quality 

images, probably printing them on an 

inkjet printer, and will be using a 

negative or slide as a start point. 

That’s why we don’t sell low price 

flatbeds, which are great for prints but 

don’t have the resolution for negs or 

slides. Higher priced flatbeds, adapted 

for transparencies, are superior in both 

lens and mechanical quality, which 

means that for medium format slides, 

they can be used for many purposes. 

For 35mm users, dedicated film 

scanners (for the price of a high quality 

lens) deliver superb results. 

Scanning resolution 

is described in ‘dpi’ (dots per inch), in 

slightly different ways for film and 

flatbed scanners. 

Film scanners will have a single 

dpi figure. 2900dpi means 2900 x 2900 

pixels on the sensor. 

Flatbeds will have (e.g.) 1200 x 

2400 dpi resolution. The first figure is 

the sensor dpi – across the scanner. 

The second is the number of steps the 

scanner takes along the length of the 

scanner bed. The first figure is the 

more important indication of quality. 

Print resolution 

Printers, like flatbeds, have two figures 

– the smaller (e.g. 1440dpi) refers to 

the number of dots of ink per inch 

which the printer is capable of laying 

down. The second is the number of 

lines along the length of the print. 

Both should not be confused with the 

output resolution which you will set 

when using a film scanner. 

For optimum quality for most 

printing, 300dpi output resolution is 

fine. Any higher figure will result in 

very large file sizes which will clog the 

computer and take ages to print, with 

barely discernible improvement. 

So by a quick mental calculation, 

it’s easy to see what print size along 

the long side at maximum print quality 

can be achieved from 35mm. For 

example: 2900dpi ÷ 300 dpi x 1.375= 

13.3”. In fact, you will find that excellent 

prints can be made at 200dpi. 

Film scanners 

Minolta Dimage Scan Dual 4 

USB scanner with easy ‘one-click’ 

approach (or you can turn on a more 

advanced screen when you get more proficient), 

with optional image enhancement. 

Automated scanning of up to six 

35mm pictures. 

� 3200dpi optical resolution 

� 48 bit colour input, 24 bit output 

� 3.6 density range 

� Scan speed: 6 secs preview, 21 full resolution 

scan. 

� Supplied with Photoshop Elements 

� Windows 98 to XP; Mac OS8.5–9, 10.1.5 

� USB 2.0/1.1 interface 

MNSD4 £269.00 

Minolta Scan Elite 5400 

Sets a new resolution level for desktop film 

scanners, allowing a 300dpi A3+ print to be 

made. Multiple scanning up to 16x is available 

for really dense slides, and it will 

batch scan up to 6 frames. Prescan time 

around 10 secs. Full resolution scan 60-69 

secs. 

� 5400 dpi optical resolution 

� 48 bit colour input and 48/24 output 


� Supplied with Digital ICE software 

� Windows 98SE/2000/Me/XP; Mac 

OS8.6–9.x, OS10.2.1 

� Firewire and USB2.0/1.1 interface 

MNSE5400 £529.00 

Nikon Coolscan V ED 

Latest in the excellent Coolscan series has 

4000dpi, 7-element ED lens, stable LED 

light source requiring no warm-up. 

Also included is the latest Digital ICE4 software which as well as removing dust, 

scratches and other defects from images, 

will now restore faded colours, improve 

grain, and more. 


� 42 bit colour input and 48/24 output 


� Typical full res scan speed 38 secs 

� Windows 98SE, Me, 2000, XP; Mac 

OS9.0+, OSX10.1.3+. 

� USB2.0/1.1 interface 

NKLS50 £449.00 

Nikon Super Coolscan 5000 ED 

The professional’s choice with unmatched 

scan speed and an optional roll-film 

adaptor capable of scanning a whole film, 

or 50-slide bulk feeder. Includes Digital 

ICE4 software. 


� 48 bit colour input; 48 or 24 bit output 


� Typical full res scan time 20 secs 

� Supplied with Nikon Scan 4 software 

� Windows 98SE, 2000, Me, XP; Mac 

OS9.1+, OSX10.1.5+ 

� USB2.0/1.1 or Firewire interface 

NKLS5000 £899.00 

Printers 

Epson Stylus Photo R300 

Our price includes 2.5” 

LCD monitor worth £79 

Using a six-ink system for superb quality 

and maximum ink economy, the R300 is 

ideal for either connection to a computer 

or for standalone use with digital cameras. 

� Borderless printing up to A4 at 5760 

optimised dpi. 

� Integrated memory card slot for CF, xD, 

SM, SD, MS etc 

� Design and print CDs and DVDs with the 

supplied software. 

� Back up images to a compatible CD-R or 

Zip at the touch of a button. 

EPR300 £156.00 

Epson Stylus Photo 2100 

The current standard in A3+ printers. 

Long lasting lightfast prints from ink 

system, with interchangeable matt and 

photo black inks for matt and gloss media. 

� 2880 x 1440dppi print resolution 

� Straight paper prices for CD and other 

media printing up to 1.3mm thick. 

� Border-free prints up to A3+ 

� Supplied grey balancer software for calibrating 

black and white printing. 

EP2100 £445.00 

104 Speed Graphic PHONE: 0845 3 30 55

Hi-Touch Printers 

Dye-sublimation printing has been around 

for some time, but generally only at high 

prices. Instead of an inkhead, these printers 

pass the paper three times over red, 

green and blue dye ribbons which transfer 

the colour (or ‘sublimate’) to the paper. 

Compared to inkjet printing, dye-sub 

offers several adbantages: 

� Economy. Paper and ribbons are 

supplied in a pack which is loaded into the 

printer. As there is exactly the right quantity 

of ribbon for the paper, there’s no 

waste, unlike many inkjet cartridges. 

� Speed. A print is produced in around 45 

seconds. 

� Durability. The print is completely dry 

on exit, and has similar lightfastnes to a 

conventional photo print. 

Hi-Touch 640PS 

� Produces 6x4” prints 

� Needs no computer – the handheld 

controller allows selection, editing and 

adjustment of images. 

� 403x403dpi is equivalent to 6400dpi on 

an inkjet printer – just like a real photo. 

� Card slot supports CF/MS/SD/MMC/SM 

� 1.6” colour LCD monitor 

HT640PS £199.00 

HT50PK64 6x4” 50 image paper kit . 16.95 

Sticker kits also available 

Hi-Touch 730PS 

Gives the option of 8x6”, 7x5” and 6x4” 

prints, and uses new generation print 

technology for even better quality 

HT730PS £329.00 




FAX: 01420 543 544 

General digital accessories 

Camera Bellows Screen Shades 

Digital Screen Shade 

Improves LCD screen contrast on 

digital cameras. There are three sizes 

(measured diagonally across the 

screen). The shade is secured by means 

of small velcro tabs which are glued to 

each corner, allowing it to be removed when 

not required. Each type £14.95 

CBDS1 Small 1.5–1.8” screens 

CBDS2 Medium 2” screens 

CBDS3 Large 2.25” screens 

CBDS4 XL 2.5” screens 

Versions with built-in magnifier 

The two larger sizes are available with a 

high quality glass magnifier. This also 

doubles as a makeshift loupe! 

Each £29.50 

CBDS1M Small 1.5–1.8” screens 

CBDS2M Medium 2” screens 

CBDS3M Large 2.25” screens 

CBDS4M XL 2.5” screens 

Laptop Screen 

Shade 

Effectively shades the screen in bright 

conditions (and can keep prying eyes 

away from sensitive documents!). Uses 

Camera Bellows’ unique self-supporting 

structure, so can be moved to the exact 

angle required and will stay in position. 

Slots over the back of a laptop screen 

without the need for awkward fixings, and 


Video Screen Shade 

Elasticated and adjustable fixing means 

that the shade will fit over just about any 

camcorder monitor of the style shown 

above. Available in two sizes, each £29.40 

CBVS1 Small 1.8”–2.5” screens 

CBVS2 Large 2.5”–3” screens 

when finished with, folds down flat to slip 

inside a laptop bag. Five types – sizes 

quoted are width x height: 

CBLS1 13” screen. 11.5x9.5”. . . 86.25 

CBLS2 14.5” screen. 12.75x10” . 86.25 

CBLS3 15.5” screen. 14x10.25” . 86.25 

CBLS4 16” screen. 14x11.5” . . . 98.50 

CBLS5 17” screen. 15.5x10.5” . . 98.50 

Hama LCD screen protector 

Creates a 

protective 

cover to stop 

LCD camera 

monitors 

being 

scratched. 

The pack contains 3 x 8.5 x 6cm sheets 

which can be cut to suit the monitor. A 

handy extra feature – two horizontal and 

two vertical lines – which helps in aligning 

pictures – so no more sloping horizons! 

HA47184 £6.95 

Kata F-417 Field Laptop 

Case 

Provides a carrying solution and a workstation 

all in one. The detachable 

adjustable hood shades the screen and 

provides extra padding in transit. 

A removeable partition allows you to 

divide the main compartment to store a 

mouse, charger, or extra drive. Numerous 

padded pockets store CDs, phone, PDA 

papers and more. 

Can be carried by handle, shoulder 

strap or on a trolley handle. 

KTF417 £128.00 

Manfrotto 783 Side Arm and 

Laptop Platform 

Uses the same platform as the MN183 on 

page 82, but attached to an articulated, 

locking arm which clamps to the leg of any 

suitably robust tripod. Ideal for a tethered 

digital back, or for photographers working 

from a fixed position needing to dump a 

large quantity of pictures to a computer. 

MA783 £76.00 

Speed Graphic 

105


Inkjet paper 

Fuji Multijet 

A range of high performance, professional 

quality papers designed to meet the 

requirements of critical photographers. 

Both types have a bright white finish with 

super-smooth surface, and are instant 

dry. Multijet Premium is a heavyweight 

resin-coated paper with the look and feel 

of a true photographic print. Multijet 

High Quality is similar, but on a lighter 

base, suitable for prints which are for 

presentation in frames or albums. 

FUJI TRIAL OFFER 

Buy an A4 10 sheet pack of 

Premium Glossy (£7.99), and get 

a pack of Premium Satin A4 

FREE 

(Code FJMJK: 1 per customer) 

Multijet Premium Gloss 270gsm 

FJPGA430 A4 (30 sheets) . . . . . . 9.95 

FJPGA450 A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 14.95 

FJPGA320 A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 15.95 

Multijet Premium Satin 270gsm 

FJPSA430 A4 (30 sheets) . . . . . . 9.95 

FJPSA450 A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 14.95 

FJPSA320 A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 15.95 

High Quality Gloss 210gsm 

FJHGA430 A4 (30 sheets) . . . . . . 8.95 

Canon 

Photo Paper Pro 

Photo weight paper for highest quality 

output on Canon printers 

CAPA415 A4 (15 sheets) . . . . . . 9.95 

CAPA315 A3 (15 sheets) . . . . . 20.95 

Ilford Galerie 

Galerie Classic 

250gsm 

With suitable inks 

and out-of-sunlight 

storage, this paper 

has a 20 year life. 

The pearl finish 

minimises fingerprints 

and prevents 

glare, whilst giving 

great sharpness. Requires careful handling 

for a short period after printing. 

Galerie Smooth 

280gsm 

Instant-dry with 

vivid colour reproduction 

with heavyweight 

base. Up to 

10 years lightfastness. 

Olmec 

ICI Olmec 

An excellent 

range of papers 

made in the UK 

which is fully 

compatible with 

most manufacturers’ 

printers, 

including Epson. 

Using the ‘Photo 

Film’ setting will 

give perfect touch-dry prints (and use less 

ink in the process), with accurate colour. 

Distribution of Olmec has moved to 

Paterson Photographic, who are carrying a 

much wider range of paper. We are able to 

get any of this range within 2-3 days (if 

available from stock at Paterson). These 

non-stocked lines are marked with an 

asterisk (*). 

OLMEC SAMPLE PACK 

2 sheets Artist Matt 310gsm 

3 sheets Optimum Gloss 260gsm 

3 sheets Optimum Satin 260gsm 

2 sheets High Resolution Matt 230gsm 

OLSP £4.99 

Smooth Fine Art 

190gsm 

100% rag, acid-free 

textured matt 

surface paper, ideal 

for high quality fine 

art photographs. 

Fast drying, and 

compatible with all 

major dye and 

pigment ink printers. 

NEW Smooth Heavyweight Matte 

A double-sided 200gsm paper with a very 

smooth surface for fine art, high quality 

brochures and flyers. Fast drying. 

NEW High Gloss Media 

235gsm film based media to give prints 

with a super glossy Ilfochrome look. 

Instant dry. 

Smooth Gloss 280gsm 

ILGSGA425 A4 (25 sheets) . . . . . . 7.60 

ILGSGA4100 A4 (100 sheets) . . . . 26.95 

ILGSGA325 A3 (25 sheets) . . . . . 19.00 

ILGSGA3+25 A3+ (25 sheets) . . . . 21.00 

Optimum Gloss 260gsm 

Heavyweight 260gsm paper which feels like 

a real photo print. 

OLOGA420 A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . . 8.50 

OLOGA450 A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 16.95 

OLOGA330 A3 (30 sheets) . . . . . 26.95 

OLOGA3+30 A3+ (30 sheets) . . . . 41.50 

OLOGA230 A2 (30 sheets)* . . . . 57.95 

OLOGR100 100mmx10m roll*. . . 13.95 



OLOG6420 6x4” (20 sheets)*. . . . 4.95 

OLOG7520 7x5” (20 sheets)*. . . . 7.25 

Optimum Satin 260gsm 

Same 260gsm weight, but with a ‘pearl’ 

type finish. 

OLOSA420 A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . . 8.50 

OLOSA450 A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 16.95 

OLOSA330 A3 (30 sheets) . . . . . 26.95 

OLOSA3+30 A3+ (30 sheets) . . . . 41.50 

OLOSA230 A2 (30 sheets)* . . . . 57.95 

OLOSR100 100mmx10m roll*. . . 13.20 



OLOS6420 6x4” (20 sheets)*. . . . 4.95 

OLOS7520 7x5” (20 sheets)*. . . . 7.25 

High Resolution Matt 230gsm 

OLHRMA420 A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . . 7.95 

OLHRMA450 A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 14.75 

OLHRMA320 A3 (30 sheets) . . . . . 24.80 

OLHRMA3+20 A3+ (30 sheets)* . . . 37.95 

Smooth Pearl 280gsm 

ILGSPA425 A4 (25 sheets) . . . . . . 7.60 

ILGSPA4100 A4 (100 sheets) . . . . 26.95 

ILGSPA325 A3 (25 sheets) . . . . . 19.00 

ILGSPA3+25 A3+ (25 sheets) . . . . 21.00 

Classic Gloss 240gsm 

ILGCGA425 A4 (25 sheets) . . . . . . 7.60 

ILGCGA4100 A4 (100 sheets) . . . . 26.95 

ILGCGA325 A3 (25 sheets) . . . . . 19.00 

ILGCGA3+25 A3+ (25 sheets) . . . . 21.00 

Classic Pearl 250gsm 

ILGCPA425 A4 (25 sheets) . . . . . . 7.60 

ILGCPA4100 A4 (100 sheets) . . . . 26.95 

ILGCPA325 A3 (25 sheets) . . . . . 19.00 

ILGCPA3+25 A3+ (25 sheets) . . . . 21.00 

Fine Art 190gsm 

ILGFAA410 A4 (10 sheets) . . . . . . 7.95 

ILGFAA310 A3 (10 sheets) . . . . . 15.50 

ILGFAA3+10 A3+ (10 sheets) . . . . 17.60 

Smooth Heavyweight Matte 200gsm 

ILGHMA450 A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . . 7.95 

High Gloss Media 235gsm 

ILGHGA425 A4 (25 sheets) . . . . . 12.75 

LOWER PRICES 

Artist Matt 310gsm 

Lovely heavy cartridge style paper which 

retains fantastic detail. 

OLAMA420 A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . 15.50 

OLAMA440 A4 (40 sheets) . . . . . 29.99 

OLAMA320 A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 38.80 

Heavy Gloss 300gsm 

For a realistic ‘double weight’ print feel. 

Fast-dry polymeric coating. n.b. not recommended 

for printers with curved print path. 

OLHGA420 A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . 11.65 

OLHGA320 A3 (20 sheets)* . . . . 26.95 

OLHGA3+20 A3+ (20 sheets)* . . . 36.50 

Double Sided Matt/Matt 170gsm 

OLDSMA4100 A4 (100 sheets)* . . . 11.75 

Double Sided Semi-Gloss 270gsm 

OLDSGA420 A4 (20 sheets)* . . . . 17.20 



High Resolution Matt 180gsm 

OLHRTA450 A4 (50 sheets)* . . . . . 8.50 

OLHRTA4100 A4 (100 sheets)* . . . 11.95 

Premium Gloss 170gsm 

OLPGA420 A4 (20 sheets)* . . . . . 6.95 

OLPGA450 A4 (50 sheets)* . . . . 11.95 

Premium Satin 170gsm 

OLPSA420 A4 (20 sheets)* . . . . . 6.95 

OLPSA450 A4 (50 sheets)* . . . . 11.95 


Epson 

Photo Quality Inkjet Paper and Photo 

Paper 

Can be used on 

all printers: 

standard matt 

and gloss for 

Stylus Photo 

700 and EX 

Premium 

Glossy Photo 

Fade resistant 

‘gallery 

quality’ 

gloss for 

870/1270 

onwards 

Matte Paper Heavyweight 

Gives similar quality to Premium Gloss: 

870/1270 etc 

Premium Semigloss Photo Paper 

Similar to pearl photo paper: 870/1270 

onwards 

Photo Paper 194gsm 

EP041140 A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . . 8.50 

EP041142 A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 23.20 

Premium Glossy Photo 255gsm 

EP041287 A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . 12.20 

EP041315 A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 30.60 

EP041316 A3+ (20 sheets) . . . . 37.90 

EP041303 100mm x 8m roll. . . . 14.30 

Premium Semi Gloss 251gsm 

EP041332 A4 (20 sheets) . . . . . 14.40 

EP041334 A3 (20 sheets) . . . . . 32.10 

Matte Heavyweight 167gsm 

EP041256 A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 10.50 

EP041261 A3 (50 sheets) . . . . . 25.80 

EP041264 A3+ (50 sheets) . . . . 31.25 

Archival Matte 

EP041342 A4 (50 sheets) . . . . . 11.95 

EP041344 A3 (50 sheets) . . . . . 29.00 

EP041340 A3+ (50 sheets) . . . . 36.50 

Tetenal protective varnish 

UV light degrades inkjet 

images, so if you have an 

older printer not capable 

of printing on the latest 

technology papers, this 

will help extend display 

life. Gloss or matt finish 

(you can convert gloss 

papers). 400ml can. 

£8.95 

TLPVG Gloss 

TLPVM Matt 

FAX: 01420 543 544 

Ink 

Epson 

Stylus Photo 700/EX/750 

EP050140 black . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.70 

EP053040 colour . . . . . . . . . . . 15.60 

Stylus Photo 810 

EP026401 black . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.60 

EP027401 colour . . . . . . . . . . . 17.99 

Stylus Photo 870/890 

EP007401 black . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95 

EP008401 colour . . . . . . . . . . . 15.20 


EP007401 black . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95 

EP009401 colour . . . . . . . . . . . 20.30 


EP033140 black . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50 

EP033240 cyan . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50 

EP033340 magenta. . . . . . . . . . 10.50 

EP033440 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50 

EP033540 light cyan . . . . . . . . . 10.50 

EP033640 light magenta. . . . . . 10.50 


EP034140 photo black . . . . . . . 10.50 

EP034240 cyan . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40 

EP034340 magenta. . . . . . . . . . 12.40 

EP034440 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40 

EP034540 light cyan . . . . . . . . . 12.40 


EP034740 light black . . . . . . . . 12.40 

EP034840 matt black . . . . . . . . 10.50 

Stylus Photo R300/RX500 

EP048140 black . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.25 

EP048240 cyan . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.25 

EP048340 magenta. . . . . . . . . . 11.25 

EP048440 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . 11.25 

EP048540 light cyan . . . . . . . . . 11.25 


Canon 

S800, 820D, 900, 9000, i950, i9100 

CABCI6BK black . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49 

CABCI6C cyan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49 

CABCI6M magenta . . . . . . . . . . 7.49 

CABCI6Y yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49 

CABCI6PC photo cyan. . . . . . . . . 7.49 

CABCI6PM photo magenta. . . . . . 7.49 

additional cartridges for i9950 

CABCI6R red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49 

CABCI6G green . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49 

Jet Tec 

Save ££s on 

ink costs 

with these 

top grade 

UK-made inksets! 


Jet Tec cartridges are high quality direct 

replacements for printer manufacturers’ 

own cartridges. They are 100% compatible, 

and from our own tests produce 

results indistinguishable from the original 

brand. 

Note that some black cartridges are 

supplied in twin packs, and colours in sets 

of two or three cartridges. 

Epson fit cartridges 


JTPE74 T007401 black (single) . . . 6.99 

JTPE75 T008401 colour (single) . . 7.99 








JTPE85B black (2 pack) . . . . . . . . 12.50 

JTPE85C cyan/magenta/yellow (3)17.99 

JTPE85LC light cyan/photo mag (2) 12.50 

Stylus Photo R300/RX500 

JTPE92B black (2 pack) . . . . . . . . 12.50 


JTPE92LC light cyan/photo mag (2) 12.50 

Stylus Photo R800 

JTPE93 photo black (2 pack) . . . 12.50 

JTPE93MB matt black (2 pack) . . . . 12.50 


JTPE93R red/blue (2) . . . . . . . . . . 12.50 

JTPE93G gloss optimiser. . . . . . . . . 8.99 

Canon fit 

cartridges 

S800, 8200, 900, 

9000, i950, i9100 

JTPC22B black (2 pack) . . . . . . . . . 7.99 

JTPC22C cyan/magenta/yellow (3)10.99 

JTPC22PC photo cyan/magenta (2) . 7.99 

Media 

Memory cards 

Top brand media only stocked, including 

the latest fast 

write speed 

types. With 

prices of 

memory 

tumbling all 

the time, it’s 

not possible 

to 

print 

details of 

these 

here, but 

latest 

prices are 

on our 

website – 

or phone us for a price. 

Sandisk Firewire CF reader 

Connects directly to 

6-pin FireWire port 

without the need 

for driver. Superfast 

reading and 

writing of large capacity 

files from 

CompactFlash cards. 

Small size takes up 

little space in bag. 

Win 98SE, 2000, 

ME, XP. Mac OS9.1+, 

OSX v10.1.2+. 

SD8002 £26.50 

Sandisk 8-in-1 

card reader 

Takes CompactFlash 

I/II, SmartMedia, 

XD, Memory Stick 

and SD/MMC cards. 

Can be used ‘loose’ 

or 

plugged 

into handy 

docking 

station. 

USB2.0 

compatible. 

SD1010 £22.50 

Speed Graphic 

107


CD storage 

Secol D–S Archival Storage 

The Secol D-S System allows you to catalogue and 

keep track of an expanding digital file archive safely, 

economically and with maximum ease of retrieval. 

� Flip-top archive box allows quicker searching than 

separate CD boxes. 

� Chemically inert polyester sleeves have top index 

section. 

� Saves 80% in space! 50 standard jewel cases take 

up 500mm; the same number of CDs fit into a single 

Secol box measuring just 90mm deep. 


SLDS01 Storage Box 12.75 11.50 

SLDS02 Pack of 25 pockets 10.50 9.95 

Secol Archival Multi-Page 

Compatible with Kenro and similar 4-ring 

binders, and suspension bars, the page 

includes space for two CDs, with securing 

flap over the slots, plus two 153x110mm 

and one 55x124mm index pockets for catalogue 

details, thumbnails transparencies 

etc. As with all Secol products, it’s manufactured 

from archival quality polyester. 

1–2 3+ 

SLASCD2 Pack of 50 pockets 26.95 25.50 

Gepe HFS System 

Standard binder systems have one 

problem – the contents sag, and wear out 

the pockets. Gepe’s Hang Filing System 

solves this problem by placing the ring 

Large 

index 

cards 

Takes 

2 CDs 

or 

DVDs 

18mm 

flap 

Spare 

pocket 

for card 

etc. 

Kenro CD Library 

Quality, split-resistant simulated 

leather finish with 

edge stitching and protective 

corners. Supplied with 

matching slip case. 

Buy 3 or more and save 15% 

Model 32 

Set of two albums, each 

holding 16 CDs and slip case. 

KRCD132 £4.95 3+ £4.45 

Model 80 

One album, holding 80 CDs, 

and slip case. KRCD180 

£7.95 3+ £7.15 

mechanism at the top. The Gepe HFS filing 

pockets have special HFS punching on the 

top edge as well as standard punching on 

the left. The contents are guaranteed to 

hang straight and flat. See page 87 

CD-R/DVD 

Verbatim CD-R 700MB >48x 

Printable CD-R in standard CD jewel case 

VBCDR10 700MB 48x (10) . . . . . . . . 4.95 

Printable CD-R in slim jewel clear case 

VBCDR20 700MB 48x (20) . . . . . . . . 7.95 

Spindle mounted: no cases 

VBCDR50 700MB 48x 50 spindle . . 14.95 

VBCDR100 700MB 48x 100 spindle. . 24.95 

Verbatim DVD Media 

VBDV+RW 4.7GB with jewel case (10)19.95 

VBDV+R 2.4x 25 spindle . . . . . . . 28.95 

VBDV-RW 4.7GB with jewel case (5) 11.95 

VBDV-R 2x 25 spindle . . . . . . . . . 32.95 

Hama Smart Wallet 

Storage for 16 CDs, sleeves have a transparent 

plastic cover with built-in elastic 

slip-over lock. £3.50 

HA33658 Green HA33655 Black 

HA33657 Red 

Hama CD writer 

An indelible, fine point, anti-smear pen 

for marking CD-R and slide mounts 

HA50479 £1.95 

Hama Paper CD Sleeves 

Paper 

sleeves with 

flap and 

window. 

Pack of 50 

HA51060 

£1.95 

Hama Poly CD Sleeves 

Polypropylene sleeves in vibrant colours 

with easy open flap. Pack of 25. £3.50 

HA33803 Red 

HA33805 Violet 

HA33806 Green 

Verbatim CD Slim Jewel Cases 

25 pack; 5 different colours 

VBCDC25 CD slim case 25 pack. . . . . 5.95 

Verbatim CD Jewel Cases 

Standard size; clear. 100pack 

VBCDC100 CD std case 100 pack . . . . . 19.95 

Verbatim Paper CD Sleeves 

Basic protection; pack of 50 

VBCDS100 CD sleeves 50 pack . . . . . . 3.95

Winter 2004-5 - Karlu Photographic

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?